Home

User manual, IQANdevelop G3 Second edition

1. Calculation order for conditional objects User manual IQAN Software G3 402 Index 220 220 220 220 A abs 220 Access level 305 use lower 309 acos 220 Activating objects 237 Active channel 319 Add channel 120 linear conditional object 231 mathematical object 247 module 101 Adjust 375 Adjust Window 336 337 Alarm out function 244 properties 180 Analog mathematical objects 220 Application get 291 optimize 397 send 18 288 Application code 303 354 Application description 338 Application information 90 Application slot 370 asin 220 atan 220 Auto mode 173 Auto setup 186 Automatic update 336 Block diagram 100 Blocking objects 238 Boolean algebra 222 C CAN cable 333 card installation 332 User manual IQAN Software G32 CAN address 105 Channel connections 100 Channel index 100 Channel priority 386 Channel properties 124 Channel types 111 Chat 301 Check application 94 Clear log 319 Communication properties 284 Comparison 218 Conditional message function 261 properties 147 Conditional objects 218 Connected objects 228 Connection status 338 Controlling objects 224 Copy graph 328 cos 220 Current out function 223 properties 171 Cursors 324 D Debugging 311 Decreasing objects 264 Delete channel 121 linear conditional object 233 mathematical object 248 module 101 Derivative regulation 256 Dialog properties
2. MR min MR max time The function for a PWM output User manual IQAN Software G3 177 Digital out 8 Channels Digital out Under the Properties tab you enter the channel s name By using the Delay on off property it is possible to delay the on off transition of a signal The properties soft start and Peak and hold are specific for certain modules MY Support leg XP2 A1 Digital out A1 Primary Pin Ci 21 Properties Function Name language 1 Mv Support leg Name language 2 Mv Support leg Delay on I Soft start fo ms ms Delay off 0 ms IV Peak and hold Peak time 100 ms Hold value pee x Properties digital out Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages shown on the Name language 2 display Delay on off Delay on ms The channel is activated a certain time after a condi tion has been fulfilled For example if you want a function to start after a specified time enter the time in the Delay on field Delay off ms The channel is active for a time after the condition is not longer fulfilled For example the channel remains active for a time after you have released the button User manual IQAN Software G3 178 Digital out 8 Channels NOTE The channel value will not be affected if the channel s function is activated blocked a shorter time than you have specified for the delay o
3. Error code Blink red light Normal simulate mode Input errors Output errors VREF error Voltage and checksum error Low High temperature User manual IQAN Software G3 353 Application codes 14 IQANsimulate Application codes In this chapter we will be treating application codes IQANsimulate leans on the applications made with IQANdevelop and is therefore supporting application codes Application code In IQANdevelop it is possible to protect an application from unauthorized users by creating an application code which must be entered when opening an existing application Opening a protected application When you open a protected application in IQANsimulate you must enter the code to be able to access the application You only need to enter the code the first time you open the application after IQANsimulate has started If you close IQANsimulate and then open the application again you must enter the code again e Select File gt Open Select the application file to be opened Before the application is opened the following window is displayed Enter code BEI Application code Carcel _ Dialog box to enter the application code e Enter the code and then click on OK If you enter an incorrect code an error message is displayed
4. The markers are on either side of the measurement window gt Both markers are to the right on the X axis User manual IQAN Software G3 325 Measuring with the graph 13 Measuring and fault finding Zooming in out You can zoom in on enlarge parts of the measure window to study the graph in detail Defining a zoom area You can easily select a section of the curve to be enlarged Select an area by holding the left mouse button down while guiding the cursor over the desired enlargement area A zoom area is built around what will be enlarged Zoom in time only Position the markers on either side of the area to be shown Right click in the measurement window and select View range between cursors Another way to do it is to define a zoom area with the mouse as described in the section above while holding the lt Shift gt key down Zoom out To view the complete curves again right click in the measurement window and select Zoom out You can also zoom out by selecting Measure gt Zoom out or use the short command Ctrl M Pan in X and Y directions Using the horizontal scroll bar along the lower edge you can move the mea surement window in the X direction and using the vertical scroll bar on the right side you can pan the measurement window in the Y direction Move a curve along the Y axis If the curves are positioned onto one another you can move the active chan nel
5. Tele P control Disable presscycle PY Telescope Telescope pos cm M Warning lamp Par Tele end speed Autocycle enable Navigator showing current output PV telescope The channels are represented by blocks in the navigator The inputs and out puts are green All internal channels blocks are grey The selected channel is positioned in the middle with the channels using it to the right and the used channels to the left Navigating The navigator starts from the channel selected when you opened the naviga tor To switch channel click on a block in the navigator or on a channel in the block diagrams A number is sometimes shown to the left or right of the channels This is the number of channels that use is used by the channel connected to the number No number means no channels 0 To close the Navigator select View gt Hide Navigator Red line If a channel use another channel with lower priority the linking line is red For more information about priority see Appendix B on page 386 User manual IQAN Software G3 283 Communication 10 Properties IQANdevelop 10 Properties IQANdevelop In the Properties dialog box for IQANdevelop there are four tabs Communi cation Modem Dialog and Language This chapter describes the different properties found on these tabs e Select File gt Properties e Click on one of the tabs Communication Modem Dialog or Language t
6. IQANdevelop Warning xi oar 7 The master module will be restarted Make G ON sure that the machine is not moving and the engine is shut down Click OK to restart or Cancel to continue without restart N 7 Cancel Confirm restart of master module Set clock You can set the date and time in the IQAN system via IQANdevelop The clock in the PC is used as a reference e Select System gt Set clock User manual IQAN Software G3 297 Display control 11 System communication Display control With the display control function is it possible to control the IQAN MDM display via IQANdevelop If you push one of the MDM buttons in IQANdevelop the IQAN MDM dis play will be updated immediately You will see when the driver pushes the buttons since the display control updates continuously To open the display control dialog box select System gt Display control xi Display control dialog box Buttons Save Saves the display content as a bitmap file bmp The IQAN MDM front is not saved Copy Copies the display content to Windows clipboard so that you can paste it into another program e g Microsoft Word etc The IQAN MDM front is not copied Use Alt PrtSc to copy the complete window Start Stop Starts or stops updating the display content Close Closes the dialog box User manual IQAN Software G3 298 Modem 11 System communication Modem By connecting a modem to your
7. IQAN Lx A0 Serial number 0 Hardware version 0 00 Software version 0 00 Status Develop Pro 25 I comi online 7 Every module is represented in the system overview Alternating between block diagrams IQANdevelop presents each block diagram in separate forms You can easily alternate between the block diagrams by clicking on tabs of the forms System overview Graph MDM XP A0 LxAd The forms tabs User manual IQAN Software G3 22 Naming and saving the application 4 Getting started Naming and saving the application In order to identify the application later you should name your application and save it with a filename that is explanatory Application information Application information includes description and version which helps you to identify your application e Select File gt Info The following dialog box is opened Application information xj a z Application description Version X WNT Reach stacker 1 00 my VY Comment A x vd y Q Language 1 English v Default Language 2 Swedish v Default Changed by key Key label Date of change 2001 06 13 11 05 21 Application information dialog box e Enter Application description and Version Click OK Save application It is time to save your application e Select File gt Save as The following dialog box is opened ST 2x Save in Applications e EK EB File name ReachStacker idt
8. Function value Channel value t Internal digital with toggle User manual IQAN Software G3 142 Mathematical analog 8 Channels Mathematical analog Under the Properties tab you can name the channel and enter the unit for the channel value Height MDM Math analog A Properties for mathematical analog channel Name and unit Name language 1 The channels s name in the two languages Name language 2 Unit The unit to be presented on the display together with the value of the channel User manual IQAN Software G3 143 Mathematical digital 8 Channels Mathematical digital Under the Properties tab you enter the name of the mathematical digital channel Overload MDM Math digital A Apply Properties for mathematical digital channel Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages Name language 2 User manual IQAN Software G32 144 PID 8 Channels PID Under the Properties tab you enter the channel s name i PID Pressure MDM PID A Properties for PID regulation Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages Name language 2 User manual IQAN Software G3 145 Integrating limiting 8 Channels Integrating limiting This channel is used for example to limit the power pressure for diesel engine in different situations The only property
9. Operator Boolean expression not A and A B or A B xor A B A B A B A False True False False True True False False True True False False True True Result True False False False False True False True True True False True True False User manual IQAN Software G3 222 Current out 9 Functions and objects Current out A current output has three types of objects that affect the output controlling limiting and locking objects The channel value is the same as the function value 100 100 PY Boom XP2 A1 Current out B1 Primary Pin C1 19 33 Properties Functiong Function tab J Multi function l z ESEE z Controlling objects positive direction Controlling objects imiting objects JS Boom 0 00 gt 0 01 SU PID Pressure 5 U0 gt Boom P control Limiting objects positive direction Locking objects _ Locking objects re MaxOf Controlling objects JS Boom 0 00 gt 0 0 SL PID Pressure Boom P control Controlling objects negative direction Boom pos 5 00 T SW Radio Low 31 Radius em 100 00 Limiting objects negative direction Cx MinOf Cx MaxOf The function page for a current output The controlling and limiting objects are linear and affect the output of the cur rent proportionally The object s output signals state in how much o
10. cece cee cece eee eee e A LONNAN 265 Creating afUNCTION cece eee cence eee e ene e nee A 266 EVENEIOG EE E A saws peRN dw eee hese ea we He 267 MOMONIZING sssssosorseriss nuri trenirani en E seeds E aad seed 268 Activating and locking objects cece eee eee eee eee 268 Resetting ODJECts csiocaceccseegesiaseeses sig vebiaw desea gaeie 268 MME sslei vecaebaawate stages sie swede lee eevee tees OERA 270 Activating Objects lt si0i5 c0ciswiecnsaealknanes ohduealun deen aan aves 270 Locking Objects cece cece e cece eee eect eee e neon eaes 270 Resetting ODEs isscssee ti seie rrinin Erina ce hopes VNA dean 270 HOUr COUNTER se cs ievade toit tid KTE ade oda Pawel de teenie vena 271 Activating and locking objects cece eee eee eee eee ee 271 Resetting objects cece cece cece eee eee e nee n een eaes 271 SMS OUtDUE ere iaer E CEEA EE EE seaweed 272 Mode selection ss rsrsriisrirrsirt distdir e cence NAKEN EEEE NARE 274 State selehe erra anner ARARE NEEE CARAI E NES SEANAIR eeaew ene 275 Fail safe functions 2 2 0 cece cece rinn NEKTER KEARE AA NEEN 278 Create safe functions with conditional objects 278 Primary and secondary channel cee eee cece eee ee eens 281 Using the navigator cece cee RENARE 283 10 Properties IQANdevelop ccccceccecccccccsccsencecceees 284 COMMUNICATION g 5 0 cic sec sdieae bau Seer cad bold Meee die Gerais Baas deere we
11. The output value MinOf Controlling objects value Limiting objects value The value for the controlling objects is compared to the limiting objects value If the value for the controlling objects is less than the value for the limiting objects the output s value is not affected by the limitation If the value for the controlling objects is greater than the value for the limit ing objects the limiting objects value limits the output A A The product of the controlling objects value Value of limiting object 1 Se Value of limiting object 2 iv oe Value of limiting object 3 t A As Value of the current output t The controlling and limiting objects affect on the current output Connected objects If the input signal for a controlling or limiting object is outside the break points Jn J and In 2 see picture below you can choose if the value for the object s output signal shall be frozen that is keep its current value or if the object s output signal shall be reset to zero respective 100 User manual IQAN Software G3 228 Current out 9 Functions and objects Controlling object i xj NENES Input Outside range i e I JS Boom ha Freeze value my SY C Return to zero con Las P WZ Int Channel Out 1 Channel J fioo 0 00 ouT2 urd A In2 Channel Out 2 Channel THT Nz 100 00 100 00 Delete Cancel A linear object Fre
12. A new channel has been added and the application is not sent to the master A new module has been added and the application is not sent to the master Internal error in the current module 383 Status warning and error messages Appendix A No contact Disabled CAN bus polarity error CAN high short circuit to GND CAN high short circuit to VBAT CAN low short circuit to GND CAN low short circuit to VBAT VREF error Sender Receiver address error General radio failure Radio emergency stop Channel specific error Channel error Channel not available Channel time out Reserved Active VREF E Gas error E Gas error User manual IQAN Software G3 The master has lost contact with the module A module is disabled via the master s display The connections for the CAN bus have been mixed up The connection CAN H on current module has been short circuit to ground The connection CAN H on current module has been short circuit to the battery plus The connection CAN L on current module has been short circuit to ground The connection CAN L on current module has been short circuit to the battery plus The reference voltage on current module is erroneous Applies to the Radio module The sender or receiver has wrong address Applies to the Radio module Unspecified error is detected on the radio module Applies to the Radio module Emergency stop is dete
13. 2 The name you have given the application is shown in the second field The padlock indicates whether the application is protected by an applica tion code or not If the padlock is unlocked there is no code entered 3 The third field gives the access level of the user 4 The fourth field indicates if the IQANsimulate program is running and if there is a connection between IQANsimulate and IQANdevelop If the chain is broken there is no communication Click here to synchronize with IQANsimulate i e force IQANsimulate to use the same file as you have opened in IQANdevelop 5 6 The fifth and sixth fields give status for the connection to the master Dur ing connection the square lamp in the fifth field is green The sixth field shows messages regarding the communication with IQAN NOTE If the connection between the IQAN system and your PC is broken click on the green status lamp to try to reconnect If this does not work the supply voltage to the IQAN master module may be too low or there may be a cabling failure Check the connection between the PC and the IQAN system and that the correct COM port is being used Check that no other program is using the same COM port User manual IQAN Software G3 89 Application information 6 Application 6 Application An IQANdevelop file is called an application The application contains all information needed by the master module to control the machine An applica tion consists of ap
14. After the setup is done the master automatically goes back to normal opera tion mode It will use the curve above to compensate for deviations and in that way linearize the engine Auto setup often needs to be done a few times every year because the diesel engine changes characteristics User manual IQAN Software G3 187 SAE J1939 8 Channels SAE J1939 J1939 Id All the messages on the SAE J1939 network must contain some data to iden tify the different messages In IQANdevelop we say that all messages must have a J1939 Id You specify the J1939 Id by entering the parameters Priority Parameter group number PGN and Source address SA Then IQANdevelop calcu lates the J1939 Id automatically Priority All ECU s connected to the SAE J1939 network has to forward any queued messages of higher priority before those with lower priority The highest pri ority is 0 and the lowest is 7 You will find the actual priority in the SAE J1939 specification or in the spec ification from the manufacturer For proprietary messages the default priority is 6 Parameter group number PGN According to the SAE J1939 specification all the parameters are grouped into specific groups Each parameter group is one message on the CAN bus For example the parameters concerning Engine temperature such as oil and coolant temperature are grouped into one parameter group and sent in one message Each parameter group has an identification numb
15. Feedback value Block diagram over a feedback control circuit The command value is the reference value that the regulator tries to follow The feedback value is the actual value measured at the controlled object and is used as a feedback signal The control value is the output value from this channel The purpose of the control value is to run the controlled object wheel steering straight lift etc in the correct direction and thus reduce the control error Control error A Command value Feedback value There is no such thing as a perfect regulator It is necessary to compromise between accuracy and stability There is a risk that a system will experience self induced oscillation With this in mind you must select the correct type of regulation Different types of regulation There are three ways to regulate so that the actual value follows the command value with the least control error possible Proportional regulation P The control value Ur is affected proportionally to deviations between the command value and the feedback value Ur PxArt The control error A is measured at every point in time T and multiplied with a constant P so that the control value Ur is changed proportionally with the size User manual IQAN Software G3 254 Remember that a self oscillating system can cause unnecessary risks for people and machine function PID 9 Functions and objects of the control
16. Import phone book cece cece cece eee e eee eee eneeeee 300 No contact with the modem ece eee e cece ee eeees 300 DISCONMOEE sistas dices ted esi ea dhe a EAEE ss A eke wes Raum oees 300 Chat cansistien inte A A seh boees teeta one E tas 301 12 SACCOSS isa bcc ese cadies belncs wetanieiae ee cae eeuaioe sew esee eee 302 Application Code 2 0 ccc cece cece cece een n eee n ence en eenenees 303 Add application code ccc cece eee e cece eee e ee eeenenee 303 Deleting an application code ccc cece eee e eee ences 303 Opening a protected application ccc e eee e eee 304 Licence number cece ec e ee ee ence eee e teen eneenees 305 Access levels ccs avanead any seen aeedae tae de nine EEA EA ERE 305 Storing application codes 0 cece eee e eee e ence e eens 306 Add and delete application codes 0c cee ee eee eee eee 307 Safe application codes cece cece cece cece eect ene eeeees 307 Run IQANdevelop with lower access level 0 0eeeee 309 13 Measuring and fault finding cccccecccccccccccecccoes 311 Measuring in a block diagram 0 cece eee eee eee eee ences 312 Measuring channels from the block diagram 4 312 Measuring with the multimeter cece eee eee eee e eee ee 314 Measuring channels in the multimeter window 314 Measuring objects ce cece cece cece eee ence
17. J1939 Data J1939 standard formatting When checked the standard bit length of 2 bits is used otherwise bit is used Data offset bit The parameter s bit position Bits are numbered from 1 to 63 EXAMPLE The parameter Wait to start lamp has it s position in byte 4 at bit land 2 You calculate the offset like this Byte start position 1 8 Bit start position Data offset bit 4 1 8 1 25 User manual IQAN Software G3 199 J1939 throttle out 8 Channels J1939 throttle out The channel is used to control the engine speed of a diesel engine that support the SAE J1939 protocol Engine control XT2 A0 31939 throttle out A xf Properties 31339 Name language 1 Engine control Name language 2 Engine control Idle speed RPM 800 00 Max speed RPM 2300 00 Command channel Engine command v Value RPM Properties for the channel J1939 Throttle out Name Name language 1 The channel s name in two languages shown on the Name language 2 display Engine speed range Idle speed RPM Minimum engine speed at no load running See the manufacturer specification for the engine Max speed RPM Maximum engine speed at no load running See the manufacturer specification for the engine Command channel Command channel Select the channel that shall control the engine speed The command channel must be analog 0 100 User manual IQAN Software G3 200
18. Properties for the Memorizing channel type Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages shown on Name language 2 the display Channel to memorize Memorize channel Select the channel that you want to memorize Action Replace The memorized value is replaced by the current value Add The current value is added to the memorized value User manual IQAN Software G3 153 Store value Memorizing 8 Channels Store value Allow reset to zero The channel value is stored in non volatile memory In this way the value is stored even if you break the sup ply voltage to the system Otherwise the value will be reset to zero at startup See also section Stored values page 214 The channel value can be reset to zero from the dis play or via iSMS see Appendix D page 392 User manual IQAN Software G3 154 Event log 8 Channels Event log The Event log channel is used to log a channel s value at a specific event When the event log channel is activated the time and the selected input chan nel s value is stored in the event log Service cancel MDM Event log A Apply Properties for the Event log channel Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages Name language 2 Channel to log Input channel Select the channel you want to log when the event log channel is activated User manual IQAN Software G32 155 Timer 8 Ch
19. The angle sensor is installed so that 0 corresponds to the wheel being directed straight forward 100 corresponds to a complete wheel turn to the left and 100 corresponds to a complete wheel turn to the right Lever wheel steering directional in We will now create the channel for the lever We are going to use the lever s z direction z rocker to manoeuvre the machine e Open the block diagram Lx 0 and create the channel Directional analog index Z e Open the dialog box Channel information and enter Lever wheel steering in the Name language I box We define the following directions Upper z rocker positive direction the vehicle turns clockwise Lower z rocker negative direction the vehicle turns counter clockwise The lever s direction starts from the z rocker s central position We define the total movement range for the rocker as 100 100 so that the rocker s central position is 0 e Click on Apply to store Speed frequency in For the speed signal we will use the frequency input that we created in a pre vious section We will use the built in PID regulator to create a feedback control system for the wheel steering We want the PID regulator to regulate the wheel angle in relation to the vehicle s speed and lever stroke User manual IQAN Software G3 71 PID regulator 4 Getting started The set value lever stroke and speed Z s G Wheel steering fme actual
20. Unit The unit to be presented on the display together with the scaled value of the channel e g C bar liter etc You can also enter the unit in two languages The unit can be found in the SAE J1939 manufacturer specification Error value Error value If the channel indicates an error situation the value is replaced by an error value Enter a proper scaled value for the channel to be used when there is an error situation User manual IQAN Software G32 192 J1939 Analog in 8 Channels Simulated value Simulated value Simulate a value on the channel Check the box and enter a value in the field below The channel will use this value instead of the actual measured value on the input Scale the input signal Consider personal safety when simu Min bit Minimum bit value lating Appropriate Max bit Maximum bit value safety precautions In the SAE J1939 specification you will only find should be taken scaled range and resolution You need to calculate the values for the min and max See example below Scaled min Enter the min and max value for the data range Scaled max E g The temperature range is 40 210 C Often is the min value given as offset You find the values in the SAE J1939 manufacturer specification EXAMPLE 5 2 5 15 Engine Oil Temperature Temperature of the engine lubricant Data Length 2 bytes Resolution 0 03125 C bit gain 273 C offset Data Range 273 to
21. 100 00 T SW Radio Swing pos Locking objects Cx MaxOf Cx MinOf Controlling objects Limiting objects Swing pos T SW Radio Cad Co CK MaxOf Cx MinOf Apply i Measuring objects for a current output Grey measuring boxes When the master unit is calculating the objects lazy evaluation is practiced This means that the master depending on the function s objects only calcu lates the objects when necessary For further information see section Lazy evaluation page 399 If an object is not calculated the value box is grey NOTE Measuring of objects is not possible on IQAN TOC2 User manual IQAN Software G3 316 Measuring objects 13 Measuring and fault finding Engine on XP2 A0 Digital out D1 Primary Pin C1 36 If an object is not calculated in the master the value box is grey Multiple functions If a channel has multiple functions the currently active function is automati cally displayed The state name is also changed accordingly User manual IQAN Software G32 317 Measuring with the graph 13 Measuring and fault finding Measuring with the graph The graph handles both time measuring and XY measuring On the page Graph a window is shown where the measured values from the channels are presented as graphic curves To open the graph page click on its tab in the upper left corner d IQANdevelop C Program Files IQAN software Applications DemoCrane_En
22. 100 _ 80 60 40 20 a ee eT 20 40 60 80100 5 10 15 2025 km h Input signal Lever wheel steering Input signal Angle boom The value from the internal analog channel has the unit Command wheel steering Open the function page for the channel Command wheel steering We begin by creating a controlling object with the lever s input value Add a Controlling object Select Lever wheel steering as Input Enter 0 for In I and 0 for Out 1 Enter 700 for In 2 and 100 for Out 2 Controlling object x No oe Input Outside range y Oy Vo Lever wheel steering x Freeze value C Return to zero sail eA A ON A ISS m Channel M Dut1 Channel 10 00 z 0 00 4 ouT2 oun In2 Channel M Out 2 Channel M meme 100 00 z 100 00 ie Delete Cancel Controlling object for the Internal analog channel Command wheel steering Click OK to create the object Right click in Controlling objects and select Add object Select Lever wheel steering as Input Enter 10 for In 1 and 0 for Out 1 Enter 100 for In 2 and 100 for Out 2 User manual IQAN Software G3 73 Out 2 Out 1 In2 In1 Out 1 Out 2 PID regulator 4 Getting started Controlling object x a Input Outside range WN Lever wheel steering z Freeze value Return to zero a 2 iS F Int Channel
23. 500 As they are pre set in IQANdevelop we do not need to change anything e Click on Apply to store If you use the steering wheel to manoeuvre the machine the wheel steering occurs hydromechanically The orbitrol distributes the oil in the servo unit depending on how you turn the wheel When you use the lever to manoeuvre the machine the oil is distributed via electromagnetic valves By measuring the orbitrol pressure we know if the steering wheel is used or not Orbitrol pressure voltage in We create an analog current input where we connect a sensor e Create the channel Voltage in index E in the block diagram XP 0 e Give the channel the following properties Name Orbitrol pressure Unit Bar From the data sheet we find that Minimum mV 500 Maximum mV 4500 Scaled minimum bar 0 Scaled maximum bar 500 e Click on Apply to store Angle sensor wheel voltage in The wheel steering will be speed dependant which means that the wheel angle is determined by the lever stroke and the vehicle s speed We need to measure the wheel angle to regulate the steering User manual IQAN Software G3 70 PID regulator 4 Getting started e Create the channel Voltage in index F in the block diagram XP 0 e Give the channel the following properties Name Angle sensor wheel Unit Minimum voltage mV 500 Maximum voltage mV 4500 Scaled minimum 100 Scaled maximum 100 e Click on Apply to store
24. A good advice is to group temperature and hydraulic pressure to one object as described earlier see section Group objects page 398 User manual IQAN Software G3 401 Lazy evaluation Appendix F Sort conditional objects The conditional objects does not demand as much computational power from the master as do the linear but still it is a good idea to optimize these objects too The following is valid for computing the expression AND The objects state Object 1 and Object 2 and Object 3 and Object 8 If at least one of the objects is false the whole expression evaluates to false Lazy evaluation implies that once an object that evaluates to false is encoun tered the master stops calculating and thus saves computational power Put into practice this means that objects that evaluate to false most often shall be put at the top of the list The following is valid for computing the expression OR The objects state Object 1 or Object 2 or Object 3 or Object 8 If at least one of the objects is true the whole expression evaluates to true Put into practice this means that objects who evaluate to true most often shall be put at the top of the list Object type priority The following priority order applies when calculating the different condi tional object types ae Blocking object False True Locking object False Activating object C Stop gt True
25. Max weight ton Function page for mathematical digital channel Splitting up a mathematical expression into sub expressions VINA gt 20 FINB lt 1500 DINE You cannot write the whole expression on one line Instead you must split it up into sub expressions A line in the list can contain an expression with up to two operands User manual IQAN Software G3 250 Mathematical digital 9 Functions and objects From the expression above we create the following sub expressions in the list Object Operation Comment A VIN gt 20 If the value of the voltage input index A is greater than 20 the result is true otherwise false B FIN lt 1500 If the value of the frequency input index B is less than 1500 the result is true otherwise false C A xor B If one operand is true and one is false the result is true If both are false or both are true the result is false see section Digital mathematical objects on page 221 D not C The result of object C is inverted D or DIN If either the result of object D is true or the digi tal input index E is high the result from the mathematical channel will be true otherwise it will be false The value of object E in the list is the channel s output value Creating a function The function is created in the same way as you create the function for a math ematical analog channel see section Creating a
26. Outgoing message Enter a text message that you want included in the SMS SMS Outgoing channel value Select a channel that you want included in the SMS Channel name value and unit is added at the end of the message Select None if do not want to use this feature EXAMPLE The channel described in the image above would result in the following message being sent to some Parker employee in M lnlycke Sweden Time for service Service time 1500 h NOTE If Outgoing message starts with SV the SMS message is formatted a bit different The channel name is not appended to the SMS message only the channel value This is to make it possible to set an SMS input on another machine EXAMPLE Outgoing message is SV Max speed and an outgoing channel is selected The SMS message sent is SV Max speed 15 0 As you can see this message is a valid SMS input message and can there for be used to communicate with a remote IQAN system via GSM User manual IQAN Software G3 170 Current out 8 Channels Current out Under the Properties tab you can name the channel and calibrate the current output Properties Function Name language 1 I Auto Pv Stick Sani Limits IV Multi mode Name language 2 Pv Stick J7 Auto mode IV Check Dither amplitude i 2 3 4 fi 50 m Min current m Max current m4 Dither frequency 220 396 fi 00 Hz Start slope ms Stop slope ms fo 0 Fine
27. The blocking object s input signal is used to stop a function It can be a sig nal from an end position sensor or an emergency stop etc Blocking objects are used to make the function safe in different situations and have the highest priority of the three object types This means that when a blocking object s condition is fulfilled it affects the output regardless of whether the other objects conditions are fulfilled When a blocking object becomes true the digital output s turns Low In this way the output s function is blocked Several blocking objects You can have up to eight blocking objects for one function If you use several blocking objects the output s value is determined by the following boolean equation OR The blocking objects value Block1 Block2 Block3 Block8 At least one blocking object s condition has to be fulfilled in order to block the output User manual IQAN Software G3 238 Digital out 9 Functions and objects NOTE We use boolean algebra for digital values False True which means that is the same as or A Activating object Blocking object 1 Blocking object 2 i Output value Blocking object 1 OR blocking object 2 AND The blocking objects value Block1 Block2 Block3 Block8 All objects conditions have to be fulfilled in order to block the output NOTE We use boolean algebra f
28. The cycle time for an IQAN system can be set to 20 100 ms The default value is 50 ms If you need faster response times you can lower the value or if you need more processing power you should raise the value NOTE Please be cautious when using a short system cycle time Pay attention to the utilization The utilization should not be over 75 For further information about utilization see section Module diagnostic on page 160 Log handling When a log goes full the default behavior is to delete the oldest records to create room for new errors events The 1000 latest records are always kept in the log You can override the default behavior by checking the boxes Error Event log handling stop when full Now when a log goes full no more errors events User manual IQAN Software G3 107 Module properties 7 Modules will be logged When the log is emptied see section Clear the error event log on page 294 logging will continue again The actual number of records in the error log and in the event log can be mea sured by using module diagnostics see section Module diagnostic on page 160 iSMS commands The master module can handle incoming iSMS commands from external sys tems The standard iSMS command syntax is described in Appendix D on page 392 Auto answer This feature only concerns master modules with a modem attached Master modules with a display shows caller id when it detects an incoming call The user can then
29. The following channels can be used as parameters e Function parameters e Mathematical analog NOTE If you use a channel as parameter you have to make sure that the channel s value is within the range 0 1000 Use the PID regulator to create other functions The channel for the regulator can be used to create other functions where the regulation is included as a parameter EXAMPLE Feedback system for wheel steering By entering the PID regulator s chan nel as a controlling object for a current output the wheels are controlled via the regulator User manual IQAN Software G3 258 Integrating limiting 9 Functions and objects Integrating limiting This channel type is especially used for power regulation max speed regula tion and similar functions The channel would normally be used in a limiting object in e g a current output The functionality of this channel could be com pared to a PID regulator that only uses the I part and where the I part varies depending on the value of the input channel The output value will be between 0 to 100 where 100 is the idle value Speed control MDM Integrating limiting xl Properties Function Enabling channel True m Input channel Wheel speed v In Start reduction at fan 00 00 S Max error 200 00 E Max increase speed s 10 Y2 Max decrease speed s f2o Yi Apply Function page for Integrating limiting channel Start reductio
30. User manual IQAN Software G3 167 SMS input 8 Channels Another way is to send a message via SMS using the syntax stated in the field Complete incoming message syntax from an authorized phone number The syntax follows the same rules that apply for iSMS see Appendix D page 392 This will set the channel s value to the value stated in the incoming mes sage and a reply with the new channel value will be sent as an acknowledge to the sender A misspelled message or a message sent from a phone number that is not allowed will generate an error message The error message is sent to the sender via SMS EXAMPLE Incoming message Reply Incoming message Reply SV Max speed 18 2 SV Max speed 18 2 Value OK Speed limit high SV Max sped 18 2 SV Max sped 18 2 18 20 km h No match Incoming message SV Max speed A8 2 Reply SV Max speed A8 2 Syntax error Phone number not allowed SV Max speed 18 2 Reply SV Max speed 18 2 Access denied Out of range SV Max speed 28 Reply SV Max speed 28 Value out of range Valid range 5 00 25 00 km h NOTE Incoming SMS messages are in practice handled once every 30 seconds one at a time Messages are stored on the SIM card until handled by IQAN There is often also a delay in the GSM network before it reaches the recipient This delay can vary between a few seconds up to several minutes Also SMS outputs have higher priority which means that if the
31. gt 1500 0 Cad Co C and Co Cad oF Function page for an SMS output Activating locking and blocking objects The objects for an SMS output channel are used in the same way as for a dig ital output channel For further information see section Digital out page 237 NOTE SMS messages are in practice sent once every 30 seconds one at a time This means that if four SMS output channels are activated at the same time the last SMS message is delayed up to two minutes before it is actually sent There is often also a delay in the GSM network before it reaches the recipient This delay can vary between a few seconds up to several minutes User manual IQAN Software G3 272 SMS output 9 Functions and objects If an SMS output is activated again before the previous SMS message gener ated by that channel is sent the new message will replace the old one i e there can only be one message per SMS output in queue at a time User manual IQAN Software G3 273 Mode selection 9 Functions and objects Mode selection With this channel you can change operator mode for one or many channels automatically Currently there are two channel types that can use multiple operator modes Current out and PWM out Manual operator mode selection is still valid for all channels not using auto mode selection For information on how to activate auto mode on an output see section Current out on page 171 Mode selection MDM Mode selection
32. s Properties click on the tab marked Function to activate the function page e Right click on one of the rows A popup menu appears e To add an object select Add object which adds an object at the first avail able row or select Insert object to insert a new object at the selected row When an object is inserted all objects from that row and down are shifted downwards one row User manual IQAN Software G3 247 Mathematical analog 9 Functions and objects Radius MDM Math analog B i xj Properties Function A cos Boom pos B C Boom pos Stir D anc Insert object Ctrl Ins Edit object Alt Enter Delete object Del E D Telescope pos F B E Popup menu for a mathematical analog channel e A dialog box for the new object is displayed For information on this box see section Mathematical objects on page 219 e Click OK to create the object Editing an object e Right click on the object and select Edit object or double click on the object The dialog box for the object is displayed e Click OK to save changes Deleting an object You can delete an object if it is not used in the function The list is com pressed automatically so that a row in the middle of the list will never be empty e Right click on the object to be deleted and select Delete object IQANdevelop Confirmation x N cal The object will be removed This cannot be undone Do you want to con
33. s curve in the Y direction Use the vertical scroll bar on the right in the measurement window whilst holding the lt Ctrl gt key down Glitch detect Glitch detect can be useful to detect short pulses or glitches in a large log Without glitch detect IQANdevelop uses mean value calculation when pre senting large amount of data on the screen With glitch detect IQANdevelop presents min and max values in each point instead of the mean value This makes it possible to easily find glitches in very large logs To enable glitch detect right click in the measurement window and select Glitch detect To disable right click and select Glitch detect once again User manual IQAN Software G3 326 Measuring with the graph 13 Measuring and fault finding Print tags Print tags are used to be able to identify the curves on a printout when you do not have access to a color printer d IQANdevelop C Program Files IQAN software Applications DemoCrane_Engine idl _ z ol x File Edit System View Measure Help SHa A aey gt FEEF by Parkar System overview Graph MDM XP A0 XP A1 LeAO Leai es E Engine press Value 1 97 08 Value 2 97 86 100 Min 56 45 Max 103 39 Peak to peak 46 95 800 Mean 96 71 True RMS 96 79 TA Ti 0 00 T2 9 95 T2 T1 9 95 Fall time 1 69 40 0 Time div a Time 2001 01 19 a4 Value 45 23 Demo crane 3 00 Develop Pro RS i COMI Online Print tags Print tags means tha
34. 8 digital inputs 16 analog outputs 8 dig ital outputs and one throttle out JGAS J1939 device on Engine EPP ECEP PEELE ere irre op ee fe fe Pek ROT FT PF PF PF A LTT TTT IZA EE E Eaa r Analog out a F JGAS E J1939 layout You can simulate engine messages through the Engine diagnostic popup menu alternative on the J1939 module Select the FMI and SPN number you want to simulate and check the severity of the error You must have one sever ity level selected in order to set an error Press Send to send the message a set the error Use the Clear button to clear the error flags and send a message clearing the error Clearing the error can also be done by unchecking all the severity levels and pressing Send again Engine diagnostics x N T Mamin spur M RedStop 116 Brake Application Pressure 117 Brake Primary Pressure 118 Brake Secondary Pressure 119 Hydraulic Retarder Pressure 120 Hydraulic Retarder Oil Temperatur 122 Engine Retarder Percent 123 Clutch Pressure 124 Transmission Oil Level 126 Transmission Filter Differential Pre 127 Transmission Oil Pressure 129 Injector Metering Rail 2 Pressure 130 Power Specific Fuel Economy 131 Exhaust Back Pressure 132 Mass Air Flow 133 Average Fuel Rate 9 Abnormal update rate 135 Fuel Delivery Pressure Absolute 10 Abnormal rate of chang 136 Auxiliary Vacuum Pressure Readir 11 Root cause not known xl 137 Aux
35. Auto setup allowed x fo Properties for the channel E gas out Name Name language 1 The channel s name in two languages shown on the Name language 2 display Measure Value MR The channel s physical output value during measure ment 100 100 The value unit is MR Modula tion Ratio since this is a PWM output Regulator parameters P I D Parameters for the regulator behavior For further information see section PID on page 254 User manual IQAN Software G3 185 E Gas out 8 Channels Engine speed Engine speed channel Select the frequency input channel that measures the actual engine speed The frequency channel must be scaled to rpm This is the feedback value used by the PID regulator Min rpm The minimum and maximum idle speed for the diesel Max rpm engine Setup mode Manual setup With the manual setup the shifting motor is regulated Min mV using a linear curve Max mV Enter the voltage value mV for the shifting motor s end positions Auto setup If you have to take consideration to the characteristic Enabling channel of the diesel engine s governor use auto setup Select an enabling channel to prevent that auto setup is performed in dangerous situations e g when the machine moves or the gear box is not in neutral If you don t need to consider this select True Auto setup Auto setup tries to linearize the diesel engine chara
36. IQAN software Applications DemoCrane idt File Edit System Yiew Measure Help seog e PEY 2 Freer System overview Graph MDM Left Joystick i g T IQAN Lx AO Left Joystick lt 4 Name of the module Sw Auto pressure ololo r c T 0 n m JS Swing JS Stick JS Telescope Demo crane 3 00 Develop Pro 2S I com online Us Named lever module Changing the module s CAN address IQAN Lx AO E x Name CAN address CAN bus amp CAN address Nae The tab for changing the CAN address CAN address The module s CAN address You can give the mod ule a new address If the new address is taken by another module of the same type it will switch address with that module ATTENTION Be cautious when switching addresses between modules addressed with an Id tag in the cabling these modules also switch functions User manual IQAN Software G32 105 Module properties 7 Modules Frequency Changing the dither frequency for current outputs XP The dither frequency is fixed 92 Hz and cannot be changed TOC8 TOC2 XP2 The dither frequency is common for all current outputs Adjust the frequency according to the specific load XT2 The current outputs can have individual dither frequencies x 1 Name CAN address Frequency J1939 KAS Dither frequency COUT A a 100 Hz a J x Dither frequency COUT B a Pres foo Hz
37. Measure J1939 throttle out 8 Channels Value RPM Shows the value in RPM for the channel during measurement J1939 properties xl Properties 31939 Priority 3 Parameter group number PGN 0 Source address SA 39 Transmit rate ms 10 Speed control condition Transient optimized disengaged 7 Override control mode priority Highest be J1939 properties for the channel J1939 throttle out J1939 Id Priority Parameter group number PGN Source Address SA The priority of the parameter s message The parameter s group identity number Default value 0 or destination address according to SAE J1939 specification The sender address This is the same for all J1939 out puts and is specified in the module properties see sec tion Sender address on page 191 Transmit rate Transmit rate ms How often the command message will be sent User manual IQAN Software G3 201 J1939 Data J1939 throttle out 8 Channels Speed control condition Override control mode priority Select one of the following Transient optimized disengaged Stability optimized disengaged Stability optimized engaged 1 Stability optimized engaged 2 Select one of the following Highest High Medium Low For further information look in the manufacturer specification for the engine User manual IQAN Software G3 202 J1939 Lamp indicator 8 Channels J1939 La
38. NOTE The XP2 and XT2 have 2 individual VREF s and their errors are simulated through the voltage inputs popup menu XP and XS module Status code Blink red light Normal no error T O and voltage errors Low High temperature CAN error VREF error User manual IQAN Software G3 Error and status codes 14 IQANsimulate Lx XP2 and XT2 module Status code Blink yellow light Normal no error Freeze Test mode Error code Blink red light T O and voltage errors Low High temperature CAN error Hardware error Address error Software error XR module Status code Blink yellow light Normal no error Error code Blink red light Radio error Emergency stop Battery low Address error CAN error NOTE Because the XR module is a 3rd party product and not obligated to have a sta tus indicator IQANsimulate indicates status according to the table above User manual IQAN Software G3 352 Error and status codes 14 IQANsimulate TOC8 module Status code Blink yellow light Normal no error
39. Name Name language 1 The channel s name in two languages shown on the Name language 2 display Measured value Value mV The measured value for the actuator s position in mV When do you need to use this channel When you create the function for the E gas out the E gas position channel is used as the feedback value Observe the only thing you need to do is to con nect the sensor to the input You don t need to add this channel in the block diagram The IQAN XT2 module handles this internally You only have to add the channel if you want to measure or use the channel s value User manual IQAN Software G3 182 Engine load 8 Channels Engine load The engine load is automatically calculated in the XT2 unit The output of this channel will be a value between 100 100 The channel compares the actual engine speed with the theoretical speed decided by the position of the actuator according to the following algorithm Engineload 100 ActualSpeed x 100 TheoreticalSpeed NOTE If Manual setup is used the Theoretical speed will be calculated as a linear function between Min rpm and Max rpm see E gas out If Auto setup is used the Theoretical speed will be calculated as a function of the auto setup curve see E gas out If the engine is loaded the output value will be a positive number between 0 100 If brake energy is accumulated by the engine e g running downhill the engine load will be a n
40. Saves the application with desired filename Shows general information on the application Protects the application with a code to keep unau thorized from making changes Prints channels measured graphs and block dia grams Here you enter properties for communication dia log and language for the application in IQANde velop Here you enter the data for the sensors you want to use as predefined Lets you add and delete application codes to your application code file Lets you create a safe application code that cannot be read by anyone so you can safely send it via email Exits the program A dialog window is displayed if you have not saved the application or the latest changes User manual IQAN Software G3 82 Drop down menus 5 Menu overview Edit Under the Edit menu there are the usual editing functions Undo Ctrl Z Undo the latest command Cut Ctrl X Cut channels Copy Ctrl C Copy channels Paste Ctrl V Paste channels Delete Del Delete channels Move channel to Moves a channel to another module Copy properties Factory defaults to adjustables Adjustables to factory defaults There are two alternatives when copying properties either are the factory default properties copied to the adjustable or vice versa Note that all channels with adjustable prop erties will be affected System In the system menu there are functions for adding and removing modules from the application as w
41. The pulse that will activate the windshield wiper shall be 500 ms e Click in the Delay off box and enter 500 Windshield wiper XP A0 Digital out A1 Primary Pin Ci i8 Properties Function Name language 1 windshield wiper Name language 2 windshield wiper Delay on fo ms Delay off fo ms Properties for the digital output Windshield wiper e Click on Apply to store User manual IQAN Software G3 27 Digital inputs and outputs 4 Getting started Windshield wiper button digital in e Click on the tab for the lever unit Lx 0 The lever unit is equipped with a number of digital inputs We will use one of them to connect the button for the windshield wiper IQANdevelop C Program Files IQAN software Applications ReachStacker idt By x File Edit System Yiew Measure Help mz eHGoi PRBNSHW PG 2 rely System overview Graph MDM Pag LeAO g T IQAN Lx A0 Channel connection Digital in index A AE E Reach stacker 1 00 Develop Pro 25 I com online The block diagram for LX 0 e To create the digital input right click on the channel connection Digital in index A and select Add channel A name tag for the channel is created e Select View gt Show channel info to open the dialog box Channel infor mation e Click in the Name language 1 box and enter the channel s name Wind shield wiper button e Click on Apply to store User manual IQAN Softwar
42. defined in the previous section Creating the function e Open the block diagram MDM e Click on the channel COG and open the dialog box Channel information the Function tab On the page it is possible to build mathematical expressions using 16 posi tions A P The expressions are divided into subexpressions For further infor mation see section Mathematical analog on page 246 COG cos Angle boom 860 Position telescope 580 e Right click on a row and select Add object User manual IQAN Software G3 55 Mathematical analog channel 4 Getting started A dialog box is opened to enter a mathematical expression e Click in the drop down list box Operator and select cos cosine for the angle e Check the Channel box and select Angle boom in the drop down list box Operand B yag 2 DAA Na Operand Channel 7 Operator OperandB Channel V feos 7 Angle boom 7 The mathematical expression for position A cos Angle boom e Click OK to store e Right click on a row and select Add object e Select addition in the drop down list box Operator e Enter 860 in the box Operand A e Select Position telescope for Operand B Analog math object B x ti a o OperandA Channel Operator OperandB Channel V Jeso oo fs z Position telescope 7 a d Delete Cancel The mathematical expression for position B 860 Position telescope e Click
43. on page 231 For more infor mation on conditional objects and how to create them see section Condi tional objects on page 218 User manual IQAN Software G3 241 E Gas out 9 Functions and objects E Gas out The purpose with the E gas out channel is to control the speed of a diesel engine i e to adjust the position of the actuator that controls the injection pump of the engine The IQAN XT2 module has an internal PID regulator The value for an E gas output is the same as it s function value the command value for the PID regulator 0 100 Control value can be measured on the properties page See picture below Command value Control error Control value Regulator Actuator gt Feedback value Actuator Position The PID regulator for E gas out in IQAN XT2 Engine control XT2 A0 E Gas out A Pin C1 8 9 me a Properties Function J Multi function l z Select state z Controlling objects Locking objects Limiting objects Speed pedal 0 C x C MaxOf C and or Cx MinOf Create the command value function User manual IQAN Software G3 242 E Gas out 9 Functions and objects Controlling limiting and locking objects The objects for the E gas out channel are used in the same way as for a cur rent output For further information about the object types see section Cur rent out on page 223 For the E g
44. s name in the two languages shown on Name language 2 the display Measure and simulate Simulated value Simulate a value on the channel Check the box and select a value in the field below The channel will use this value instead of the actual measured value on the input Consider personal safety when simu lating Appropriate safety precautions should be taken User manual IQAN Software G3 133 Frequency in 8 Channels Frequency in Under the Properties tab you can name the channel and enter the calibration values for the signal It is possible to define if the alarm will be activated when the value of the channel reaches a level as well as filter the signal read the channel s value or simulate a value Speed XT2 A0 Frequency in A Pin C1 37 Ee x Properties Name language 1 Unit Factory default Speed kmn Max Hz Name language 2 Unit E Bata Speed kmh adjustable Max Hz Scaled max 2400 Simulated value I Alarm low Alarm high Value Hz Filter 75 Properties for frequency in Name and unit Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages shown on Name language 2 the display Unit The unit to be presented on the display together with the scaled value of the channel User manual IQAN Software G3 134 Frequency in 8 Channels Calibrate and scale the input signal Factory default Maximum frequency at the input Max Hz Adj
45. tap the Cancel button Opening a protected application The rules that apply to getting a protected application also applies to opening a protected application If you don t know the application code you can always delete the application User manual IQAN Software G3 379 Troubleshooting 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS Troubleshooting General troubleshooting when working with IQANdevelop for Palm OS No contact with master Normally when the connection fails you will Caukl at connect tb get an error message like the one showed here f a 7 Master Make sure that Please check your connection e the hot sync connector on the back bottom of your PDA is not dirty oxidized e the cables are OK and connected e the master power is on e you have the same communication speed as the master solution restart the master and or check uncheck the low speed setting Application does not work as expected Make sure that e the current application in your PDA is the same as in the master The application crashed and now I can t start it again If in some way the application gets corrupted and after a reset you can not restart IQANdevelop for Palm OS try pressing the lt up gt key while starting IQANdevelop for Palm OS The faulty application will then be removed This can lead to the following e Ifthe application detects a faulty application it will try to remove that one and then start the program e Ifthe prog
46. 1735 0 C 459 4 to 3155 0 F Scaled max Scaled min Resolution gt 1735 273 0 03125 64256 bit The calculation above gives Min bit 0 Max bit 64256 Scaled min 273 C Scaled max 1735 C User manual IQAN Software G3 193 J1939 Analog in 8 Channels Calculate min and max IQANdevelop can help you to calculate the Min bit and Max bit values Calculate min and max ey xi Da Resolution a gt See fo 03125 7 l wy Data range AA N Scaled min Scaled max A x a N 273 00 1735 00 Click on the button Calculate min and max Resolution The resolution is the degree of amplification You will find the resolution value in the specification from the manufacturer Data range This is the operation range for the input signal Scaled min Enter the scaled min and scaled max value that you Scaled max find in the specification from the manufacturer Enter the values and click on OK IQANdevelop calculates the values and closes the dialog box You will find the calculated min and max values on the properties page NOTE The range for scaled min and scaled max is 32000 32000 Alarm Alarm low An alarm can be activated when the input signal Alarm high passes a defined limit Select type of alarm by checking the boxes In the field below you enter the level for the alarm limit You can define both an upper and an lower alarm limit for the channel Alarm
47. 50 s Button text FA F2 F3 YES Jno COME ASAP History 16 03 09 gt Hello gt Is the machine OK lt Waiting for reply 42 seconds left Dialog box for chat Chat Message row 1 The messages has to be split up in two rows maximum Message row 2 20 characters row Timeout How soon the IQAN operator has to answer the question in seconds If the answer is not received within the time limit the system times out In this way the PC will not be occupied waiting for an answer Enter 0 to send a message without requiring the operator to reply The buttons are not used Button text The operator answers by using the function keys F1 F2 and F3 In order to do this the buttons have to be pro vided with answer alternatives History History over questions and answers that has been sent REMOTE MESSAGE 4 Hello Is the machine OK The message as shown in IQAN MDM User manual IQAN Software G3 301 12 Access 12 Access In this chapter we will be treating the following e application codes e licence number e access levels IQANdevelop can be used for several purposes with regard to a machine application The main purpose is to create different applications but there is also a mea sure system for fault finding for use both at the design stage and out on the field We have prepared some different access levels where for example the designer can extend the application by several functions for
48. A xj Properties Function Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Activating objects Locking objects Blocking objects Button mode 1 True C and or Cad Co Cad Co Function page for the mode selection channel mode 1 Mode tabs The tabs are numbered 1 4 one tab for each mode On each tab there is a function with activating locking and blocking objects just like a digital out put The functions are calculated one by one starting with the function for mode 1 If the first function is true then the channel s value is 1 i e mode 1 is selected otherwise it continues with the function for mode 2 etc It can happen that all functions are false In that case the channe s value is 1 by default For information on how each function works see section Digital out on page 237 User manual IQAN Software G3 274 State selection 9 Functions and objects State selection With this channel you can create a state machine that can be used to control the state for one or more channels Currently there are four channel types that can use states Current out PWM out Digital out and E Gas out The state selection channel is very similar to the mode selection channel This channel s value is 0 8 where 0 indicates no active state Tele Grapple State MDM State selection A ms Properties Function 5 Grapple close 6 Tele in 8 1 Manual mode 2 Start pos 3 Tele out 4 Grapple open
49. Adjustable To be able to adjust the value for Min mV and Min mV Max mV from the display you must check the Max mV Adjustable box This enables you to calibrate sensors from the display For further information about the adjustable values see section Adjustable values on page 213 Scaled min The input signal should be converted to a readable Scaled max value for the operator The value is presented on the display together with the defined unit For example at 0 8 V the sensor will measure a pres sure at 20 bar See data sheet for respective sensor Scaled max Scaled min i et I l 1 min max Scaling of the input signal User manual IQAN Software G3 126 Set min set max Voltage in 8 Channels Set min Set max To facilitate calibration of minimum voltage E g calibration of the input when you have connected an analog position sensor for the telescope Manoeuvre the telescope to its minimum position and click on Set min The voltage from the sensor is measured and shown in the display Min mV The same procedure applies for the maximum voltage when the telescope is in its maximal position For this the channel must be activated for measure Click on the channel s measure flag Measure and simulate Value mV Simulated value Consider personal Shows the current value for the channel during measure This can be used when you calibrate the channel for e
50. Channels Adjustable values The following channels have values that can be adjusted from the display or via iSMS see Appendix D on page 392 For some channel types to enable adjusting you need to check the box Adjustable for each specific channel and mode where applicable Channel type Parameter Adjustable via Voltage in Min mV Display iSMS Max mV Frequency in Max Hz Display iSMS Current out Min current mA Display two directions Max current mA Start slope ms Stop slope ms Fine control PWM out Min MR Display two directions Max MR Start slope ms Stop slope ms Fine control Function parameter Value Display iSMS SMS input Value SMS SMS input is not adjustable via the iSMS command SA but uses it s own command SV which has a syntax similar to iSMS see section SMS input page 166 Factory default adjustable Factory default corresponds to the application s original values When you send the application to the master the factory default values will be stored in a write protected area in the master s memory When you adjust a channel the factory default values will not be affected only the adjustable values Channels that have adjustable enabled use the adjustable values all other channels use the factory default values SMS inputs always use the adjustable value the factory default value is only for initiation and resetting The operator can always reset an
51. Explorer e Open the Explorer and select the file e Right click on the file and select Properties e Select the tab File info DemoCrane idt Properties RTRs General Security Summary NetWare Version Fray yesh File is created vah l byParker IQANdevelop version 3 00 build 702 I Description Demo crane 3 00 N seg A Last changed 2001 06 27 14 40 45 00 Changed by Ulrik Sandstrom Parker a RR 4 jr AEN 17A Comment Properties for an idt file User manual IQAN Software G32 92 Print 6 Application Print You can print the properties for channels or block diagrams plus the graph in color or black white e Select File gt Print Prnt Printer name HP Color LaserJet 5 5M PS Select IV Channels eet GA IV Block diagram A OON pe 7 ae F Graph pin Black and white 7 A Color 4 EA Dialog box for print Print Printer name The name of the printer selected By clicking on Select the Print Setup dialog box is shown where you can select different printers and settings Channels Check this box for printing the channels properties and functions Block diagram Check this box for printing all block diagrams Graph If you have a graph log you can print it either in black white or color User manual IQAN Software G3 93 Warnings and statistics 6 Application Warnings and statistics IQANdevelop keeps statistics of used channels and objects and
52. IQAN system When downloading data to the IQAN system the machine s engine must be switched off No part of the machine for example a crane may be in extended position The machine must stand on a flat surface to prevent roll ing People or objects that can be damaged must be kept outside of the machine s working area Note that when the application is being downloaded to the IQAN system the system s output channels become inactive Downloading via modem You need to be extra careful when sending data to the master via a modem Before the downloading can begin the driver must acknowledge the down loading request on the master display Protecting the application It is possible to protect the application in a machine with an application code In this way you cannot get the application from the machine if you don t have the code ALWAYS CONSIDER SAFETY WHEN DEVELOPING AND TESTING THE APPLICATION User manual IQAN Software G3 The application is not complete and cannot therefore be used ona machine 4 Getting started 4 Getting started This chapter is intended as a practical introduction to IQANdevelop which means that you should use the PC at the same time as you read the chapter The intention of Getting started is to give you an overview of the contents and functionality in IQANdevelop We have chosen to construct an application for a Reach Stacker where we will create the following functions e Windshield w
53. Inpttt allele ies Shanna i ps Cherie Vel 1S SiGe linnits CHenitie Veale IS GUISIGE IITs The dialog box for Activating objects We have now created the activating object and the function for the windshield wiper Windshield wiper button is now an activating object An activating object for the function windshield wiper Navigating By using IQANdevelop s Navigator you can get an overview of the function e Select the output Windshield wiper in the block diagram for XP 0 e Select View gt Show Navigator Windshield wiper XP A0 Digital out A1 Primary Pin C118 x Windshield wiper button Windshield wiper Windshield wiper button is connected to the output Windshield wiper In the navigator every channel is represented by a block The channels affected by each other are linked with a line User manual IQAN Software G32 30 Frequency input 4 Getting started Frequency input To show how to use a frequency input we have chosen to make a function for an automatic parking brake where the vehicle s speed plays a central roll What do we want to happen Automatic activation of the parking brake when the machine stops and auto matic release of the brake when you start driving How will it work When the speed is less than 1 km h and the speed pedal is released the park ing brake is activated with a delay of 0 5 s As soon as the speed pedal is pressed the parking brake is relea
54. Message Service is available in the current GSM net work If SMS is not available or there is no coverage this channel is O zero otherwise 1 Counts all incoming iSMS mes sages Erroneous messages are also counted Indicates whether a modem is connected and offline or online 0 Not present 1 Connected and offline 2 Connected and online Indicates the day of the week 1 Monday 7 Sunday The actual time in hours and hun dredths of an hour E g 10 25 equals 10 15 18 95 equals 18 57 etc Internal temperature Supply voltage 161 Module diagnostic 8 Channels Module Index Name C Utilization Ref voltage A V E Ref voltage B V F Error log count G Event log count H SMS available I iSMS counter J Modem status TOC2 A Supply voltage V B Reference voltage V C VIN difference D Encoder counter E Encoder button F Utilization XP A Temperature C User manual IQAN Software G32 Description See MDM Should be 5 0 V Should be 5 0 V Number of errors in the error log Number of events in the event log SMS Short Message Service is available in the current GSM net work If SMS is not available or there is no coverage this channel is O zero otherwise 1 Counts all incoming iSMS mes sages Erroneous messages are also counted Indicates whether a modem is connected and offline or online 0 Not present 1 Connected and offline 2 Connected and onli
55. NOTE When you are in the process of verifying your installation of the CAN card make sure you assign the name CANO to the CAN card Installing IQANsimulate IQANsimulate can be installed via CD or via the Internet www iqan com IQANsimulate is included in the common IQAN software installation from a CD ROM Follow these instructions to install IQANsimulate from a CD ROM e Insert the CD into your computer s CD ROM unit The installation pro gram starts automatically If not open the CD ROM unit in the Explorer and double click on Install exe e Follow the instructions in the installation program If you do not under stand something click on the Next gt button or press Enter to continue the installation e When the installation is complete click on Exit Start 1QANsimulate from the Start menu under Programs gt IQAN software Via the Internet You can always download the latest upgrade of IQANsimulate from our home page www iqan com User manual IQAN Software G3 332 Be careful not to mix up the CAN port with the serial port Installation 14 IQANsimulate Connecting the CAN cable Connect the CAN cable between the National Instruments CAN card in your computer and the IQAN MDM as shown by the figure Connect the ac dc converter to a power outlet If you are simulating a TOC8 system you will have to connect your TOC8 instead IQAN MDM Schematic illustration of how to connect your sys
56. OK to store e Right click on a row and select Add object We will now multiply the expressions at position A and position B e Select multiplication in the drop down list box Operator e Check the Channel box and select A in the drop down list box for Oper and A User manual IQAN Software G3 56 Mathematical analog channel 4 Getting started e Check the Channel box and select B in the drop down list box for Oper and B Analog math object C x M G a N S ae oe The mathematical expression for position C A B e Click OK to store e Right click on a row and select Add object e Select subtraction in the drop down list box Operator e Select C in the drop down list box for Operand A e Enter 580 in the box Operand B Analog math object D x COR peee Cancel The mathematical expression for position D C 580 where C A B e Click OK to store We have now created the whole function to limit the lowering speed on the boom Navigating COG Q4N MDM Math analog Angle boom Position tel The navigator shows the connection of the channels to and from COG The navigator shows that the output Prop valve boom is affected by the internal channel COG We also see that the inputs Angle boom and Position telescope affect the internal channel COG The internal channels are grey The inputs and outputs are green User manual IQAN Software G32 57 Channels for
57. Out1 Channel T 10 00 z 0 00 ouT2 P In2 Channel Out 2 Channel T TH Nz fa 00 00 x 100 00 a Delete Cancel Controlling object for the Internal analog channel Command wheel steering e Click OK to create the object We now need to create a controlling object with the speed signal as input e Add a Controlling object e Select Speed as Input e Enter 10 km h for In I and 100 for Out 1 e Enter 25 km h for In 2 and 20 for Out 2 Controlling object Ea Ne ee Input Outside range ps W Wea Speed km h be Freeze value C Return to zero Pd Fi Int Channel J Out1 Channel fioo km h 100 00 a ouTz oun 4 In2 Channel J Out 2 Channel Lats 25 00 kmh 20 00 H Ol E Delete Cancel Controlling object for the Internal analog channel Command wheel steering e Click OK to create the object e Add a controlling object in negative direction with the same input and output values as above PID wheel steering We will now state which channels that will function as Command and Feed back value for the regulator e Open the function page for PID wheel steering e Select the alternative Bipolar 100 100 In this way we can have a regulation in both positive and negative direction e Click in the Command channel s drop down list box and select Com mand wheel steering User manual IQAN Software G3 74 PID regulator 4 Gettin
58. Pressure parking brake as Input e Select lt less than in the list box for operation characters User manual IQAN Software G3 39 Voltage input 4 Getting started e Enter 30 00 as Operand and click OK Activating object g x a Cc c Lavy lint Shannie ripo Aiai Orrininie Love i C I iaaii C Activating object for Gearbox forward We now have two activating objects for the output We need to state that the boolean operation AND will apply for the objects e Select the AND alternative for the activating objects Gearbox forward XP A0 Digital out B1 Primary Pin C119 Select the AND alternative Both activating objects have to be true to activate the output The last object for the function Speed gt 1 km h gt Locks the output s state The speed must be less than 1 km h to permit switching between forward and reverse direction that is the output Gearbox forward is locked when the speed is greater than 1 km h As in previous section we choose to use the frequency input Speed as input signal to a locking object e Add a locking object e Select the Comparison alternative User manual IQAN Software G3 40 Voltage input 4 Getting started e Select Speed as Input e Select gt greater than as operation character e Enter 00 for Operand Locking object e x sio d po y E irie Granne a Anpu lelei ital channel Sename Vaders misaeni S amne Waiv
59. Show always Left display text language 1 Warning Close to overload Left display text language 2 m m Left channel F Left bar graph Graph min left Graph max left Right display text language 1 Right display text language 2 Right channel Bight bar graph Graph min right Graph max right coe Properties for the Conditional message Warning overload 90 59 Channels for conditional messages 4 Getting started e Click on Apply to store Warning overload conditional message e Create a channel for channel connection Conditional message index B e Give the channel the following properties Name Warning overload Select the alternative Text only Select the alternative Bold text Display text row 1 OVERLOAD e Click on Apply to store We have now created the channels for text messages we will return to the function later We will now create the mathematical channels for calculation of the different load situations We must however start by creating an analog input to be able to measure the load weight Load weight voltage in e Open the block diagram XP 0 and create the channel Voltage in index D e Give the channel the following properties Name Load weight Unit ton Min voltage mV 500 Max voltage mV 4500 Scaled min ton 0 Scaled max ton 45 e Click on Apply to store Maximum weight mathematical analog e Open the block diagram MDM and cr
60. The control error at time T is compared with the control error in the previous measure and also multiplied with a constant D If the difference between the control errors is too great this is compensated for The derivative action is used together with a proportional regulation called PD regulation It is also possible to equip a PI regulator with the D action which will then be a PID regulator For a PID regulator the following applies t T Ut PxATt At Dx At AT 1 t 0 The simplest way to trim a regulator is by testing Start with the P constant Supplement with an I constant if necessary For more information on the different control techniques we have to refer to books on the subject User manual IQAN Software G32 256 PID 9 Functions and objects Creating the function When creating the control function you must enter the command value and the feedback value and also when the regulation will begin Open the function page Select the name tag for the channel in the block diagram and select View gt Show channel info It is also possible to double click on the name tag to open the dialog box Channel information If the dialog box shows the page for the channel s Properties click on the tab marked Function to activate the function page E Properties Function l Command pressure x Unipolar 0 100 Feedback channel Bipolar 100 100 Feedback pressure E P regulator Chan
61. To see which channel is connected to Orbitrol inactive click on the block for the channel Orbitral inac Orbitrol pressure Orbitrol inactive PID wheel steering The connection between Orbitrol pressure and Orbitrol inactive and the connection to PID wheel steering To see which inputs affect the set value click on the channel Command wheel steering in the block diagram Command value wheel IQAN MDM Internal analox el steer Command va el PID wheel steering Speed Lever wheel steering and Speed affect the PID regulator s set value The internal analog channel Command wheel steering is affected by two inputs Lever wheel steering and Speed User manual IQAN Software G3 78 Summary 4 Getting started Summary Hopefully you now have learned something about what you can do in IQANdevelop and with IQAN control systems As we have only briefly described the program in this chapter we hope that you will continue using the manual as a reference when you construct your applications Verify the application A very important part that we have not dealt with in this chapter is safety in the application Always construct your application considering safety in every function Always check your application with a simulation tool to verify your func tions Trouble shooting With IQANdevelop s measuring functions you can easily trouble shoot your application for further information see sect
62. VREF clicking on the voltage input and select Short circuit to Ba Sees VREF Short circuit to VREF in the popup menu Select again to remove short circuit Reset to error value sets the voltage input to the defined error value Reset to error value If there is no slider and the edit box is greyed out the channel is not defined in the present application Digital inputs A digital input is represented by a button with a lamp It ca rs can be activated and deactivated with the mouse or by fF Jf pressing lt Space gt G Hi I J The button is by default alternate which means that it EET locks in the bottom position when pushed It can be set to momentary by right clicking on the button and selecting Momentary in the popup menu that appears Momentary means that the but ton is non locking If there is no lamp on the button the channel is not defined in the present application User manual IQAN Software G3 344 The channels 14 IQANsimulate Frequency inputs A frequency input consists of a track bar and an edit box The track bar is scaled according to the corresponding channel s scaled max value Set the value in one of the following ways e move the slider with the mouse e press lt Arrow Up gt lt Arrow Down gt keys or lt Page Up gt lt PageDown gt for larger steps e type a value and press Enter If there is no slider and the edit box is greyed out the channel is not defined in th
63. We enter the same current values for both the positive and negative direc tion Minimum current mA 200 Maximum current mA 500 e Click on Apply to store We will now create the channels for the lever s directions X and Y Lever boom directional analog e Open the block diagram for Lx 0 e Right click on the channel connection Directional analog index X the lever s X direction and select Add channel e Select View gt Show channel info e Click in the Name language 1 box and enter Lever boom e Click on Apply to store Lever telescope directional analog e Add the channel Directional analog index Y e Click in the Name language 1 box and enter Lever telescope e Click on Apply to store Creating the function We will now create a function to make the boom move vertically The output s value 100 ee ee 100 10 10 100 Input signal Lever boom The lever signal s affect on the output signal User manual IQAN Software G3 44 Out 2 Out 1 Current outputs 4 Getting started We will use controlling objects for this function For further information on controlling objects see section Controlling objects on page 224 Proportional valve boom As the Lever boom channel will control the current output for the manoeu vring of the boom we use this channel as input signal to a controlling object for the current output e Open the dialog box Ch
64. a time The active function is selected with a state selection channel see sec tion State selection on page 275 This is typically used to create state machines e g automatic sequences gear box control etc PY Grapple XP2 A1 Current out C1 Primary Pin 1 23 39 x Properties Function Multi function with state selection channel JV Multi function Tele Grapple State x Select state fi Manual mode x Select state and define corresponding function Controlling objects JS Grapple 0 00 5 Grapple close 6 Tele in 7 8 Locking objects Function page for a current output using multiple functions Creating multiple functions Activate multiple functions by checking the box Multi function and select a state selection channel in the list below This is only possible when there is at least one state selection channel defined in the application Select desired state and create your function for that state Select the next state and create a new function Do this for all your defined states maximally eight User manual IQAN Software G3 234 Current out 9 Functions and objects Measuring multiple functions When you measure a channel with multiple functions the currently active function will be shown automatically This means that the function page will continuously be updated as the state selection channel used changes it s value User manual IQAN Software G3 235 PWM out
65. and 6 for vmAC files ido From Palm The files you can synchronize from the Palm to the PC are idt or ide files These are the files that you have gotten with your Palm in production or elsewhere doing service etc In order to have this process take place you will need to have the HotSync action set to Synchronize the files or Handheld overwrites desktop After you have synced you will find the files in the From Palm folder If a file with the same name as a previous one is synced again the file will be replaced with the newer one The filename is set in the info window see section The info window on page 373 Using the Add serial to name option in IQANdevelop for Palm is a neat way to keep applications from different masters units apart If you want the files to be transferred as error logs instead check the as Error log check box in the IQANdevelop con duit settings User manual IQAN Software G3 368 7 the i sign J Zw Always get the application before you start working The real McCoy 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS The real McCoy IQANdevelop for Palm OS is a production and diagnostic tool for the IQAN control systems All the features are at your reach from the main window Help is available through the i sign to the right of IQAN label in the top left corner Help is available from most pages Connect your cable to the master module and start IQANdevelop for Palm OS Tap the Get icon on the main window I
66. are run on the same computer Activate this feature by checking the Use Automatic Update menu item in the File menu This allows IQANsimulate to automatically load any application that is gotten from or sent to the master with IQANdevelop Updating IQANdevelop This function changes the selected channel in IQANdevelop to the one selected in IQANsimulate This is especially useful together with the naviga tor in order to se how channels are interconnected to each other The function is found in the System menu and on the channel s popup menu This function is only available if you are running IQANdevelop at the same time Simulating module errors If you right click in the header of a module you will geta myra Chik popup menu with a number of errors that can be simu Temperature error lated Selecting one of the errors will set the correspond ae oe ing error on the module Not all error types are available on all modules see Error availability based on module type page 351 Resetting the module errors Clearing a specific error is done by simply selecting that error again To clear all simulated errors from all of the module panels use the Reset All Errors function in the View menu This can be useful if your application is not behaving as expected see section Troubleshooting page 355 Playback If you open a idl file in IQANsimulate you can run a playback of the log You start and stop the playback with the speed buttons or
67. choose to accept the call or not by pressing OK or Cancel This behavior can be overridden by checking the box Allow answer without user confirmation Please use this function carefully the machine user will not be notified when someone is connecting to the machine via modem Master modules without any display always answer incoming calls automati cally Li x Nae Name PIN codes Other y an Z OQ N System cycle time pa po lt 2 fo 2 Z d N J Eror log handling stop when full 4 J Event log handling stop when full JV Enable iSMS commands IV Allow answer without user confirmation The tab for other module properties System cycle time The default value for an IQAN system is 50 ms The time can be 20 100 ms Error log handling stop when full Check this box to force the master to stop logging errors when the error log is full Event log handling stop when Check this box to force the master to stop full logging events when the event log is full Enable iSMS commands Enables handling of incoming iSMS commands from external systems User manual IQAN Software G3 108 Module diagnostic 7 Modules Allow answer without user Normally when you connect to an IQAN confirmation MDM via modem the user most confirm the connection by pressing the OK button on the display If you check this box the MDM will answer the call without even notifying the user The phone symbol in the MDM disp
68. conditional messages 4 Getting started Channels for conditional messages The master unit MDM has a display for giving information to the machine s operator In this section we will show how to create text messages for the dis play We have selected to extend the boom and telescope application with an overload warning To detect overload we will use a mathematical digital channel What do we want to happen There will be a warning before the overload occurs The movements Boom down and Telescope out will be blocked in the event of an overload How will it work A warning message on the display will occur when the load weight reaches 90 of the maximum weight When the load weight exceeds the maximum weight the movements for Boom down and Telescope out are blocked to prevent the machine from tip ping A message will be shown on the display in the event of an overload What do we need to know The maximum permitted weight in relation to the position of the telescope and the boom The load weight To look at the problem we will divide the section up into two parts First we will look at the blocking of the outputs at an overload indication and create the corresponding text messages for the display In the second part we will create the functions for the calculations of the different load situations For the warning messages we need two conditional message channels We will use an analog sensor to measure the load weigh
69. control BWL window Channel pooo fo Min current m Max current m Value m a40 431 Start slope ms Stop slope ms fo 0 Fine control pO o Adjustable Apply i Properties for current out Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages shown on Name language 2 the display Current check Check The channel s real return current is measured and compared with the desired output value If there is any deviation from desired value an alarm is activated When an alarm is activated the display shows the text Output error high or Output error low depending on type of error User manual IQAN Software G3 171 Current out 8 Channels Dither Dither amplitude The amplitude for the overlaid dither current see below Dither frequency The dither frequency for the module s current outputs For some modules the frequency cannot be adjusted For further information see section Module proper ties on page 104 A Dither amplitude A Current mA i 1 B Dither frequency 500 time 1 J The current signal at the output NOTE If you use a primary and a secondary channel for an output the dither ampli tude can only be set for the primary channel The secondary channel will use the same value as the primary BWL window BWL window Band Width Limiting window Valid range 0 100 For more information see section Intern
70. controlling objects and calculation of MaxOf the following applies The controlling objects value MaxOf Controlling 1 Controlling 2 Controlling 8 When the master encounters an object that evaluates to 100 the result is set to 100 by the master Put into practice this means that objects that evaluate to 100 most often shall be put at the top of the list For limiting objects and calculation of MinOf the following applies The limiting objects value MinOf Limiting 1 Limiting 2 Limiting 8 When the master encounters an object that evaluates to 0 the result is set to 0 by the master Put into practice this means that objects that evaluate to 0 most often shall be put at the top of the list User manual IQAN Software G3 399 Lazy evaluation Appendix F Object type priority Even between the different object types there is a certain calculation order By thinking of which object type you are using you can shorten the master s computational time The goal is for the master to get through the following path in the shortest time possible Limiting object lt gt 0 L Locking object True False Y Controlling object Yy eS Calculation order for an analog output User manual IQAN Software G3 400 Lazy evaluation Appendix F EXAMPLE Control of the deplacement on a hydraulic engine The engine speed is controlled 0 10
71. counter MDM Event counter A a x Properties Function Increasing objects Decreasing objects Resetting objects Telescope pos lt Cyc Sw Auto cycle High Tele Grapple State and or Cad Co and Co Function page for an event counter Increasing and decreasing objects Every time the object s value switches from false to true the counter s value increases or decreases by one The counter s lowest value is zero the value cannot be negative and the highest is 32000 NOTE The counter counts on rising transitions Several objects If you have several objects you use one of the following two expressions to increase or decrease the counter s value OR Counter increases decreases Object 1 Object 2 Object 3 Object 8 User manual IQAN Software G3 264 Event counter 9 Functions and objects The counter increases decreases for every object that becomes true If two objects becomes true at the same time the counter will increase decrease two steps T1 T2 gt 100ms A Increasing object 1 TI T2 z A i Increasing object 2 O x A 7 A Counter s value oe The counter s value increases on a rising edge AND Counter increases decreases Object 1 Object 2 Object 3 Object 8 All objects have to be true to change the counter s value This means that if all objects are true it only takes one of the obj
72. digital output function see section Digital out on page 237 Warning overload MDM Conditional message amp xl Properties Function Activating objects Locking objects Blocking objects Overload True Cad oF Cand Co Cad Co Function page for a conditional message channel NOTE If the Show always box is checked on the properties page you don t need to create a function to activate the message The message will always be avail able when the display is in operating mode but the operator has to manually scroll to the message to be able to see it To make the message pop up auto matically when something happens you should combine show always with a function If there are two conditional messages with active function at the same time the one with highest priority will be shown User manual IQAN Software G3 261 Interactive message 9 Functions and objects Interactive message This channel type is used to activate interactive messages on the display This means that the driver can acknowledge the messages with the display s func tion buttons F1 F2 F3 or the ESC button Txt service time MDM Interactive message A x Properties Function Activating objects Locking objects Blocking objects Service time gt 500 00 Cand of Cand o Cand o Function page for an interactive message channel Activating blocking and locking objects The objects for a interactive message chann
73. eee e ence ene eeees 23 Save application cece cece cece cece ence eee nent nenneees 23 Digital inputs and outputs cece cece ete eee cnet eeeees 25 Creating the channels with their properties 005 26 Creating the function cece cece cece eee eect ene eeees 29 Frequency INPUT s ciciciasiutiaw ines eaa onean EELEE ERER 31 Creating the channels and their properties 005 31 Creating the function 0 cece cece eee RENTENE KISAA 33 Voltage INPUticsics es cearcsviades eae eeray r EKE ViR PINTERE ENNA EDES 36 Creating the channels and their properties 065 36 Creating the function sssessssessssessseressserereereses 38 Curent OULPUtS irssscrronssmni sekn a a a ea ane 42 Creating the channels and their properties 0 065 42 Creating the function cece cece eee cece e eee e ee eeees 44 Using more than one object for the current output 48 Creating the channels and their properties 005 49 Creating the function cece cece eee cee eect eee eeeeeee 49 Mathematical analog channel 0c cece cece eee e ence eines 53 Creating the channel and its properties 0 eee eee 54 Creating the function 1 1 00 cece cece eee cnet eee e tent eens 54 Calculations with a mathematical analog channel 55 Creating the function treant ttri KAKE RANER KIES 55 Channel
74. entered level Negative slope the measuring starts when the signal drops below entered level None the measuring is started manually Useful when you only want a stop condition Level Enter the level for the start trigger Offset Use offset when you want to be able to see the signal s curve before the trigger condition is fulfilled The offset time is 0 15 seconds Stop condition The settings for stop condition are only applicable when Trigger on this chan nel is checked A stop condition can either be given as a slope condition or as a time condition Slope Select slope type for the stop condition Positive slope the measuring stops when the signal exceeds entered level Negative slope the measuring stops when the signal drops below entered level None the measuring is stopped manually or after a specified time Level Enter the level for the stop trigger Offset Use offset when you want to save data a short time after the trig ger condition is fulfilled The offset time is 0 15 seconds Stop after By checking this box the measuring will be stopped automati cally after a specified time This disables the slope condition Enter how long you want to measure in the fields below User manual IQAN Software G3 323 Measuring with the graph 13 Measuring and fault finding Starting and stopping measuring To measure channels graphically you must first select which channels will be measured For a more detailed
75. error With proportional regulation an error usually remains when the regulation is finished EXAMPLE To regulate the bucket on a wheel loader you can solve this with a P regu lator To measure the feedback value use an inclinometer gradient sensor which measures the bucket s gradient When you use a P regulator the value of the current is proportional to the bucket gradient error which is often sufficient for such a function When you trim a P regulator you increase the P constant until the system has a tendency to self oscillate and then reduce the value a bit Integrating regulation t Ur lx AT t 0 At the time T the control error At is added with previously measured control errors and then multiplied with a constant I With an integrating part you get a more accurate regulation With propor tional regulation only there is normally an error remaining between the com mand value and the feedback value when the regulation is complete With an integrating regulation however there is a great risk of getting an unstable system Here you must compromise between the degree of accuracy and stability You often use both proportional and integrating actions simultaneously called PI regulation EXAMPLE The straight lift function for a crane When the machine lifts a container the COG centre of gravity i e the distance between the front wheels centre to the middle of the load is held con
76. for the sensor is opened User manual IQAN Software G3 131 Voltage in 8 Channels x y Voltage input sensors List with calibrated sensors e Click OK to save changes The Cancel button closes the dialog box with out saving any changes Copy a sensor in the list e Select the sensor and click on the Copy button e A copy of the selected sensor is created It is named Copy of lt original name gt e Edit the copied sensor See above Delete a sensor in the list e Select the sensor to be deleted in the list and click on the Delete button IQANdevelop Confirmation x Message for deleting a sensor e Click Yes to delete the sensor or No to leave it there Export sensor list You can save a sensor in the sensor list as a reg file if you want to e g use the sensor on another computer e Select a sensor in the list and click on the Export button The sensor will be saved in a reg file To import the sensor double click on the reg file in the file manager The sensor will be imported into Windows registry User manual IQAN Software G3 132 Digital in 8 Channels Digital in Under the Properties tab you fill in the channel s name It is also possible to simulate a value SW Engine on Lx A0 Digital in A Pin 2 1 E xi Properties Name language 1 sw Engine on Name language 2 sw Engine on Properties for digital in Name Name language 1 The channel
77. for this channel is the name Speed control MDM Integrating limiting Properties for the Integrating limiting channel Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages Name language 2 User manual IQAN Software G3 146 Conditional message 8 Channels Conditional message With this channel type you can create messages that will be shown at certain conditions A conditional message channel can show up to two messages or channel values at one time There are also possibilities to always show a mes sages when the display is in operating mode Txt menu Pump temp MDM Conditional message U Properties Function l Name language 1 Layout Txt menu Pump temp C Text only Name language 2 Text and channel Txt menu Pump temp IV Show always Delay on 0 ms J Bold text Delay off IV Dual channels 0 ms Left display text language 1 Pump pressure Moo m Left display text language 2 Pump pressure m m Left channel Pump pressure X IV Left bar graph Right display text language 1 Oil temp Right display text language 2 Oil temp Right channel J Oiltemperatue z IV Bight bar graph Graph min left Graph max left Graph min right Graph max right ooo fi 00 00 f 20 00 fs0 00 Apply Properties for the conditional message channel Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages Name language 2 User man
78. g English About Information about the registered user and the features that are available This is were you register online The modes window Here you can manage driver modes if it is sup ported by the master unit Select the current mode in the top left corner Select the target copy mode at the end of the copy line Moda 1 to factory defaults Tap Copy button to copy the current mode to the target copy mode Mode 1 to w Mode 2 current mode Tap Reset to reset the current mode to factory defaults Copy adjustable to factory defaults User manual IQAN Software G3 372 The info window This page contains the application information for the selected application You can also see when it was last modified and by who The comment field is editable The filename is used when synchronizing the application to your PC It defaults to the appli cation description if available or the name of the master type plus optionally the application version and master serial number see section Preferences on page 371 The real McCoy 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS Description Demo crane 2 v2 00 Change date 03 2 14 10 27 by Marcus Superstar LOPK15B11391 Comment With HBC Radio and GSM communication editable Filename Demo crane 2 v2 00 265 idt Do not add idt to the file name It is done automatically when syncing The filename cannot contain the following characters lt gt The error log w
79. graph oO Low speed Add version to name W serial to name Increase step size to 5 after 10 steps O Show internal channels 371 The real McCoy 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS Add version serial to name appends the application version and the serial number of the master to the default name of the application upon a Get The default name is composed like this application description application ver sion master serial no The could look like this Demo crane 2 v2 00 265 Increase step size is used when adjusting or calibrating a channel using the lt up gt and lt down gt key It always starts out with an increment of 1 With the above setting the value increases or decreases according to the following sequence 1 2 3 8 9 10 15 20 25 Releasing the button would restart the sequence Show internal channels when checked shows all channels in the system If not checked only adjustable channels will be showed If there is a lock beside the option then this option is disabled and IQANdevelop for Palm is forced not to show internal channels see section Show internal channels on page 363 Application codes This is described in the Access chapter see section Managing application codes on page 378 Language Select the language for presentation of names in the application On Palm OS 3 3 and earlier the menu options will be Language I Language 2 Palm OS 3 5 and later will display the actual Language name e
80. hours and the resolution is 2 minutes Total time MDM Hour counter A E x Properties Function Activating objects Locking objects Resetting objects l Cad Co Cad o C and or Function page for an hour counter Activating and locking objects The activating and locking objects together defines the function for when the hour counter is active This is the same function as a digital output except it does not have any blocking objects When the value from the activating and locking objects is true the hour counter is active and increases it s value every other minute The value is 0 32000 hours and the resolution is 2 minutes Resetting objects The resetting objects have highest priority and are used in the same way as for the event counter channel For further information see section Resetting objects on page 265 User manual IQAN Software G3 271 SMS output 9 Functions and objects SMS output This channel sends messages to external systems GSM phones via SMS Short Message Service An SMS capable GSM modem must be connected to the master module for this functionality The message is sent when function value goes from False to True The func tion value has to become False again before a new message can be sent The channel value is the same as the function value Service reminder MDM SMS output xi Properties Function Activating objects Locking objects Blocking objects Service time
81. i 2 Iststage 2nd stage Input signal telescope position End position dampening When the telescope passes the first stage almost out the limitation will begin At the second stage maximum limitation is attained The telescope speed will not exceed 20 of the maximum speed after this point is reached Several limiting objects If you use more than one limiting object for a current output you can choose if the object with the lowest value i e the highest limitation shall be used for the output or if the objects values shall be multiplied to one product to limit the output value You can use up to eight limiting objects in each direction for one function MinOf MinOf means that the object s output signals are compared to get the object with the highest limitation the least value to limit the current for the output The limiting objects value MinOf Limiting 1 Limiting 2 Limiting 8 Multiplication of the limiting objects The objects values are multiplied to one product to limit the output s value The limiting objects value Limiting 1 x Limiting 2 Limiting 8 User manual IQAN Software G3 227 Only default alternatives for the objects are described Current out 9 Functions and objects Controlling and limiting objects Normally you use both controlling and limiting objects to create a function The current output s value is determined as per the following equation
82. in the same way as adjusting an adjustable channel Thus optimizing factory defaults parameters sensors and hydraulics directly on the machine Checking this feature also enables the function Copy adjustable to factory defaults Example While some channels are designed to be adjustable you still may want to be able to restore them to an optimal factory setting When you adjust a channel that is adjustable you can not affect the factory defaults parameters This function is intended to be used in the produc tion process when a machine has been adjusted for optimal perfor mance in the workshop Copy adjustable to factory defaults copies the adjustable parameters optimized in the workshop to the factory default settings This action is then automatically followed by sending down the application again This is necessary since the factory defaults parameters are a part of the application In order to use the Copy adjustable to factory defaults function successfully you need to have Allow update of application and vmAC checked too Show internal channels This feature when left unchecked simply disables the ability to view any other channels than those used for adjusting and servicing the machine This relieves the user of information that is in most cases unnecessary Application codes When registering you can supply IQANdevelop for Palm with application codes You can choose between not including any application codes include
83. is at a defined level It is also possible to read the channel s current value during measurement or to simulate a value Telescope pos XP2 A1 oltage in A Pin C1 3 ix Properties Name language 1 Unit Factory default Telescope pos fem Min mV Max mv Name language 2 Unit jses ea Trelescope pos fem Set min Set mar Select predefined sensor IV Adjustable Min m Max mV Error value fi 56 5000 110 00 Scaled min Scaled max e200 140 00 I Simulated value Alarm low J Alarm high Value m Filter l 0 Properties for voltage in Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages shown on the Name language 2 display Unit Unit The unit to be presented on the display together with the scaled value of the channel e g bar liters cm etc You can also enter the unit in two languages User manual IQAN Software G3 125 Voltage in 8 Channels ATTENTION When you define a channel s properties for the two languages it is important to remember that the unit can differ depending on language EXAMPLE You cannot enter a temperature in C for language 1 and F for language 2 To do this you need to adapt the channel s function as calculations with different units will give different results Calibrate and scale the input signal Factory default Voltage range for the input signal Min mV Min lowest voltage Max mV Max highest voltage
84. log is shown correctly it is recommended that you first get the application from the master module Do you want to get the application No Cancel Dialog box Get error event log e Select Yes to get the application and the error event log This is the recommended alternative If you know that you already have the correct application open in IQANdevelop it is safe to select No This will upload the error event log only and merge it with your application User manual IQAN Software G3 292 Error event log 11 System communication Error event log presented in IQANdevelop Each log is presented on it s own tab They are named Events and Errors alarms Every error alarm or event is represented with a row in the list You can choose yourself how you want the list to be sorted Click on the header that you want to sort by The column width can be adjusted by placing the mouse pointer between two columns on the header and then click and drag the column divider to desired position d Error event log b x SA Enrors al E Events Errors alarms my 7y 2001 07 04 16 01 00 Left Joystick IQAN Lx 40 No contact A x 2001 07 04 16 01 00 Right Joystick IQAN Lx A1 No contact A lt 2001 07 04 16 01 00 IQAN LxA2 No contact 2001 07 04 16 01 00 XP2 Power IQAN XP2 40 No contact 2001 07 04 16 01 00 XP2 Lower IQAN XP2 41 No contact 2001 07 04 16 01 00 HBC Radio IQAN XR No contact 2001 07 04 16 01 00 Tran
85. low when the signal drops below the lower alarm limit the alarm is activated Alarm high when the signal exceeds the upper alarm limit the alarm is activated For further information about the alarm see section Voltage in on page 125 User manual IQAN Software G3 194 J1939 Analog in 8 Channels 939 analog in A J1939 properties for the channel type J1939 Analog in J1939 Id Priority The priority of the parameter s message Parameter group number The parameter s group identity number PGN Source Address SA The sender address Transmit rate Transmit rate ms How often the message will be sent If the message for some reason is not sent the channel s value will be replaced with error value See the properties tab for the channel User manual IQAN Software G3 195 J1939 Analog in 8 Channels SPN Suspect parameter num This number is for diagnostics If a diagnostic mes ber SPN sage contains this SPN the sender has detected a fault for this channel The channel s value will be replaced with the error value J1939 Data You can choose to use SAE J1939 standard data types or you can specify your data using bit length and offset J1939 standard formatting checked Data length Byte The length of the parameters data 1 2 or 4 bytes Data offset 1 8 Byte The offset gives the actual parameter s position The data field is 8 bytes in total Bytes are nu
86. modules 7 Modules The IQAN system is built on a flexible module thinking The system consists of a master unit with built in display and a number of expansion units and lever units Communication takes place via the system s CAN bus More information on the different modules is found on separate product sheets Master modules The master module is a central unit in the system All communication is routed through the master It also contains all non module specific channels such as PID regulators counters and math channels All mathematical calcu lations take place in the master There can only be one master in an IQAN system Module Inputs Outputs Others alarm IQAN MDM voltage alarm SAE J1939 digital on off current frequency digital on off PWM IQAN TOC8 voltage current digital on off PWM IQAN TOC2 Expansion modules The expansion modules are equipped differently with regard to inputs and outputs Which modules you should select depends completely on the func tionality you want There can be several modules of each type in an IQAN system depending on the master module and the expansion module type Module Inputs voltage frequency IQAN XP User manual IQAN Software G3 Outputs Others current digital on off 97 IQAN modules 7 Modules voltage digital on off digital on off voltage current frequency digital on off PWM IQAN XP2 voltage current
87. oa esc wiavea deed seas neues seats EAEE eg eee ees 335 The main WINdOW ccc e eee e cece ene e teen ence eeeenenes 335 ThE MENU DAM sa scad ev tcetevendesnesad seaddvbaaeesows ante decane 336 The tool bar icissscs ociede sided Mei ede aaa eh ee ed bed AES 338 User manual IQAN Software G3 Contents The Status Dal is ss eset dance coed dance lt otadd can bd Pes edd eeaea ad 338 The module panels c cece cece cece eee ence ence eneneneee 339 G n ral soinn cenni aiar a E EN A A EA 339 Appe r nte coresisi reisas ieda ed EANA ny om ee EE NAE 340 The Channels Ses srneoregiere inot sdvanddve tes iE E Ea aed ah 344 INPUTS es cauteid saad awteetls a e a AA 344 OUTPUTS aisn a E N EEEO 346 Using IQANsimulate 2 0 2 0 0 cece cece cee cece eee n tent eeenees 347 Preparati ne kenas ene esclentsaael EREE EEEE 347 Working procedure ssssrrrrrtd Ki itkin ta cece EKEN EN EEN ENE 347 FUNCTIONS Sriss anniren udian E EEEE EE EEA ah 347 Import and export settings 0 cc cece cece cece eee n eens 347 Automatic update cece cece cece cece ence eee eeenenenee 348 Updating IQANdevelop ce cece cece eee e eee ence ennee 348 Simulating module errors 0 cece eee eee eee ee eee eee aes 348 Resetting the module errors 0 eee eee eee entree eee nes 348 Playback s vscdciedtieaaendesany taseGdes qed E ath aba 348 sa I ironies A A EE ET 349 Simulating a TOCE cece cece cece cence eee
88. out 9 Functions and objects The output has a primary and a secondary channel connection In this way you can activate two alarms with different properties EXAMPLE Connect a buzzer or siren to the alarm output Use primary and secondary alarm to make them sound different by defining different pulse trains In this way you can recognize an alarm by it s sound User manual IQAN Software G3 245 Mathematical analog 9 Functions and objects Mathematical analog With a mathematical analog channel you can create advanced mathematical calculations for an application by building functions with mathematical expressions so called mathematical objects Even though the intermediate results can be of any value the end result must be within 32000 32000 You can create up to 16 mathematical expressions The result of the calcula tion is determined by the last expression For available operations see section Analog mathematical objects on page 220 Height MDM Math analog E xl Properties sin Boom pos B 4 92 00 C Boom pos Stick pas D cos C E D Telescope pos cml F B E G F 90 00 H Radius cm 150 00 l abs H J MinOf l 50 00 K J 750 00 The result of the calculation is L 7 00 K determined by the last expres M G L sion in the list That row is marked with Close Function page for a mathe
89. out A1 Primary Pin Ci 21 Properties Function J7 Multi function Activating objects Locking objects Blocking objects SW Engine on High MV Engine off High SW Radio High Cad Co Cad Co Cand oF Function page for a digital output Activating objects The activating objects are used to start a function such as a windscreen wiper or a parking brake where the activation takes place with a digital or analog signal for example a button The operator can often affect the object s input signal himself Several activating objects A function can have up to eight activating objects If you use several activat ing objects the output s state is determined by one of the following boolean equations OR The activating objects value Active1 Active2 Active3 Actives User manual IQAN Software G3 237 Digital out 9 Functions and objects One of the objects conditions being fulfilled is sufficient for the output to be activated A Activating object 1 4 Activating object 2 t A Output value t Object 1 OR object 2 AND The activating objects value Active Active2 Active3 Actives To activate the output all objects have to be true A Activating object 1 A ca Activating object 2 A t M Output value t Object 1 AND object 2 Blocking objects
90. person who made changes in the application Cannot be changed Click OK to store the information Cancel closes the dialog box without stor ing above changes Language preferences When developing an application in IQANdevelop it is possible to give texts channel names and units in two languages The menu system in an IQAN master module can also be shown in two lan guages The languages are the same as the ones selected in the application Languages supported by IQAN English Italian German Swedish French Finnish Spanish Norwegian Portuguese Danish User manual IQAN Software G3 91 File types 6 Application File types File types with the following suffixes are used in IQANdevelop idt Contains a complete application idl Contains an idt file and a graph log with information such as header comment and start time idm Contains a group of channels selected for measure Graph and channel properties are also stored such as colors and scales ide Contains an idt file and an error event log ido Contains an IQAN operating system vmAC virtual machine for Application Control Teg Windows registry file When you export a phone book or a predefined sensor from IQANdevelop it is saved in a reg file To import a reg file double click on it in the file manager It will be imported to Windows registry Properties for an IQAN file You can get information on an IQAN file directly in Windows
91. point inner error Zero point outer error Start block Utilization high The channel s value is simulated The channel s value is locked by a locking object Log is full no more records will be stored before restart Low temperature for current module High temperature for current module The module s temperature is higher than the allowed maximum temperature Low supply voltage to the current module High supply voltage to the current module The supply voltage is higher than the allowed maxi mum supply voltage The real time clock in the master has no supply volt age Applies to the Radio module The battery voltage in the radio module is low Applies to IQAN Lx The signal from X axis is erro neous Applies to IQAN Lx The signal from Y axis is erro neous Applies to IQAN Lx The signal from Z axis is erro neous Applies to IQAN Lx Internal error in the lever Center position indicator is erroneous Applies to JQAN Lx Internal error in the lever Center position indicator is erroneous Applies to IQAN Lx The start block in the lever is activated The utilization of the master module is high Applica tion may need to be optimized User manual IQAN Software G3 382 Red error messages Status warning and error messages Appendix A Input low alarm Input high alarm Input low error Input high error High frequency error Output low Output high Dual directi
92. pressure Bar PY Stick x 102 61 Oil temperature C 32 PYR Stick 14 z Input high alarm c2 Input high alarm Demo crane 3 00 Develop Pro LE COM1 Measuring Measurement in the block diagram NOTE You can only use the stop command if you have started a measure User manual IQAN Software G32 313 Measuring with the multimeter 13 Measuring and fault finding Measuring with the multimeter Measuring channels in the multimeter window Often you want to measure several channels from different block diagrams at the same time In IQANdevelop there is a multimeter window where you can compose your own collection of channels Begin by selecting the channels in the block diagrams by clicking on the name tags grey boxes To open the multimeter window click on the Multim eter button in the tool bar or select View gt Show multimeter The following window is opened E Channel name Value Unit Status Fuel level 56 50 ite Ok Swing pos 2461 ok Oil temperature 102 61 C Input high alarm JS Swing 4180 oK PV Swing 3135 oK Engine on High Locked Multimeter window The channel types are shown as per IQANdevelop s priority ordering see Appendix B on page 386 Every line has a corresponding channel For every channel a channel name is shown scaled measure value unit and status If the number of channels don t fit in the measure window the window is pro vi
93. telescope The controlling object s value as a function of the input signal 30 lever stroke gives the control value 24 60 lever stroke gives the control value 57 100 lever stroke gives the control value 100 Several controlling objects A function can consist of up to eight controlling objects for each direction If the function consists of more than one controlling object you can choose User manual IQAN Software G3 224 Current out 9 Functions and objects whether the objects for each direction shall be multiplied to one product or let the object with the highest value control the output current Multiplication of the controlling objects The controlling objects values are multiplied to one product which gives the control value to the output as per The controlling objects value Control1 x Control 2 x Control 3 Control 8 A eo Value of the controlling object 1 t A Value of the controlling object 2 50 Value of the current output t Two controlling objects to control the current output EXAMPLE The telescope on a crane is controlled with a lever as per the previous example In some situations the operator may need to manoeuvre the tele scope more exact Then you need to reduce the speed but still use the whole lever actuation for the manoeuvring The control is supplemented with a potentiometer to vary the maximum speed To solve this you u
94. the distance COG For that we need a mathematical analog channel To be able to create the application we have to divide the problem into two parts In the first part we assume that we have COG as a result of a mathematical operation In the second part we will show how to use the mathematical channel s function to calculate COG User manual IQAN Software G3 Mathematical analog channel 4 Getting started Creating the channel and its properties We need to create the COG channel in order to use it when we create the function for the lowering of the boom e Open the block diagram MDM e Right click on the channel connection Math analog index A and select Add channel e Select View gt Show channel info e Give the channel the name COG e Enter cm in the upper Unit box e Click on Apply to store Creating the function We will now create the function to limit the lowering speed on the boom We need to create a limiting object for the output Prop valve boom Proportional valve boom e Open the function page for the channel Prop valve boom As this function concerns the lowering speed we will only create a limiting object for the boom s negative direction e Right click in Limiting objects and select Add object e Select COG in the drop down list box Input e Enter 300 cm for In I and 100 for Out 1 e Enter 650 cm for In 2 and 20 for Out 2 Limiting object x KEU Inpu
95. the move ments Boom down and Telescope out We will use limiting objects to block the outputs To attain a blocking result we define 0 output when overload is indicated This means that minimal current will be output and the boom and the telescope will not move The overload condition is either true or false Either it is overload or not The limiting object s value is as below y The limiting object 100 False True Input signal overload The input signal Overload User manual IQAN Software G3 61 Out 1 Out 2 e Int In2 Channels for conditional messages 4 Getting started For the boom there will be a limiting object in the negative direction and for the telescope there will be a limiting object in the positive direction Proportional valve boom e Open the dialog box Channel information Function tab for the channel Prop valve boom e Right click in Limiting objects and select Add object e Select Overload in the drop down list box Input e For In 1 false enter 100 for Out 1 e For In 2 true enter 0 for Out 2 Limiting object x ete Input Outside range 0G Ve Overload z reece value zen Nos e a Betumta v0 i wy 7 X Int Channel 7 Out1 Channel Fae s 100 00 ouT ain In2 Charmel fm Out 2 Channel T DATNE Tue fo ca me i Delete Cancel Limiting object for the output Prop valve boo
96. the output signal will have a higher resolution up to the curve s breakpoint After the breakpoint the curve will become User manual IQAN Software G3 174 Current out 8 Channels steeper which means that the resolution will be lower than normal The breakpoint for the curve is always at 50 of the input value EXAMPLE You want to move the tip on a 20 m long crane very exact Use fine control to achieve a higher resolution at the output when you use small lever movements NOTE At 100 fine control the resolution will be so high that it feels as if nothing is happening at the output until the input value has passed the breakpoint at 50 See the diagram Limits Limits for currents and slope times Click on the button to open the dialog box Limits x Max min current m Max max current m 250 550 Min start slope ms Min stop slope ms fo 0 ra me eS x Max start slope ms Max stop slope ms foo t C C S wy 1000 1000 a Max min current m4 Max max current m A PAG 250 550 Min start slope ms Min stop slope ms 3 fo 0 Max start slope ms Max stop slope ms fi 000 1000 Cancel Limitation of the values for the current and slope times Positive negative direction Max min current mA Enter maximum min current for the output The range for Min current will be 0 Max min current Max max current mA Enter maximum max current for the output The range f
97. the rest of the states will at least be calculated The only way this can be used is to use the locking objects to lock the state itself It can happen that all functions are false In that case the channel s value is 0 i e no state is selected For information on how each function works see sec tion Digital out on page 237 User manual IQAN Software G3 276 State selection 9 Functions and objects EXAMPLE A typical function where you can use the State selection channel is to do a sequence for emptying a container with a front loader vehicle Actual states Use a State selection channel to create the states State 1 Start sequence Lock the container State 1 is activated by pressing a button State 1 is finished when locking sensor is activated State 2 Levelling Levelling is finished when inclinometer indicates that everything is OK State 3 Weight measurement Finished when weighing system indicates so State 4 Lift and empty Application dependant State 5 Tare weight measurement Finished when weighing system indicates so State 6 Finished In this example the activating object for all states should be the button This means that in theory all states are simultaneously active But as previ ously explained the output value of the channel will be the first true state For each state the conditions that should end the state would be placed as blocking objects The sequence will then automatically go from
98. the steering wheel to manoeuvre the vehicle the lever will not work The wheel angle is limited with regard to the machine s speed What do we need to know Is the orbitrol being used The lever actuation The machine s speed The wheel angle To solve the above problems we need an analog current output for the wheel steering a PID regulator to regulate the wheel steering an input for the lever two analog voltage inputs to measure the orbitrol pressure and the wheel angle We will use the previously used frequency input to measure the speed We will use an internal analog channel for the set value to the PID regulator as we need two controlling objects one for the speed and one for the lever actuation but we will deal with this later To activate the regulation when the steering wheel is not used we will use an internal digital channel User manual IQAN Software G3 69 PID regulator 4 Getting started Creating the channels and their properties We begin by creating the current output for the wheel steering Wheel steering current out e Open the block diagram XP 0 and add the channel Current Out index C e Enter the channel name Wheel steering For wheel steering we define Right turn clockwise positive direction Left turn counter clockwise negative direction e We use the following current range for both the positive and the negative direction Minimum current mA 200 Maximum current mA
99. to prevent both levers from controlling the same function at the same time but we will deal with this problem later The pre set alternative to multiply the objects is the most common way to control an output Limiting objects Exactly as the name says the purpose of a limiting object is to limit the cur rent for the output The object s input signals are primarily signals from dif ferent sensors such as temperature overload etc The limiting objects are often used to make the functions for a machine safe in all situations and they have the highest priority of the current output s three object types The output signal is between 0 100 where 0 corresponds to maximum limitation and 100 corresponds to no limitation A Oe Value of the controlling object t A a Value of the limiting object A KS Value of the current output t The controlling and limiting objects affect on the output signal User manual IQAN Software G32 226 Current out 9 Functions and objects EXAMPLE An example where we use a limiting object is end position dampening for the manoeuvring of the telescope on a crane When the telescope is almost at the end the speed will be reduced for the telescope To attain this function you need to add a limiting object where the object s output signal is defined as per the diagram below A The value of the limiting object 100 D0 Hae fi
100. to the current output Wheel steering User manual IQAN Software G3 76 PID regulator 4 Getting started Wheel steering e Open the function page for the channel Wheel steering e Add a Controlling object e Select PID wheel steering as Input Enter 0 for In 1 and 0 for Out 1 e Enter 100 for In 2 and 100 for Out 2 Controlling object oe PID wheel steering Q Out 2 Out 1 x x po m po x x EOK oee cence Controlling object for the analog current output e Click OK to create the object e Right click in Controlling objects and select Add object e Select channel PID wheel steering as Input Enter 0 for In 1 and 0 for Out 1 Enter 00 for In 2 and 100 for Out 2 Controlling object a PID wheel steering o a E po m po x x Out 1 ET Dete Cancel Out 2 Controlling object for the analog current output e Click OK to create the object We have now created a feedback system for the wheel steering User manual IQAN Software G3 77 PID regulator 4 Getting started The navigator shows the connection to the PID regulator and the connection to the output Wheel steering To the output Wheel steering we have connected the regulator PID Wheel steering There are three channels which affect the PID regulator Orbitrol inactive Command wheel steering and Angle sensor wheel
101. value the wheel angle Regulation of wheel angle The set value for the regulation depends on the vehicle s speed and the lever s value The actual value for the regulation is the signal from the angle sensor on the wheel axle PID wheel steering PID We will now create the channel for the PID regulator e Open the block diagram for MDM e Create the channel connection PID index A e Open the dialog box Channel information and enter PID wheel steering in the Name language I box e Click on Apply to store Using internal analog channels Command value wheel steering As set value for the regulator we will use the vehicle s speed and the lever actuation For this we will use an internal digital channel that we will use as input signal to the PID channel e Open the block diagram for MDM and add the channel Internal analog index A e Open the dialog box Channel information and enter Command wheel steering in the Name language I box e Click on Apply to store Creating the regulator s function As the regulator s set value we will use the lever s value and the vehicle s speed Depending on the lever s stroke and the vehicle s speed the wheel angle is determined We create these as controlling objects for the internal analog channel User manual IQAN Software G3 72 Out 1 PID regulator 4 Getting started Controlling object 1 A Controlling object 2
102. version gt lt Comment gt System info Get module hardware and software versions Command SI Reply ST lt Module type gt lt Module index gt lt HW version gt lt SW version gt Get value Get any channel value Command GV lt Channel id gt Reply GV lt Channel id gt lt Channel name gt Value lt Value gt lt Unit gt Example GV MAC B MDM Reply GV MAC B MDM Total weight Value 29 45 ton Reset value Resets a stored value to zero For more information see section Stored val ues page 214 Command RV H lt Channel id gt Reply RV lt Channel id gt lt Channel name gt Value 0 Example RV HCNT B MDM Reply RV HCNT B MDM Service time Value 0 User manual IQAN Software G3 393 iSMS syntax Appendix D Get adjustable parameter Get all adjustable parameters for a channel This command can be used for voltage inputs frequency inputs and function parameters For more informa tion see section Adjustable values page 213 Command GA lt Channel id gt Reply GA lt Channel id gt lt Channel name gt Min lt Value gt lt Unit gt Max lt Value gt lt Unit gt Value lt Value gt lt Unit gt Example GA VIN C XT2 A0 Reply GA VIN C XT2 A0 Pump pressure Min 896 mV Max 4458 mV Set adjustable parameter Sets the value for an adjustable parameter This command can be used for voltage inputs frequency inputs
103. voltage input for the parking brake s oil pressure Creating the channels and their properties We begin by creating the digital channels Gearbox forward digital out e Open the block diagram for XP 0 e Right click on the channel connection Digital out index C and select Add channel e Select View gt Show channel info e Enter the following name Gearbox forward e Click on Apply to store Gearbox reverse digital out Create Digital out index D in the same way with the name Gearbox reverse User manual IQAN Software G3 36 Voltage input 4 Getting started Switch forward digital in e Open the block diagram Lx 0 e Right click on the channel connection Digital in index C and select Add channel e Select View gt Show channel info e Enter the following name Switch forward e Click on Apply to store Switch reverse digital in Create Digital in index D in the same way with the channel name Switch reverse Speed frequency in In this function we use the frequency input Speed that we created in the pre vious section The frequency input is thereby ready Pressure parking brake voltage in We will now create an analog input in the block diagram XP 0 e Add the channel Voltage in index A and open the Properties page e Click in the Name language 1 box and enter Pressure parking brake e Enter the unit Bar in the upper Unit box As per specification the pressure sensor s signal va
104. warning lamp or siren may be connected at the output E gas output You will find the E gas out on the IQAN XT2 module With this channel you can create a regulation function to control e g an actuator that is used to con trol the speed of a diesel engine The channel s scaled range is 100 100 Primary and secondary outputs For most outputs there are two channels which enable you to control two different functions in the machine using the same output One channel has primary status and the other channel has secondary status If the primary channel is active the secondary channel cannot be activated at the same time If both of the channels are active at the same time this is indi cated as incorrect the output is closed and an error message is displayed For more information on this see section Primary and secondary channel on page 281 User manual IQAN Software G3 Outputs 8 Channels NOTE When using double functions carefully check the affects of the functions on one another Safety precautions should be taken EXAMPLE A backhoe loader with turnable chair When you turn the chair you must invert the lever s directions so that the manoeuvring of the vehicle s steer ing will be correct For this you can use the current output s primary and secondary channels If the chair is turned forward the primary channel is used and if the chair is turned backward the secondary channel is used A switch in the chair
105. with the lamp lit If the lamp is grey the channel is not defined in the present application PWM outputs A pulse width modulation output consists of two bar Hi tear on graphs and labels which show the output value in per cent The dual functionality of the PWM output can be used independently hence the two bar graphs per channel If the value label is missing the channel is not defined in the present application NOTE Multi mode is not supported Hence settings for mode 1 apply User manual IQAN Software G3 346 You have to down load the application from IQANdevelop before using IQAN simulate Using IQANsimulate 14 IQANsimulate Using IQANsimulate In this section you will be given a description of how the program is intended to be used This will help you get started with the program Preparation First you will need an application to simulate created with IQANdevelop Start IQANdevelop and open your application Then download it to the mas ter Now start I QANsimulate and open that same application Working procedure IQANsimulate has now restarted your master unit and is communicating with it Now is the time for you to start testing your functions As you change the input values of the modules in IQANsimulate you will se how the outputs change in accordance with your functions If you find an error in your application switch to IQANdevelop and review your function s compositi
106. you entered when creating the file Installation is done via the Install Tool see your Palm documentation for further information Getting the serial number The serial number is for your convenience written in the top right corner in the About window in IQANdevelop for Palm OS The about window is accessed through the main window menu NOTE The serial number is case sensitive so capital letters should be entered as cap ital letters and vice versa User manual IQAN Software G3 365 Be careful not to mix up the ordinary diagnostic cable with the PDA diag nostics cable Connecting the PDA to the master 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS Connecting the PDA to the master Connect your Parker PDA Diagnostic cable to the travellers kit data cable as shown by the figure This cable will then connect to the IQAN master module in one end and to your Palm OS device in the other end Parker PDA Diagnostic cable Travellers Kit Data cable IQAN MDM Palm OS PDA Schematic illustration of how to connect your system The part number for the Parker PDA Diagnostic cable is 5030096 User manual IQAN Software G3 366 HotSyncing 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS HotSyncing After having installed IQANdevelop for PalmOS on your PC you will also have a new Conduit see your Palm documentation that allows you to HotSync your IQAN applications to and from your Palm To customize your HotSync experience you will need to access the I
107. 0 Boom P control Cand o Cx MaxOf MinOf Dose Creating a new object e A dialog box for the new object appears For information on controlling and limiting objects see section Linear objects on page 216 For locking objects see section Conditional objects on page 218 e Click OK to create the object There are other menu items in the popup menu also Add object Ins Edit object Alt Enter Delete object Del Goto input channel Ctrl Right Cut object Ctrl X Copy object Ctrl C Paste object Ctrl V Popup menu for objects Editing objects e Right click on the object and select Edit object or double click on the object The dialog box for the object opens User manual IQAN Software G3 232 Current out 9 Functions and objects e Do your changes and click OK Cancel closes the dialog box without stor ing the changes The Delete button deletes the current object for the func tion see also next section Deleting objects e Right click on the object and select Delete object in the editing menu e A dialog box opens to let you confirm that the selected object shall be deleted IQANdevelop Confirmation x ee The object will be removed This cannot be l a undone Do you want to continue sl gt No Confirmation dialog box to delete an object e Click Yes to delete the object or No to keep it Go to input channel All objects has a sh
108. 0 100 output From the data sheet for the valve we find the current values e Positive direction Click in the Min Current mA box and enter 200 Click in the Max Current mA box and enter 500 The above current values are pre set in IQANdevelop e Negative direction Enter the values for the negative direction They must be the same as for the positive direction In other fields there are pre set values that we do not need to change for this function Prop valve boom XP A0 Current out Ai Primary Pin CLS Properties Function Name language 1 Jo Auto select Limits Prop valve boom J Multi mode Name language 2 Prop valve boom I Auto mode IV Check Dither amplitude 1 l fi 00 mA Min current m4 Max current m Dither frequency 200 500 faz Hz Start slope ms Stop slope ms 250 250 Fine control pooo Value m Min current m Max current m 200 500 Start slope ms Stop slope ms 250 250 Fine control Properties for the current output Prop valve boom e Click on Apply to store User manual IQAN Software G32 Current outputs 4 Getting started Proportional valve telescope current out We continue with the analog output for the telescope s proportional valve e Right click on the channel connection Current Out index B and select Add channel e Select View gt Show channel info e Enter the channel name Prop valve telescope e
109. 0 with the help of a potentiometer The rotational direc tion is determined with a switch An interlock will prevent the selection of both positive and negative direction at the same time Further there is a sensor for measuring the hydraulic pressure and two sensors for measuring temperatures Hydraulic engine IQAN XP A0 Current out Al Primary Pin 01 8 Properties Function Controlling objects Limiting objects Speed pot T Direction switch Hydraul pressure Temperature 1 Temperature 2 T Direction switch In low gt out 0 In high gt out 100 Locking objects ox C MaxOf Controlling objects Speed pot p MinOf Limiting objects T Direction switch Hydraul pressure Temperature 1 Temperature 2 T Direction switch In low gt out 0 In high gt out 100 C and o The function for controlling the hydraulic engine The master starts with computing the function for the output in the positive direction If the direction switch is set to drive the engine in the negative direction i e the limiting object Direction switch equals 0 then the output in the positive direction is set to 0 consequently the master does not need to calculate the whole expression By sorting these kinds of interlocking objects to the top the master does not always need to calculate all the objects within an object group Other object types shall be sorted accordingly
110. 0 980 cm COG Maximum weight as a function of the telescope s position From the diagram we get Maxload Maxload Minload COGmax COGmin Maximum permitted veight xCOG From the diagram we get 1 MaxWeight as 2 xcoa The maximum load weight for the machine is 45 tons The machine can independent of COG lift loads of less than 10 tons What do we need to know COG As we have already calculated COG we can use this when we calculate the maximum weight User manual IQAN Software G3 65 Channels for conditional messages 4 Getting started Creating the function Max weight e Open the function page for the channel Max weight e Right click on a row and select Add object e Select division as Operator e Enter 35 as Operand A The expression 45 10 35 e Enter 980 as Operand B The expression 980 0 e Click OK to store e Right click on a row and select Add object e Select multiplication as Operator e Select A as Operand A e Select COG as Operand B e Click OK to store e Right click on a row Select Add object e Enter the expression 45 B e Click OK to store 90 of maximum weight e Open the function page for the channel 90 of max weight e Select Add object and enter the expression 0 90 Max weight e Click OK to store Carrying out calculations with a mathematical digital channel To indicate overload we compar
111. 1 linear conditional object 234 module 105 Multi mode 173 346 Multimeter 314 Naming channels 123 Navigator 283 Objects activating 237 analog mathematical 220 blocking 238 conditional 218 connected 228 controlling 224 decreasing 264 digital mathematical 221 increasing 264 limiting 226 linear 216 locking 230 240 mathematical 219 measure 316 resetting 265 Open load 346 Operating system 295 Optimizing the application 397 Outputs 117 Overload 346 P Parameter group number 188 PGN 188 Phone book 300 PID function 254 properties 145 PIN codes 106 Playback 348 Predefined sensor 130 Primary channel 117 281 Print 93 Print tags 327 Priority 386 Properties IQANdevelop 284 Proportional regulation 254 PWM frequency 106 PWM out function 236 properties 176 R Register 361 Regulation 254 Relational operators 221 User manual IQAN Software G32 Remove channel 121 linear conditional object 233 mathematical object 248 module 101 Reset selected 315 Resetting objects 265 Restart master 297 Return to 100 229 Return to zero 229 S SA 188 SAE J1939 188 Screen dump 298 Secondary channel 117 281 Send application 18 288 Set clock 297 Settings export 336 import 336 sin 220 Source Address 188 SPN 189 Spring loaded 345 sqrt 220 State machine 275 State selection function 275 properties 159 Statistics 95 Status bar 89 338 Status lamp 338 Status messages 381 S
112. 286 Digital in properties 133 Digital mathematical objects 221 Digital out function 237 properties 178 Direction of motion 123 Directional analog properties 138 Disconnect 300 Display control 298 Dither frequency 106 Driver modes 173 E Gas out function 242 properties 185 E Gas position properties 182 Emergency stop 17 Engine diagnostic 342 Engine load properties 183 Error 278 Error log 292 Error messages 383 Errors 94 codes 351 resetting 336 337 348 simulating 348 Event counter function 264 properties 152 Event log 292 function 267 properties 155 Excel 349 integrate 350 system requirements 355 view links 337 Expansion modules 97 F Fail safe functions 278 Failure Mode Identifier 189 Fault finding 311 File open 338 save 338 File size graph log 329 File types 92 idt file 357 iss file 336 357 ist file 336 357 FMI 189 Freeze value 229 Frequency in properties 134 Function parameters properties 181 Functions and objects 216 User manual IQAN Software G32 Get application 291 Glitch detect 326 Graph 318 376 channel properties 330 comment 328 copy 328 file size 329 markers 324 print tags 327 properties 329 trig 322 zooming 326 H Hour counter function 271 properties 157 Increasing objects 264 Inputs 113 Install IQANdevelop 16 Integrating limiting function 259 properties 146 Integrating regulation 255 Interactive mes
113. 379 Troubleshooting cece eee cece erect ene e cence tent en eenes 380 No contact with master cece eee eee e eee tsura rikan 380 Application does not work as expected cece cece eeee 380 The application crashed and now can t start itagain 380 Appendix A si cicccnducadapisaswanicvalscranddeinueagcusedas es eares 381 Status warning and error messages sees eee eee e ee eee ees 381 Appendix Bios oss tesa swadeasssiinwniiaaacnd mantemasanscate 386 Priority order for the channels 0 cece eee eee eee e teen tees 386 Appendix Coie os icsnd ciws diversas wtdnaieaneseeae eines seeeee sine 390 Choosing a MOdeM cece eee e eee eect tent n eee ne en een eens 390 We recommend avoiding Winmodems and RPI modems 390 We recommend using external modems ee eee 390 We recommend using direct lines cece eee eee ee eee 391 We recommend against chasing the latest technology 391 We recommend getting a modem with the features you need 391 We recommend using well known brands 0e 391 Buy from a store with a reasonable return policy 391 If you need to buy many modems for a project 391 If nothing else Works cece cece eee eee erect tence eaes 391 Appendix D iiiiiediie ces ase cecuieeeisakaeduebiontvaenet ea seta ses 392 ISMS SYNLAX sisted otaweengan EEEE D EEEE E odin neseia ee 3
114. 9 Functions and objects PWM out The function for a PWM output is created in the same way as for a current output see section Current out on page 223 The channel value is the same as the function value 100 100 Lift up down XT2 A0 PWM out C1 Primary Pin C1 6 7 Properties Function J Multi function Limiting objects Locking objects x C MaxOf Cx amp Minot Controlling objects FSS Lift 0 00 gt 0 0 Limiting objects Cad of The function page for a PWM output NOTE For PWM outputs it is allowed to activate primary and secondary channel at the same time provided that they are not activated in the same direction This exception allows you to use the primary channel positive direction to control one function and the secondary channel negative direction to control some thing else Since PWM outputs are often used to control functions with one direction only like hydraulic motors or single solenoid valves this feature will save outputs in your application User manual IQAN Software G3 236 Digital out 9 Functions and objects Digital out A function for a digital output consists of objects which determine when the output will change state from low to high and vice versa The channel value is the same as the function value i e low or high The objects for a digital out put are conditional and can be activating blocking or locking MY Engine on XP2 A0 Digital
115. 92 Appendix E sssssssie naroro T n n noe dedineaeteeuiecee ees 395 Recommendation of work method sssssssssesessreeerrerrerrre 395 Vehicle steering for a forest machine ee eee e eee 395 Part Avcsacsucastedavsueed ISEE a vebbneweaed s dete Coden otiad 395 Part B sss ciid cae cau aieneaiwnseeee wend et tesilewe sa eedecudee ease dads 395 App ndix Fi cscs ccnesnsscatndianwaeenaeewseewdpiastned RRES 397 Optimizing the application ccc e eee e een eee e ences 397 OUP ODJECU sec ranp au iteaied ens pated canes be ce meee areas 398 Lazy CVAlUATION s sc8 sacle enren TREEREN ECEE Aa pEr ee eee aaa 399 Sort linear Objects siyeni rindu eee cee ONEEK EEEIEE EEEN 399 Object type priority 0 eee cece cece een een eee aes 400 User manual IQAN Software G3 Contents Sort conditional objects 0 cece cece cece eee ence eee ees 402 Object type priority cece cece cece cence ence eeeees 402 WON anena naa a a E E ace dea e sabia es 403 User manual IQAN Software G3 14 1 Introduction 1 Introduction IQANdevelop is a development tool for designing and developing application programs for IQAN s module based control systems IQANdevelop is a Windows based program with which you can create applications for the simplest to the most complex mobile machine within for estry excavation or material handling You develop your application in the PC to thereafter download the applica tion to th
116. B IT O39 cua wi edicavsa aie sada cue edie ee eatea Wi bod AE oleate a E ER 119 JT939 ANIJ Iput sec ccs2cceaeeeses tages eamesapesewand sage 119 J1939 Digital input 6 cece cece cent eee enone 119 J1939 Throttle OUT vciv dic iines riser Ereta kad ein eee 119 J1939 Lamp indicator cece cece cece cece e een ence eenes 119 J1939 DiaQnOStls isiecicccasies cs aedeas Seve eaedsse een csand bie 119 J1939 Analog OUtPUt 6 cece cece tent e eee e eens 119 J1939 Digital outpUt seipi 2 cece cece teen eee eee eens 119 Creating anew channel cece eee e cence eee eect en eees 120 Adding achannel e cece eee cece a ERR 120 Deleting a channel cece eee EVENAAR EELEE NE 121 Moving achannel cirerers ence e eee e OREN 121 User manual IQAN Software G3 Contents Naming channels se cee cece eee e cee nee e cence tent en eenes 123 Direction Of MOTION cece cece cent eee e ence ee eeeee 123 Defining properties 0 cece ccc eee cnet ence ence en eenee 124 Opening the dialog box channel information 124 Function buttons 0 issiria reira tia e aE a 124 VONAGE IN oriri nede EAEE ENEAN AEE E a E 125 Creating predefined sensors ce cece ee eee een eee ees 130 Digitalin ciciicceicudaded eens ed cada diskiedaddadnetads ceasalnae cages 133 FFEQUENCY IN es costed esd ere ivaeeiierebageet cient cawee san acsearle 134 Dire
117. F4 Hereby you can watch the inputs as they change simultaneously The master will change the outputs accordingly FERS Progress bar by Parker Ta lar Use the progress bar to change position in the log file You may change the play back position by moving the handle in the progress bar If you have the graph showing in IQANdevelop you can also follow the progress there This function can be useful when troubleshooting your sys tem User manual IQAN Software G3 348 Using IQANsimulate 14 IQANsimulate ATTENTION IQANsimulate shall NOT be used in conjunction with real expansion units mounted in a machine Excel If you have Microsoft Excel installed on your computer you can use it in con junction with IQANsimulate to feed back channel values to an input channel in your application in IQANsimulate Both input and output channel values can be sent to the Excel spreadsheet but only input channels can receive val ues from Excel Select a channel that you want to use in IQANsimulate Select System gt Link to Excel or use the popup menu of the channel to bring up the Link channel to Excel dialog window Link channel to Excel x SA r Use channel P Swing 4 4 as normal T as output to cell S B1 yo C to get input from cell EA 2 X J7 Output as percent IV Integrating Timetomax 3 00 sec Select how you want to use the channel with Excel In this dialog you can choose to use the se
118. G3 Second edition el Sy Applications C From Palm E To Palm E vmac H E IQAN_old X conoi HotSync directory selection dialog box User manual IQAN Software G32 367 The files might over write each other HotSyncing 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS The Register button opens up the registration dialog see section Registration on page 361 The synchronization process Synchronizing IQANdevelop for Palm to your PC and vice versa does not work quite like the other programs on your Palm It s merely a question of a file transfer in a convenient fashion The two Palm sync folders are were the action takes place The To Palm folder is were you put the files you want to transfer to your Palm The From Palm folder is were you will find the files that were transferred from your Palm to your PC To Palm The files you can transfer to the Palm are idt and ido files You must have the HotSync action set to either Synchronize the files or Desktop overwrites handheld to transfer files to the Palm After you have synced the files they will still remain in the folder To Palm but with an extra extension sent This will prevent them from being synced again the next time If a file with the same name as a previous one is synced again the backup sent file will be replaced with the newer one Files sent to the Palm can only be used to update a master unit The amount of files are restricted to 11 for application files idt
119. IOAN Software G32 USER MANUAL License Software User Agreement Important please read carefully before use of the Software Your use of this computer program is subject to the terms and conditions of the following Soft ware User Agreement If you do not wish to accept these terms and conditions do not install or use this Software and please return this Software to the place you obtained it for refund License agreement restrictions on use Use This is a license agreement between you the entity to whom this software is provided and Parker Hannifin Corporation Licensor This agreement permits you to Use each program furnished directly or indirectly from Licensor either by Licensor or its authorized distributors Distributors including any Copies thereof and any supporting materials and any related updated programs or program portions Software The term Copies means any duplica tions reproductions transcriptions of any Software either in whole or in part and by any means whatsoever including electronic mechanical and manual processes The term Use means copying any portion of any Software or using any Software but only in connection with the analysis specification use installation repair sale of products through Licensor or its Dis tributors Restrictions You will have a non transferable and non exclusive right to Use the Software You may make Copies of the Software provided that any such Copies are made solel
120. IQAN display or via IQANde velop Engine load This channel can be used to carry out power control for a diesel engine SMS input Use this channel to read values from incoming messages via SMS Short Message Service Requires a SMS capable GSM modem connected to the master module SMS output Use this channel to send messages via SMS Short Message Service to exter nal systems GSM phones Requires a SMS capable GSM modem connected to the master module User manual IQAN Software G3 116 Outputs 8 Channels Outputs A short presentation of the different physical output channels For more infor mation about the physical data for the outputs see separate data sheet or instruction books for the modules Current out The current outputs are analog and are used to e g control proportional valves The unscaled range is 32000 32000 mA The scaled range is 100 100 PWM out PWM out a pulse width modulation output to control pulsar valves The channel s function is similar to the current outputs The scaled range is 100 100 Digital out Physical outputs with value low or high These are mostly used to activate lamps on off valves or to pull relays On some modules the digital outputs have soft start and peak and hold func tions to increase the valve s life time and reduce the heat release in the valve Alarm out A physical output with value low or high It is used to alert in different situa tions A
121. IQANdevelop Error x ae Application code is not correct Please try again ee Error message for incorrect application code Storing application codes Application codes can be stored in a file so you don t have to enter them every time you open a protected application IQANsimulate uses the sam file as IQANdevelop See Storing application codes on page 306 for more information User manual IQAN Software G3 354 Troubleshooting 14 IQANsimulate Troubleshooting General troubleshooting when working with IQANsimulate Please read National Instruments documentation for troubleshooting the CAN interface No contact with master Make sure that e the National Instruments CAN card is correctly installed We refer to NI CAN diagnostics that was installed with the CAN card see National Instruments documentation e you are using the latest NI CAN drivers found at www ni com e if you are running on a laptop there is not any interrupt IRQ conflicts It usually happens if you have an IR port that is in use Try disabling that one and restart e the cable is OK and connected the CAN card has the same connector as the RS 232 port 9 pin D sub do not mix them up e the master power is on e the correct application is downloaded to the master If you are experiencing that the CAN communication is not working although you have a green status lamp try disconnect and reconnect the CAN bus i e click the stat
122. It is of course not possible to get a higher access level than your licence EXAMPLE We will create an IQANdevelop shortcut with the access level Change e Create a shortcut of IQANdevelop and rename it to QANdevelop change level See Windows help file for information on how to do this e Right click on the shortcut and select Properties e Click on the tab Shortcut e Enter change after the file path in the Target box hqandevelop change level Properties a General Shortcut Security Netware Version y IQANdevelop change level Target type Application Target location IQAN software _ Enter the access level Target fram Files IQAN software IQANdev exe change a parameter after the file path Z Runin separate memory space I Run as different user Start in CAProgram Files IQAN software Shortcut key None ss Bun Nomalwindow SCY Comment Fun IGANdevelop with access level change Find Target Change Icon Cancel Apply e Click OK to save e Double click on the QANdevelop change level icon to run IQANde velop You will find the actual access level in the status bar User manual IQAN Software G3 310 13 Measuring and fault finding 13 Measuring and fault finding This chapter deals with the following e measuring with the block diagram e measuring with the multimeter e measuring with the graph e measuring objects IQANdevelop has an advanced measuring system where yo
123. PC you can communicate with a remote IQAN system It is possible to send and get applications measure and chat Start by installing the modem to your PC follow installation instructions that comes with the modem For information about what modem you should use see section Choosing a modem on page 390 Also check that a modem is connected to the IQAN system Select modem e Select File gt Properties to open the dialog box Properties e Select modem in the list box Device for remote connection under the Modem tab Connect via modem In the System menu you will find the command for connecting via modem e Select System gt Connect via modem x ne Aa Phone book Nils Henriksson Marcus Wictorsson Knut Leiulfsrud Ulrik Sandstr m Edit Add S ome Telephone number 0709403141 X Using device Ericsson R520 Cable Modem Cancel Dialog box to call another modem Connection properties Phone book A list with names of contacts Click on the name to contact and its phone number will be shown in the Telephone number field Telephone number Enter the phone number to the remote modem or select one of the previously called numbers by select ing in the drop down list box e Click OK to connect A dialog box shows how the modem is trying to con nect with the remote IQAN system User manual IQAN Software G3 299 Modem 11 System communication e Wait for user confirmation T
124. PWM frequency fioo Hz The frequency tab for IQAN XT2 Dither frequency Enter desired dither frequency for the current out puts The frequency range is 25 150 Hz PWM frequency Some modules are equipped with PWM outputs pulse width modulation The PWM frequency is adjustable For some modules there can be an alterna tive PWM frequency that can be selected by the module PWM frequency Enter desired frequency for the PWM outputs The frequency range is 25 2000 Hz for most modules For further information about the PWM output see section PWM out on page 176 PIN codes With the PIN codes you can prevent unauthorized people to use the properties menu in the IQAN master and or to use the SIM card in other modems or telephones PIN codes are supported by all master modules User manual IQAN Software G3 106 Module properties 7 Modules The tab for the PIN codes Properties PIN code This PIN code is used to prevent unautho rized people to use the Properties menu in the IQAN master Check the box and enter a code GSM PIN code This PIN code is for the modem s SIM card only for GSM modems In this way the SIM card can be prevented to be used by unauthorized people Check the box and enter the PIN code in the field below You will find the code in the SIM card documentation Other properties Other properties are system cycle time error event log handling and SMS handling System cycle time
125. QANde velop conduit see section Accessing IQANdevelop conduit on page 361 Change HotSync Action HotSyne Action for IQANdevelop SE gt gt z EL oa Syncronize the files Cancel ON Sg A n a C Desktop overwrites handheld I Set as default aA J as Eror lo ve J X B Handheld overwrites Desktop ie a Change dir Qu Donothing ui Register HotSync options for IQANdevelop for PalmOS The options in this dialog is common to other conduits except for the as Error log check box Change dir and Register button The as Error log check box tells the conduit to save the applications synchro nized to the PC as error logs ide files The Change dir button lets you change the location of the Palm sync folders The two sync folders are per default located in the installation folder under the applications folder When you change the location of the folders two new folders From Palm and To Palm will be created under the folder you select If the folders on the old location are not empty you will be questioned to move the files to the new location After that if the folders are empty they will be removed Select HotSync directory 21x Select the folder where the Palm sync folders will reside C 4G3 Second edition Applications From Palm To Palm J InstallShield Installation Informati amp InterBase Corp J Internet Explorer H E IQAN software
126. Requires Adobe Acro bat Reader About Information box about IQANdevelop User manual IQAN Software G3 86 The tool bars 5 Menu overview The tool bars Certain functions need to be more accessible as you need to use them more often These functions are found as buttons in the tool bar If you position the mouse over a button a short explanation about the button is shown By clicking on the desired button its function is activated The main window tool bar Saa PZ seyon 2 FEARN by Parkar Function buttons in the tool bar File functions The buttons for the file functions contain the usual Open Save and Print functions but there is also an information button to obtain information about the application Open an existing application Save application Print Show general information about the application gt e oe System functions The system functions handles sending and getting applications Send all data to IQAN master Get all data from IQAN master IP a af User manual IQAN Software G3 87 The tool bars 5 Menu overview Show functions With the buttons below you get information on the current channel you can activate the multimeter to measure the different channels as well as obtain an overview of the application with the navigator Show channel information Show properties and functions for the channel Mark the name for the channel and click on the button Sh
127. SAE J1939 frequency digital on off PWM E gas IQAN XT2 voltage digital on off IQAN XR Levers The levers use the CAN bus for communication There are different kinds of levers currently IQAN LL and IQAN LM Both are called IQAN Lx since they use the same electronics Module Inputs voltage digital on off ra IQAN Lx Outputs Others directional ana log x y Z digital on off User manual IQAN Software G3 98 System overview 7 Modules System overview On the first page System overview the system is presented as you have designed it with all the included modules amp IQANdevelop C Program Files IQAN software Applications DemoCrane idt File Edit System View Measure Help o gt Be eB Sed ro 2 IQAN MDM Serial number 1774 Hardware version 0 39 Software version 3 00 Status IQAN Lx A0 Left Joystick Serial number 0 Hardware version 0 00 Software version 0 00 Status IQAN Lx A1 Right Joystick Serial number 0 Hardware version 0 00 Software version 0 00 Status IQAN XP2 A0 XP2 Power Serial number 0 Hardware version 0 00 Software version 0 00 Status FERET by Parkar Graph MDM Left Joystick Right Joystick XP2 Power XP2 Lower HBC Radio Transmission a Demo crane 3 00 System overview 2S I com online The modules in an application are presented as follows the master module is always positione
128. Save as type Application file idt z Cancel The dialog box to save a file User manual IQAN Software G3 23 Naming and saving the application 4 Getting started e Select the folder where you want to put your application and enter a file name e Click Save Ensure that you save the application at regular intervals by using the Save but ton in the tool bar User manual IQAN Software G3 24 Digital inputs and outputs 4 Getting started Digital inputs and outputs A typical function where we need to use digital inputs and outputs is the con trol for a windshield wiper It is perhaps not the first function you construct on a machine but it is a simple example to start with when introducing you to IQANdevelop We have chosen to construct the functions in this chapter using our working methodology with one exception the safety aspect is omitted in order not to make the introduction too extensive For more information on the working methodology see section Recommendation of work method on page 395 What do we want to happen Pressing the button will give one stroke of the windshield wiper How will it work When the button is pressed a pulse to the windshield wiper of at least 0 5 s is generated What do we need to know If the button is pressed in To create the above mentioned function we need to use a digital output to generate a pulse to the windshield wiper and a digital input to connect the but to
129. Start Stop button tus indicator If the value is ok OK will show if not you will see three exclamation marks yin Telescopekpos em XP A1 OK Pin 1 3 Tap on a channel to see the channel name chan nel unit complete status message and the pin assignment at the bottom of the screen The drop down menu in the top right corner is used to switch between show ing scaled and unscaled value Changing to unscaled in this example with voltage inputs would result in the values being presented in millivolt instead Note that not all channel types are affected by this setting The Clear button is used to deselect all selected channels and return to the channels window Graph Here you can measure graphically on one chan 140 __ w Vin Telescope pos 1215 nel at the time The scaling of the y axis is shown next to the axis Tap the Start button to start measure It will then change to Stop used to stop the measure After having measured the total log time is dis played after the channel name The SMZ but tons allow you to manipulate the graph With Value 113 00 y P grap 82 Emz Time 6 97s the S you can use your stylus pen to position a cursor on the graph and read out the correspond ing value and time of the cursor at the bottom right corner With the M you can move the graph and with the Z you can zoom in the graph This is done by dragging your stylus pen on the screen The drop down menu at the top right corner
130. State through all the states up to State 6 The states can then be used either for Multiple functions in Digital Current outputs or as logical expressions in digital objects User manual IQAN Software G3 277 Fail safe functions 9 Functions and objects Fail safe functions In this chapter we want to show the possibility to create safe functions when there are errors in the system If an error occurs for example a sensor is short circuit to ground or the mas ter loses contact with a module you can handle these errors in the channels functions The different channel types varies in functionality as shown below Create safe functions with conditional objects By using conditional objects it is possible to handle errors The following conditions can be used Condition Channel Error Channel lt gt Error Channel lt Error User manual IQAN Software G3 Description Voltage input Lost contact with module Error low condition e g short circuit to ground Error high condition e g short circuit to battery Vref error condition Current output Lost contact with module Error low condition Open load Error high condition Overload PWM output Digital output Lost contact with module Error high condition Overload Other channel types Lost contact with module True if none of the above errors are indicated for that channel Voltage input Error low condition e g short circuit t
131. State tabs Name Tele out Enter a state name Activating objects Locking objects Blocking objects Telescope pos lt Cyc Tele Grapple State Telescope pos gt Cyc Cad of Cand Co Cad o Function page for the state selection channel state 3 Multiple functions on outputs When you activate multiple functions on an output that output can have up to eight functions one for each state User manual IQAN Software G3 275 State selection 9 Functions and objects Properties Function E Multi function with 7 state selection channel JV Multi function Tele Grapple State x Select state fi Manual mode x Select state and define corresponding function Controlling objects JS Grapple 0 00 4 Grapple open 5 Grapple close 6 Tele in Locking objects Function page for a current output using multiple functions State tabs The tabs are numbered 1 8 one tab for each state On each tab there is a function with activating locking and blocking objects just like a digital out put The functions are calculated one by one starting with the function for state 1 If the first function is true then the state selected will be 1 otherwise it con tinues with the function for state 2 etc NOTE It is important to remember that all states are always calculated That is even if the 3 rd state is true the output value will be three but
132. a machine while the service personnel can only edit or send existing application files for the IQAN system There is also a lowest level where in general it is only possi ble to view the different application parameters All levels can of course use the measuring capabilities of IQANdevelop The access level is determined by a licence number A licence number is not needed for the lowest access level You can protect your application from unauthorized users by creating an application code which must be entered when opening the application file in IQANdevelop or collecting the application from the IQAN system User manual IQAN Software G3 302 Application code 12 Access Application code It is possible to protect an application by adding a code which must be entered when opening that application or uploading it from an IQAN system Once you have entered an application code to open a protected application file IQANdevelop remembers it so you don t have to enter the same code again during that session If you restart I QANdevelop you must enter the code again Add application code e Open the application to be protected by the application code e Select File gt Application code Application code xj Az Old code IRAN Y TE O New code a Cancel Add an application code Old code Enter the old current application code in the field If there is no old code the field is disabled New code En
133. ability in the channel s signal The value is entered in An analog signal which varies quickly can require dampening for example the revolutions signal from a diesel engine The signal must pass through a filter EXAMPLE If you want to regulate the speed of manoeuvring of a crane turn as a func tion of how hard the diesel engine works you would have a very unstable regulation In this case dampen the revolution signal from the diesel engine with a filter For further information see section Filtering the input signal on page 129 User manual IQAN Software G3 137 Directional analog 8 Channels Directional analog The only property for a directional analog channel is the name The channel has a default range of 100 100 JS Swing Lx A0 Directional analog X Appi Properties for directional analog channel Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages shown on Name language 2 the display User manual IQAN Software G32 138 Internal analog 8 Channels Internal analog Under the Properties tab you can name the channel and enter the rise and fall time for the signal In addition you can define a BWL Band Width Limiting window This func tion will decrease the frequency bandwidth of the output signal whenever the change of the output signal is smaller than BWL window The bandwidth limit will decrease linearly with smaller changes When the change of the signal
134. ach individual sensor Simulate a value on the channel Check the box and enter a value in the field below The channel will use this value instead of the actual measured value on the input safety when simu If the channel s value is outside the specified voltage range the illegal value is replaced by an error value Enter a proper scaled value for the channel Illegal value low Min 2 Illegal value high Vin max Max 2 Max lating Appropriate Error value safety precautions should be taken Error value Scaled value A Scaled max Scaled min Min Voltage range analog input i T Max Vin max Detection of illegal value User manual IQAN Software G32 127 Voltage in 8 Channels For the IQAN system to be able to detect errors such as short circuit or power failure the signal s voltage value must be within the min and max limits as per the above diagram If the signal level reaches the illegal range a signal error is indicated When an illegal value is detected the value at the input is replaced with a fixed error value to avoid jeopardizing the machine s func tion This error value is entered when you declare the channel s properties NOTE An illegal value can cause a faulty function on the machine Carefully con sider critical and dangerous situations when the input signal s value is incor rect and enter suitable replacement v
135. adjustable value to the corresponding fac tory default value Therefore you should always enter a factory default value for all adjustable channels For all adjustable channel types you will be able to see and or change both the factory default and the adjustable values User manual IQAN Software G3 213 Stored values 8 Channels Copy properties There are possibilities to copy either the factory default values to the adjust able or vice versa e Select Edit gt Copy properties gt Factory default to adjustables gt Adjustables to factory default Stored values The following channels have values that can be stored in non volatile mem ory For some channel types to enable storing you need to check the box Store value for each specific channel Channel type Store value Allow reset to zero Hour counter Yes Check box Event counter Check box Check box Memorizing Check box Check box SMS output Check box No All stored values can be reset to zero when you download an application This is recommended if the master don t have the same channels loaded as the ones in the application you are downloading Stored values can be reset to zero from the display if enabled in channel prop erties see respective channel iSMS can also be used to reset stored values if enabled see Appendix D page 392 NOTE Be careful when you design the function for these channels The value is stored each time it changes except fo
136. age 370 Info see section The info window on page 373 Delete deletes the selected application from the list If you don t have the application code you can always delete the application Update vmAC Here you have all the vmAC s that you have sent to the Palm You can have up to 6 vmAC s here These vmAC s are used to update a mas ter module The supported masters are MDM TOC8 and TOC2 Tap the Update button to start updating the master See the IQANdevelop for windows manual for further information Delete deletes the selected vmAC from the list Restart The real McCoy 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS Send application Democrane_04_radio Democrane amp state o Update umAC File Oeon Comment Restarts the master Do not use this function when the machine is running Reset to factory defaults Reset all adjustable channel parameters to factory default Delete application This menu item deletes the currently selected application slot Preferences Show splash screen allows you to select whether the splash screen is shown upon star tup Log graph determines whether the graph is stored in memory or just painted on the screen Check this option to store the graph in memory Low speed forces the communication speed to 9600 bauds You may need to restart master after selecting this User manual IQAN Software G3 Iean ri v Demo crane 2 v2 00 Preferences a Show splash screen Log
137. al analog on page 139 Value Value Shows the output value in mA when the channel is measured User manual IQAN Software G3 172 Mode properties Current out 8 Channels Auto select Multi mode Auto mode Adjustable Check this box for automatic trimming When you trim current outputs via the display you will be given the option Auto select which means that you select the channel to be trimmed by activating the output s func tion E g if a lever is used to control an output you only need to move the lever when you want to trim the cur rent values for the corresponding output When this is checked you have four different settings for currents slope times and fine control called opera tor modes Check the box and select the specific Mode selection channel that controls the selection of mode With this functionality it is possible to control the active mode for this channel independent of the manu ally selected mode which controls all other outputs without auto mode With auto mode enabled it is not possible to make this channel adjustable Check this box if you want the selected mode to be adjustable from the display Each operator mode can individually be selected to be adjustable or not For further information see section Adjustable values on page 213 Output characteristics 1 2 3 4 tabs Factory default Adjustable tabs Min current mA Max current mA User ma
138. alues Following messages are shown on the display e Input error low if the value is under the specified value e Input error high if the value is over the specified value Alarm Alarm low The alarm is activated when the input signal passes a Alarm high defined alarm limit Select type of alarm by checking the boxes In the field below enter the level for the alarm limit The alarm limit considers the scaled value You can define both an upper and lower alarm limit for the channel Alarm low when the signal drops below the lower alarm limit the alarm is activated Alarm high when the signal exceeds the upper alarm limit the alarm is activated signal A upper alarm limit lower alarm limit Lad t Definition of alarm limits If an alarm is activated an alarm text is lit on the display For the text to dis appear you must acknowledge by pressing a button to confirm that you have User manual IQAN Software G3 128 Voltage in 8 Channels been informed of the alarm text The alarm text also disappears when the alarm signal returns to normal i e the alarm has disappeared The following messages can be shown on the display e Alarm low if the value drops below the specified value below the alarm limit e Alarm high if the value exceeds the specified value above the alarm limit All the alarms are logged in the error log in the master for further informa tion see se
139. and click OK The Cancel button closes the dialog box without registering any selected alternatives Creating predefined sensors It is possible to add sensors in the sensor list e Select File gt Predefined Predefined Edit Copy Delete Export List with calibrated sensors Add a sensor e Click on the Add button User manual IQAN Software G3 130 ST x Unit language 1 a oN aq Bar NTS Mn 500 Scaled min 0 00 Voltage in 8 Channels Unit language 2 Bar Max mV 4500 Scaled max 35 00 Add a sensor Name and unit cance Name Unit Name of the sensor The unit to be presented on the display together with the scaled value of the channel E g bar liters cm etc You can also enter the unit in two languages Calibrate and scale the input signal Min mV Max mV Scaled max Scaled min Voltage range for the input signal Min lowest voltage Max highest voltage The input signal should be converted to a readable value for the operator The value is presented on the display together with the defined unit For example at 1 5 V the sensor will measure a vol ume at 65 liters See data sheet for respective sensor Click OK to save changes The Cancel button closes the dialog box without saving any changes Editing a sensor in the list e Select the sensor and click on the Edit button The dialog box
140. and function parameters For more informa tion see section Adjustable values page 213 Command SA lt PIN code gt lt Channel id gt MIN lt Value gt MAX lt Value gt VALUE lt Value gt Reply SA lt Channel id gt lt Channel name gt Min lt Value gt lt Unit gt Max lt Value gt lt Unit gt Value lt Value gt lt Unit gt Example SA 1234 FP 14 MDM VALUE 43 5 Reply SA FP 14 MDM Max boom angle Value 43 50 User manual IQAN Software G3 394 Recommendation of work method Appendix E Appendix E Recommendation of work method In this section we would like to present the work method we normally use when we create a function Vehicle steering for a forest machine We have chosen to develop a vehicle steering to demonstrate the work method The problem is split into two parts In part A we define simply what we want to achieve and in part B we define the problem with a risk analysis PartA What do we want to happen The vehicle steering will be controlled with a lever How will it work The steering will be controlled proportionally to the lever position What do we need to know The position of the lever Part B In part B we define the function after we have carried out risk analysis on our application What can happen Involuntary movement caused by electrical fault Lever control is used at the same time as the orbitrol The machine can tip over i
141. ange is 1 31 If there are no errors active for that selected SPN the value is 1 Otherwise the value is the FMI number 0 31 User manual IQAN Software G3 204 J1939 Diagnostic 8 Channels You can use this in other functions when you want to take care of some spe cific condition EXAMPLE The ECU checks the 5 Volt supply voltage for it s sensors The SPN for Sensor supply voltage is 620 It has two possible FMI numbers 3 and 4 adherent to it FMI 3 means open circuit or short to battery and FMI 4 means short to ground User manual IQAN Software G3 205 J1939 Analog out 8 Channels J1939 Analog out This channel type is used for sending analog values to external systems via CAN xi Properties s1939 Name language 1 Min bit Manx bit Engine speed fo 65000 Name language 2 5 2 Calculate min and max Engine speed Scaled min Scaled max fo 00 3000 00 Input channel J Engine speed RPM X Trigger channel edge triggered J Transmit continuously x Properties for the channel J1939 Analog out Name Name language 1 Name language 2 The channel s name in two languages shown on the display Channels Input channel Trigger channel The value of this input channel is scaled inserted in a J1939 package and sent via CAN Select Transmit continuously to send this value at the rate specified on the J1939 tab Select a digital channel to transmit the value when that
142. annel information for Prop valve boom Click on the Function tab We begin by creating the function in positive direction e Right click in Controlling objects and select Add object e Click in the drop down list box for Input and select Lever boom e Enter 10 in the Jn 1 box and 0 in the Out 1 box e Enter 00 in the Jn 2 box and 100 in the Out 2 box Controlling object x Re ee Input Outside range Qo CE y ver boom g Freeze value i ay C Return to zero PEHA O INNA m Channel Out 1 Channel I fioo rA 0 00 as ouT2 cin In2 Channel Out 2 Channel T meme 100 00 z fioo CU _ Delete Cancel Controlling object for the output Prop valve boom Click OK to create the object e Right click in Controlling objects and select Add object When we define values for negative direction we enter the direction with e Select Lever boom in the drop down list box Input e Enter 0 in the Jn J box and 0 in the Out J box e Enter 100 in the Jn 2 box and 100 in the Out 2 box User manual IQAN Software G3 45 In2 In1 Out 2 Out 1 Out 2 Out 1 Current outputs 4 Getting started Controlling object Lever boom Q d E z Fo fon a x EOR eee canca Controlling objects for the output Prop valve boom e Click OK to create the object We have now created the func
143. annels Timer The time range for a timer is 0 32000 s with a resolution of 50 ms Under the Properties tab you can name the channel Grapple timer close MDM Timer B Properties for the timer channel Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages shown on Name language 2 the display User manual IQAN Software G3 156 Hour counter 8 Channels Hour counter The range for an hour counter is 0 32000 hours with a resolution of 2 min utes It is ideal for measuring e g the operating time for a machine or when you want to create functions for service interval Total time MDM Hour counter x Properties Function Name language 1 Total time Name language 2 jT otal time I Allow reset to zero Change value Properties for hour counter Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages shown on Name language 2 the display Allow reset to zero Allow reset to zero This makes it possible to reset the hour counter to zero from the display and or via iSMS see Appendix D page 392 Change counter value Change value Click to change the hour counter s value The current value is shown before you set a new value User manual IQAN Software G3 157 Mode selection 8 Channels Mode selection This channel is used to change the operator mode for one or more channels in the master The channel s value range is 1 4 which corr
144. application codes from your application code file or supply application codes that you enter manually User manual IQAN Software G3 363 Registration 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS Register PDA COM2 x a User name ASN Marcus Superstar Ww N JA Allow update of application and ymAC No M Allow adjust factory defaults WT N IT Show internal channels C Don t include application codes Include application codes from key Include application codes from list below Application code Tanga Add Alpha Delete Bravo Delete all Register online Save Registration dialog box If you choose to supply application codes that you enter manually check Include application codes from list below Enter the application code in the Application code text box Then press the Add button to add the code to the list You can delete a code by selecting it in the list and then press the Delete button or delete all entered codes by pressing the Delete all button How to register online Follow these instructions to activate IQANdevelop for Palm OS online This can not be done via USB or IR port e Connect your PDA via the travellers kit to the serial port that your HotSync is using or if you have a cradle put your Palm in the cradle e Access the Register PDA dialog as described earlier e Fill in the name of the user of the Palm e Extend the Palm functionality by checking any of the extra features e Dec
145. as channel there are only objects for one direction Feedback value When you use the E gas channel to control for example an actuator IQAN XT2 automatically uses the VIN A pin to measure the feedback value for the regulator You need to connect the feedback signal to the dedicated pin on the module For further information see Instruction book IQAN XT2 User manual IQAN Software G3 243 Alarm out 9 Functions and objects Alarm out It is possible to connect warning lamps or sirens to an alarm output The out put is digital and functions in the same way as a digital output with its activat ing blocking and locking objects Error Alarm MDM Alarm out A1 Primary E x Properties Function Activating objects Locking objects Blocking objects Engine oll pressurel lt 3 Engine speed 0 00 Cad of Cad o Cad of coe Function page Alarm out EXAMPLE An alarm for low hydraulic pressure should only occur when the engine is on You must use the input signal from the hydraulic pressure as an activat ing object and e g the input signal from the diesel engine speed as a block ing object so that the alarm output is blocked when the engine is not running Activating blocking and locking objects The activating blocking and locking objects are used in the same way as for the digital outputs For further information see section Digital out on page 237 User manual IQAN Software G3 244 Alarm
146. asure internal channels in modules such as temperature supply voltage etc These chan nels can of course also be used in objects to build functions Utilization MDM Module diagnostic C E x Properties Name language 1 Utilization Name language 2 Utilization Properties for the Module diagnostic channel Name Name language 1 The channel s name in two different languages Name language 2 These channels have different default names than other channel types to make it easier to interpret the value of each channel The default name consists of the name specified in the table below plus the module index You can change the name if you want to User manual IQAN Software G3 160 Module diagnostic 8 Channels Default names Module MDM TOC8 Index A B A Name Temperature C Supply voltage V Utilization Error log count Event log count SMS available iSMS counter Modem status Weekday Real time clock Temperature C Supply voltage V User manual IQAN Software G3 Description Internal temperature Supply voltage System utilization 0 100 This value should never be higher than 75 This value depends on what the application is executing number of channels objects and the system cycle time For more information see section System cycle time on page 107 Number of errors in the error log Number of events in the event log SMS Short
147. ate and time when the measure started Total time The length of the measured data Comment You can enter a comment of maximum 250 characters To store information and comments click OK The Cancel button closes the dialog box without storing any changes Print measured data You can print measurements you have carried out To print select File gt Print When you are using the zoom function the zoomed window is printed Copy measured data to another program It is possible to copy measured data to another program e g Microsoft Excel or Microsoft Word After a measure select Edit gt Copy Measured data is User manual IQAN Software G32 328 Measuring with the graph 13 Measuring and fault finding copied as text i e you get the measured values for the curves in a table In Excel you can then create your own diagrams Save measured data After a measure has been carried out the measured data can be saved as a data file Saved data can be read and shown at a later occasion Select File gt Save as The file is saved with the suffix idl The size of the file depends on how many channels the measure has been car ried out on When measuring 10 channels i e the maximum number of chan nels approx 47 kB min is stored approx 2 7 MB h The maximum time for measure is limited by how much internal memory you have available When the internal memory is full a message is shown and the measure is can celled Show measure
148. b ee 284 Modem sasiiciscesistdadece siabesdesanteatuedebaementinedaa denen 285 DidlOG 5 sii EE EET es tatewehoreieeae aa Ragan EE 286 LANGUAGE cc ciecsesea niin e n E nwa wine oogiarncieme gape 287 11 System communication cccccceecccccecccccccccesccons 288 Send application cece cece cece ene n eee e eee n ene eeenees 288 Sending data vs acccagaresveneeaerg ieee AERAR Rk aR 290 Get application sisses sircsrecnis turit t tt Nnn enn eee e teen ene DEE 291 To get an application cece cece cece cece ence eee ens 291 Error event log cece eee e cece eee eee e ent eet ARETAN EKAA 292 Getting the error event log eee cece e eee een een e ene aes 292 Error event log presented in IQANdevelop 0 0eeeee 293 Clear the error event log cece cece cece eee ene n eee eaes 294 WpedateVMAC creierii chedvesarehele avatel dada vaweead dans 295 ReStart master i trk doce deewishesmesarderhiees tea EEE yews 297 S tclock ssiserisrrirrsseritt ki PEKEE TEEVEN CINESE 297 Display control wis sisciacia doing eptir i renen EREA EEKE 298 MOdEM sssrrscasra istite Adrika tittar TREENATA SELEENA ent 299 Select MOdeM rers teri triden dapesde dows doe ease esas ceases 299 Connect via MOdEM cece eee cece eect ene eee eaes 299 Phone DOOK 4 084 Agente te nee i tkaken nea EREE CERE OEREN 300 Export phone book e cece eee e cece eee e ee ee en eeeee 300 User manual IQAN Software G3 Contents
149. bar At the bottom of the window there is a status bar which shows application description channel name and communication status User manual IQAN Software G32 335 Getting started 14 IQANsimulate The menu bar File Under the File menu there are the usual functions such as Open and Save but also special functions as Import Export Settings and Automatic Update Open Ctrl O Opens an applications File types that can be opened iqt idt ist idl Save Ctrl S Saves the application as an IQANsimulate file ist file Save as Saves the application with desired file name Import settings Ctrl I Import settings such as momentary buttons and channel values see Import and export settings page 347 Export settings Ctrl E Export settings to a settings file iss file see Import and export settings page 347 Use Auto Check for automatic updates of applications being matic Update downloaded with IQANdevelop see Automatic update page 348 Exit Alt F4 Exits the program System Under the System menu you will find system integrating functions Start playback Link to Excel Reset all links Update IQANdevelop Restart master Reacquire TOC8 F4 Ins F2 Starts playback of a log file Adds a link to Excel Resets all Excel links Focus IQANdevelop on the selected channel Restarts the MDM module without breaking the power Enables the TOC8 module to communicate with IQANsimulate User
150. bar bar The channels properties and functions Linear objects Linear objects are defined by an input channel and two breakpoints Between the two breakpoints there is a linear function based on the input signal User manual IQAN Software G3 216 Functions and objects 9 Functions and objects Controlling object F x S E Input Outside range Oy a JS Boom foai Freeze value T Return to zero ro D Iw Int Channel Out 1 Channel J poo ooo 00 0 00 Out 2 oure 2 i SE Channel ma Out 2 Channel TH INE foo 00 1100 00 Delete Cancel Dialog box to add a linear object in this case a controlling object The object s function Input Select the channel that you want to use as input sig nal In 1 In I and Out 1 define the first breakpoint for the Out 1 object s function If the object s input signal has the value In 1 the object s value will be Out 1 Right click in the Enter a constant or check the Channel box to select a channel list to view channel lectach li as thep ool a In 2 In 2 and Out 2 define the second breakpoint for the Out 2 object s function At input value Jn 2 the object s value will be Out 2 Enter a constant or check the Channel box to select a channel Channel Check this box to select channels as Jn and Out val ues If Input is a digital channel In J and In 2 are fixed False and True and can not be chang
151. box forward shall be acti vated To solve this we need an activating object where the input signal comes from Switch forward e Open the dialog box Channel information the Function tab e Add an activating object e Select the Comparison alternative User manual IQAN Software G3 38 Voltage input 4 Getting started e Select Switch forward as Input Check that the suggested condition is correct according to the above Activating object x Ne Comparison 5 TON Input Operand Channel 4 s n Switch forward z zl High z we a A Interval Xo Lov limit Channel 7 Input High lint Ghennell fo Object is True when channel value is mside limits channel value is outside limits Activating object for Gearbox forward e Click OK to create the object We will now extend the function with consideration to the affect of the park ing brake Switch forward high AND Pressure parking brake gt 30 gt Activate Gearbox forward If the parking brake s pressure exceeds 30 bar the parking brake is released and the output Gearbox forward becomes active In practice this means that as soon as the parking brake is applied the pres sure drops and the output Gearbox forward becomes inactive to make sure that there is no direction remaining in the gearbox We will create an activating object e Add an activating object e Select the Comparison alternative and select
152. channel Start Stop measure To start measure select Measure gt Start measure press the function key F4 or use the button Start measure in the tool bar Stop measure by clicking on the Stop button in the tool bar or press the func tion key F4 Delete channel To delete a channel from the multimeter window click on its grey box on the name tag in the block diagram or right click on the channel in the multimeter window and select Deselect Reset all selected channels The command Measure gt Reset selected resets the block diagrams so that no channels are selected for measure or right click in the multimeter window and select Deselect all Close the multimeter window To close the multimeter window select View gt Hide multimeter or click on the Close button in the top right hand corner of the window Open Save settings It is possible to have more than one setting with channels for measure You save every setting and can later open the desired setting for measure For fur ther information see section Save measured data on page 329 User manual IQAN Software G3 315 Measuring objects 13 Measuring and fault finding Measuring objects In a channel s function page you can see the objects measured values during measurement PY Swing XP2 40 Current out A1 Primary Pin Ci 17 31 Properties Function J7 Multi function l z Select state z Controlling objects Limiting objects
153. channel goes from low to high User manual IQAN Software G3 206 J1939 Analog out 8 Channels Scale the input signal Min bit Minimum bit value Max bit Maximum bit value Similar to J1939 Analog in see page 193 Scaled min Enter the min and max value for the data range Scaled max E g The temperature range is 40 210 C Calculate min and max IQANdevelop can help you to calculate the Min bit and Max bit values x Nea he Resolution 7 0 03125 ron Data range 7 x Scaled min Scaled max N 273 00 1735 00 Click on the button Calculate min and max Resolution The resolution is the degree of amplification Data range This is the operation range for the input signal Scaled min Enter the scaled min and scaled max value for the Scaled max input channel Enter the values and click on OK IQANdevelop calculates the values and closes the dialog box You will find the calculated min and max values on the properties page NOTE The range for scaled min and scaled max is 32000 32000 User manual IQAN Software G3 207 J1939 Analog out 8 Channels J1939 properties Engin 39 analog o J1939 properties for the channel type J1939 Analog out J1939 Id Priority The priority of the parameter s message Parameter group number The parameter s group identity number Valid range PGN is 65280 65535 Source Address SA The sender addres
154. checks that the application is complete and correct regarding channels and functions e Select System gt Check application to open the dialog box Warnings and Statistics or press F9 Warnings and statistics 3 x Jy Errors KOVA N N 2 o errors z w 1 D 7 N y E N Warnings E Unused channel 8 E Incomplete function 8 E Priority 20 Swing P control zl Statistics Modules 8 E Channels 119 E Objects 219 The dialog box for warnings and statistics Errors Errors are fatal for the application and have to be corrected before sending the application to the master Shared pin conflict Channels that share the same physical connection IQAN XP2 for example uses the same physical connections for several channel types It is only possible to use one channel type at a time Too many channels Max This messages is shown if you reach the maximum allowed is limit of channels Too many current and This message is shown if you have used too many PWM outputs Max current and PWM outputs Transmission rate conflict J1939 channels that have the same J1939 id must have the same transmission rate See section SAE J1939 page 188 Too many J1939 input out Max allowed J1939 ids for one IQAN XT2 is 10 put ids Max allowed is See section SAE J1939 page 188 User manual IQAN Software G3 94 Warnings and statistics 6 Application System cycle time not within limits
155. cted on the radio module Applies to J1939 channels See manufacturer specifi cation for more information Applies to J1939 channels See manufacturer specifi cation for more information Applies to J1939 channels See manufacturer specifi cation for more information Applies to J1939 channels See manufacturer specifi cation for more information Applies to J1939 channels See manufacturer specifi cation for more information Applies to J1939 Lamp indicator Message is shown when lamp is lit Applies to IQAN XT2 Applies to IQAN XT2 384 Status warning and error messages Appendix A Utilization critical The utilization of the master module is critical Appli cation must be optimized SAE J1939 messages In IQANdevelop are all the below described error messages specified as red error messages FMI J1939 standard error message 0 Above normal most severe 1 Below normal most severe 2 Erratic or intermittent 3 Voltage above normal 4 Voltage below normal 5 Current below normal 6 Current above normal 7 Out of adjustment 8 Abnormal frequency 9 Abnormal update rate 10 Abnormal rate of change 11 Root cause not known 12 Bad component 13 Out of calibration 14 Special instructions 15 Above normal 16 Above normal severe 17 Below normal 18 Below normal severe 19 Received data in error 20 30 Reserved 31 Not available User manual IQAN Software G32 385 Priority
156. cteristics This can help you to create a better regulation of the engine speed The auto setup is done by the master You activate the auto setup from the master s display The die sel engine has to be running before you initiate auto setup If an enabling channel is selected that channel s value has to be True before the auto setup can be executed NOTE Make sure that the gear box is in neutral and that the brakes are activated before you start the auto setup The diesel engine will run at max speed dur ing the auto setup The master controls the actuator to the respective positions for the diesel engine s low and high idle speed At both speed positions the master mea sures and stores the E gas position voltage values VIN A XT2 User manual IQAN Software G3 186 E Gas out 8 Channels rpm A 2300 800 1 y 270 4620 MV The voltage range is divided into 10 parts max mV min mV 10 gt 4620 270 10 435 mV 0 270 mV low idle speed 1 705 mV A 2 1140 mV 2300 5 3 1573 mV 4 2010 mV i 5 2445 mV i 6 2880 mV 73315 mV 8 3750 mV 9 4185 mV 10 4620 mV high idle speed rpm 800 270 4620 mV Then the master controls the actuator into the different calculated positions In each position the actual engine speed Engine speed channel is measured and stored This will result in a characteristic curve like the one above
157. ction Error event log on page 292 Filtering the input signal Filter Use a filter to attain greater stability in the channel s sig nal The value is entered in A signal which varies quickly sometimes needs to be dampened EXAMPLE The signal from the level meter in a fuel tank When you drive in rugged terrain the fuel splashes around in the tank and the signal from the level meter becomes unstable It can be a good idea to allow the signal to pass through a filter NOTE It is important to point out that too strong a filter can affect the signal too much If the channel is used for closed loop regulation it can become slow and self induced oscillation can occur in the system A Value l feel ee es 25 ia feral 50 l i ai eS va Ee aed f z 0 0 05 or O15 O2 O25 O3 035 O04 045 05 a Step response for analog input signal User manual IQAN Software G3 129 Voltage in 8 Channels The filter is not linear Predefined sensors e Via the Select predefined sensor button you have access to a list with a number of named and calibrated input signals for different sensor types e Click in the list to see the whole list with calibrated signals It is also pos sible to extend this list with your own input signals Se x Select sensor Pressure sensor 35 bar 7 Cancel Predefined sensors list e Select a sensor
158. ction with a locking object Thereafter we create a blocking object where we use the stop button as the object s input value The blocking object has the highest priority so when you push the stop button the digital output will be blocked Locking objects have higher priority than the activating objects The blocking objects have the highest priority to be able to block a locked function A Activating object a A caw Locking object aaa A Output value ta The output s value is locked by a locking object Several locking objects You can use up to eight locking objects for one function The locking objects value is determined by one of the following boolean equations OR Locking objects value Locking 1 Locking 2 Locking 3 Locking 8 At least one locking object needs to be true to lock the output User manual IQAN Software G3 240 Digital out 9 Functions and objects A Activating object es or O i Locking object 1 T IE PE Locking object 2 T a t i Output value t The output s value is locked by one or several locking objects AND Locking objects value Locking 1 Locking 2 Locking 3 Locking 8 All locking objects have to be true to lock the digital output You create the function for a digital output in a similar way as you do for a current output see section Creating a function
159. ctional analog cece eee cece EA NENA ene e ne en cence 138 Internal analog cece eee cee EAEE EREE EART NEINAR 139 Internal digital 0 cece cece cence eee nent eee e eee tenes 141 Mathematical analog cece eee eee eee eee n ias rank rap 143 Mathematical digital ccc eee cece eee nee e eee idia 144 PID enes ses dave wie eae ohaae hee Soh aa a aah ote aes ahaa ides eae ies 145 Integrating limiting 0 cece cece cece ene e ene e teen tenes 146 Conditional Message cece eee eect eect ene dra iini 147 Interactive MESSAGE os ccecse seein sais Le aewied cdadne pe Vales amet eet 150 Event COUNTED s cd5 tae cdeis cesta wasantnde oes eeanweaa enue aan cae 152 MEMOPIZING serra cea eedide oie dese dae shader E E ER 153 EVENTO G arera tune ieee Ge sadhana E ae E EO 155 Bae E A E T E E E 156 Hour COUNTER serristiiera renren ea A EEES 157 Mode selection cece cece cece e cence ence eee teen ene eenenees 158 State SelectiONn os ciscictiaa orcad dager os vedadd dents ted eeges E Aaaa 159 Module diagnostic 0 cece eee e cece rert eee teen tent en eenees 160 FUNCTION parameters LL Le eee eee eee eee ee ees 164 SMS INDUC asec wsa sed aad aces cedure taawid Ghee OEREN EEE saber nae aee 166 SMS OUCDUE erreg eii a EEEE EAEE EEE EEEE deve elves 169 C ment Outer k i vase a EEEE EEEE EE 171 PWM OUE e einer an EART ANNAE ts 176 Digital OUt E E a E E E 178 Alarm OUt 25 ocdsvs
160. d 100 for Out 1 e Enter 58 for In 2 and 20 for Out 2 Limiting object x a 1 Input Outside range Ca Angle boom Freeze value ii T C Retum to 100 a an N s75 In Channel Out1 Channel 50 o 100 00 z ouT2 am Channel Out 2 Channel Tit IN jso 0 jso 0 20 00 x i Delete Cancel Limiting object for the output Prop valve boom e Click OK to create the object User manual IQAN Software G32 50 Out 2 Out 1 In2 Out 1 Using more than one object for the current output 4 Getting started e Right click in Limiting objects and select Add object e Select Input Angle boom e Enter 2 for In J and 20 for Out 1 e Enter 5 for In 2 and 100 for Out 2 Limiting object x Noa Input Outside range i WG Ve Angle boom x Freeze value C Retum to 100 7 Eo ae J Ind Channel Out1 Channel 2 00 ii 100 00 bs ouTz o 4 In2 Channel Out 2 Channel iNi N 5 00 100 00 Limiting object for the output Prop valve boom e Click OK to create the object We have now created the end position attenuation for the boom and will now be able to create the function for the telescope The function is applicable for the output Prop valve telescope We will now create the function for the telescope s movement in and out Proportional valve telescope e O
161. d any troubleshooting of the application be consis tent when you name the different channels We will give you some recom mendations on how to name the different channels with regard to their function see section naming channels When you create an application you begin by defining the different channels properties It is also important that you have defined the direction of motion for the machine s different movements In the chapter you will find recom mendations for the selection of direction For example properties are the name of the channel calibration of signals such as voltage and current values alarm limits and delay times The proper ties are specific for each type of channel User manual IQAN Software G3 110 8 Channels List of all channel types Name Short Input Output Analog Digital Internal J1939 value Alarm output ALRM Output Digital Conditional message CMSG Internal Digital Current output COUT Output Analog Digital input DIN Input Digital Digital output DOUT Output Digital Directional analog DAC Internal Analog E Gas output EGAS Output Analog E Gas position input EPOS Input Analog Engine load ELD Internal Analog Event counter ECNT Internal Analog Event log ELOG Internal Digital Frequency input FIN Input Analog Function parameter FP Internal Analog Hour counter HCNT Internal Analog Integrating limiting ILC Internal Analog Interactive message IMSG Internal Analog Internal analog IAC Internal Anal
162. d at the top of the page The expansion modules and levers follow below If there is not sufficient space on the screen for all of the modules use the scrolling arrows on the right side Module information In the system overview you get the following data on the modules Serial number the module s serial number Hardware version the module s hardware version Software version the module s software version Status different status messages only displayed when measuring User manual IQAN Software G3 99 Block diagram 7 Modules Block diagram In IQANdevelop the different modules are presented in the form of block diagrams In respective block diagram you get an overview of all the chan nels in the module IQANdevelop C Program Files IQAN software Applications DemoCrane idt File Edit System Yiew Measure Help whee Pye System overview Graph MDM Left Joystick Right Joystick XP2Power xP2 Lower HBC Radio Transmission g T Tabs with the module designation Swing pos E A PY Swing 000 42 PYR Swing ci PvTelescope 0 00 Ea __PvR Telescope Name tag for the channel i 32 Click on the box to measure channel Demo crane 3 00 Develop Pro a I com online Block diagram XP AO Channel connections The channel connections for the physical inputs and outputs are green while the connections for the internal chan
163. d data previously saved Measured data saved to a data file from a previous measurement can be opened and shown again Get measured data from a saved data file by select ing File gt Open or click the Open button in the tool bar Settings of graph properties You can set up your measure window yourself with regard to color settings and if you want the grid to be shown or not Right click in the measurement window and select Graph properties or select Measure gt Graph properties Graph properties xi Lines NAUT N M Showgid a 4 T Background color E i zah Select wa i WT N Grid color Cancel Dialog box for graph properties Show grid Check to show a grid in the measurement window Background color The measurement window s background color Click on Select to show the dialog box for color selection Grid color The grid s color Click on Select to show the dialog box for color selection User manual IQAN Software G3 329 Line width Graph properties xi Nias hue ns N 5 P y Nes Line width Wy gt i OX Active line width 15 2 E The Lines tab in the dialog box Graph properties Measuring with the graph Measuring and fault finding Line width Enter the line width of the curves in the measurement window except active curve There are four different thicknesses Active line width Enter the active channel s line width There are fou
164. ded with a scroll bar on the right hand side It is also possible to change the size of the window by taking the edge of the window with the mouse and dragging it to the desired size Lamp indication The lamp for status is grey until measuring starts then the color changes to green yellow or red For color explanations see section Measuring in a block diagram page 312 Highlight channels The multimeter defaults measures on all channel that the window contains If you want to select a few of them to measure on you can highlight those chan nels In that way IQANdevelop only measures on the highlighted channels Right click on desired channel and select Highlight The channel s will be marked with a yellow line To deselect a channel right click on it again and select Highlight It is possi ble to select deselect the channels when measuring is in progress User manual IQAN Software G3 Measuring with the multimeter 13 Measuring and fault finding xf Channel name Value Unit Status Fuel level ite Oil temperature Engine on c The channels activated for measuring Shortcut to a channel in the block diagram It is possible to go to a selected channel in the block diagram All channels in the multimeter window has a shortcut to its position in the block diagram Right click on the channel in the multimeter window and select Go to IQANdevelop will immediately show you the block diagram with the selected
165. default and adjustable properties if there are any For further information about the factory default and adjustable parameters see section Adjustable val ues on page 213 User manual IQAN Software G3 291 Error event log 11 System communication Error event log There is an error log and an event log in the master unit In the error log all the system errors that the master detects as well as all the user defined alarms are stored User defined events are stored in the event log see section Event log on page 155 Each log can store a maximum of 2000 records each When a log is full the oldest records are deleted to create space for new records The 1000 latest records are always kept in memory You can also force the master to stop logging errors and or events when the corresponding log is full instead of deleting old records This is described in section Log handling page 107 On the master modules it is possible to measure record count for the logs This is done with the channel type Module diagnostic see section Module diagnostic page 160 OBSERVE When updating vmAC all the stored errors and events in the master are erased Getting the error event log e To get the error event log from the master select System gt Get error event log e Ifyou have an application open in IQANdevelop the following dialog box will be shown IQANdevelop Confirmation j x Wa To guarantee that your error event
166. description see section Measuring in a block diagram on page 312 e To start a measurement select Measure gt Start measure click the Start measure button in the tool bar or press the function key F4 If a start condition has been entered on the tab Trig the measurement will start when the start condition is fulfilled A message is displayed to inform you about this Start trig x SS rd Waiting for start trig condition e To stop a measure manually select Measure gt Stop measure click the Stop measure button in the tool bar or press the function key F4 If a stop condition has been entered on the tab Trig the measure will be stopped when the condition is fulfilled or the time has expired Markers To read the value and times from a curve in the measurement window there are two markers which can be positioned along the X axis By selecting the Stat tab in the channel information section you can find out different mea sured data see section Statistics on page 321 Moving markers The markers are two vertical lines which can be moved along the X axis You move the marker by positioning the mouse pointer on the handle and hold the left mouse button down as you drag the marker line to the desired position where you release the mouse button You can move both markers at the same time by holding down lt Shift gt while you move one of the markers Also a marker can be positioned at the beginning end by clicking o
167. down gt but tons to change the value The Set Min button is only available for voltage Min m 156 se n calibrating Min mY Value 156 Actual mv 3577 Target cm 382 122 96 gt inputs and is used to set the value that the sensor has for the moment as the calibrated one i e when the sensor is in the physical min position This fea ture is available as Set Max for the max property Use the Cancel button to discard all changes that have been done Note that this calibration process is done online Stored values If you have selected a channel that is stored the channel is present the PIN code is correct and that your are allowed to adjust factory defaults you can modify the value of the channels of the type Hour count Event count and Memorizing Channels hannels 2 selected MOM w Hour Counter 2 o N O Service time Change value It is a simple dialog where you enter the new value Enter new value 23 19 User manual IQAN Software G3 375 The real McCoy 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS Measure To measure on channels tap the Measure button EPPP w Scaled The channels you have selected in the channels Name Value Yin Swing pos 41 78 OK window with the check boxes will show up Tap yin Telescope pos 110 96 OK the Start button to start measure The button label will change to Stop when measuring For status indicator each channel you will see the value and the sta
168. e language 1 Name language 2 The channel s name in two languages shown on the display Channels Input channel Trigger channel The value of this input channel is scaled inserted in a J1939 package and sent via CAN Select Transmit continuously to send this value at the rate specified on the J1939 tab Select a digital channel to transmit the value when that channel goes from low to high User manual IQAN Software G32 210 J1939 Digital out 8 Channels J1939 properties Engine started 40 J1939 digital out A Appl J1939 properties for the channel J1939 Digital out J1939 Id Priority The priority of the parameter s message Parameter group number The parameter s group identity number Valid range is PGN 65280 65535 Source Address SA The sender address This is the same for all J1939 out puts and is specified in the module properties see sec tion Sender address on page 191 Transmit rate Transmit rate ms How often the message will be sent This is only used when Trigger channel is set to Transmit continuously See the properties tab for the channel User manual IQAN Software G32 211 J1939 Digital out 8 Channels J1939 Data J1939 standard formatting When checked the standard bit length of 2 bits is used otherwise bit is used Data offset bit The parameter s bit position User manual IQAN Software G3 212 Adjustable values 8
169. e G32 28 Digital inputs and outputs 4 Getting started Creating the function We will now create the function When the digital input Windshield wiper button is activated the Windshield wiper output will be activated We will use the channel Windshield wiper button as the input signal to an activating object for the output Windshield wiper e Click on the Function tab in the dialog box Channel information e Right click in Activating objects and select Add object Windshield wiper XP A0 Digital out A1 Primary Pin C18 xi Properties Function P Multi function l z Select state z Activating objects Locking objects Blocking objects Add object Del Ghl Right Ctr Gtr C Gtr y Cand or Function page for the digital output Windshield wiper We will now enter an expression which will activate the digital output Windshield wiper button High When the input signal Windshield wiper button has the state high 1 the out put Windshield wiper will be activated e As the above mentioned condition is a comparison make sure that the Comparison option is selected e Click in the drop down list box for Input and select the channel Wind shield wiper button A condition is suggested Check that it is correct and click OK User manual IQAN Software G3 29 Digital inputs and outputs 4 Getting started Activating object g Shamel a Lavy lint Grane a
170. e IQAN system s master module In IQANdevelop you also find functions for measuring and fault finding which facilitates work during ser vice The manual is intended to function as a reference book when working In the chapters you find short explanations to all the menus and dialog boxes We show with examples how you create functions for the different channels as well as how you use IQANdevelop s measuring system We have written a Getting started chapter as a practical introduction to IQANdevelop and it is intended that you use the PC at the same time as you read the chapter It is important to point out that the examples are not complete with regard to safety and must not be used on a machine User manual IQAN Software G3 Installing QANdevelop 2 Installation 2 installation Installing IQANdevelop Before you install IQANdevelop please read the Safety regulations in chapter 3 e Insert the CD into your computer s CD ROM unit The installation pro gram starts automatically If not open the CD ROM unit in the Explorer and double click on Install exe e Follow the instructions in the installation program If there is something you do not understand click on the Next gt button or press Enter to con tinue the installation e The installation file also contains IQANsimulate and IQANdevelop for PalmOS To install these softwares follow the instructions given by the installation program You can always download the latest up
171. e are only interested in the Register button Press the Register button to access the Register PDA dialog Registration options For your security registering the IQANdevelop for Palm software is manda tory The user name and serial number in combination are used to track appli cation updates on a master unit Checking any of the extra features extend the functionality of IQANdevelop for Palm However enabling these features call for some extra considerations due to the results of their use The features are explained further hereafter Register PDA COM2 xi User name KOS X O my CY J Allow update of application and vm C S s Allow adjust factory defaults us a 4 Show intemal channels Don t include application codes Include application codes from key Include application codes from list below Application code a Add Delete Delete all Register online Save Registration dialog box Allow update of application and vmAC This feature allows IQANdevelop for Palm to update a master unit with a new vmAC and a new application Consider if the user of the registered Palm should be able to update a master module before checking this feature User manual IQAN Software G3 362 Registration 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS Allow adjust factory defaults This feature is intended to be used in the production process With this feature enabled you can adjust the factory default parameters
172. e available to you at the sole option of Licensor or its Distributors If the Software is mod ified by you or merged into other program materials processed or used by solely by you Licen sor and its Distributors shall not have any liability or incur any expense or be affected in any way by any such modification or merger even if such modification or merger results in the for mation of an updated or new work Rather such Software in its modified or merged form shall continue at all times to be the sole and exclusive property of Licensor and shall be subject to all provisions of this Agreement Limited warranty Limited warranty Licensor warrants that a the original Software will perform substantially in accordance with the accompanying written materials for a period of ninety 90 days from the date of receipt and b any hardware accompanying the Software will be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of one 1 year from receipt date Any implied warranties on the Software and the hardware are limited only to ninety 90 days and one 1 year respectively The limited warranty applies to the original Software and not to any copies made by you or others from the original Software or copies thereof User manual IQAN Software G3 Customer remedies Licensor s entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall be at Licensor s option either a return of the price paid or b repair or re
173. e present application Directional analog inputs A directional analog input consists of a track bar and an edit box The track bar is scaled from 100 to 100 Set the value in one of the following ways e move the slider with the mouse e press lt Arrow Up gt lt Arrow Down gt keys or lt Page Up gt lt PageDown gt for larger steps e type a value and press Enter The slider is by default not spring loaded which means that it keeps its posi tion when it is released It can be set spring loaded by right clicking on the slider and selecting Spring loaded in the popup menu that appears Spring loaded means that the slider returns to zero when released If there is no slider and the edit box is greyed out the channel is not defined in the present application User manual IQAN Software G3 345 The channels 14 IQANsimulate Outputs Current outputs A current output consists of a bar graph and a label which shows the output value in mA If the label is missing the channel is not defined in the present application Simulate an overload or an open load by right clicking on the current output and select Overload Open load in the popup menu In order to reset the Overload error you will have to zero the output value on the channel NOTE Multi mode is not supported Hence settings for mode 1 apply Digital outputs A digital output is represented by a green lamp High output is indicated
174. e tags are equipped with grey boxes If you click on the grey box for respective channel a measure flag with the measured value is shown More than one channel can be measured at the same time When measure is in progress the grey box color shifts and the channel s sta tus is shown e green means that the measured value is OK e yellow shows that you have entered a simulated value for the channel or that this channel is locked e red indicates an error for example that the value is outside permitted lim its or alarm limits By holding the mouse pointer over a channel s measure flag during measure ment a yellow text box shows the channel s error message Start the measure by selecting Measure gt Start measure press the function key F4 or use the button Start measure in the tool bar Stop the measure by selecting Measure gt Stop measure press function but ton F4 or use the button Stop measure in the tool bar User manual IQAN Software G3 312 Measuring in a block diagram 13 Measuring and fault finding IQANdevelop C Program Files IQAN software Applications DemoCrane idt Measuring File Edit System View Measure Help Bl x eb PEYO FREF A E C TAS arer System overview Graph MDM Left Joystick Right Joystick XP2 Power xP2 Lower HBC Radio Transmission g T IQAN XP2 A0 XP2 Power 2461 Swing pos Pv Swing 4 T3135 Stick pos PYR Swing Pump
175. e the current load weight with the maximum load weight Load weight gt Maximum weight gt Overload indication Overload e Open the function page for the channel Overload e Right click on a row and select Add object e Select gt greater than as Operator e Select Load weight as Operand A User manual IQAN Software G3 66 Channels for conditional messages 4 Getting started e Select Max weight as Operand B Digital math object A x MIE Ree 7 OperandA Channel Operator OperandB Channel V Load weight ton z p gt 7 Max weight ton z a H j Delete Cancel The mathematical expression for position A e Click OK to store We have now created the overload function for the boom and the telescope with accompanying warning messages on the display Navigating In the navigator there is not sufficient space for the complete function for overload indication We will look at the function in stages e Click on the channel Overload e Select View gt Show Navigator Overload IQAN MDM Math digital A Load weight Prop valve telescope Overload Max weight Warning overload 90 Warming overload The navigator shows the connection between the internal channel Overload and respective out put channels In the navigator we see that the outputs Prop valve boom and Prop valve telescope and the conditional message channels Warnin
176. e the internal digital channel as input to a limiting object for the current output Remember to create one limiting object for each direction Limiting object E AN Input Outside range eg Keo w Lever error indication x Freeze value co Retum to 100 ae z a 7 N Int Channel 7 Out1 Channel Fae CS 100 00 ouTz oun In2 Channel 7 Out 2 Channel Ein fie ef z Ol E Delete Cancel Output is blocked if an error is detected User manual IQAN Software G3 280 Primary and secondary channel 9 Functions and objects Primary and secondary channel The channel connections for most outputs are split up into two channels one primary and one secondary channel They both control the same pin but can have different properties and or function Both the primary and secondary channel is calculated If both are active a dual function error is activated and the channels are deactivated Even if slope times are defined for the channels they will not be used and the output value will immediately return to zero NOTE For PWM outputs it is allowed to activate primary and secondary channel at the same time provided that they are not activated in the same direction This exception allows you to use the primary channel positive direction to control one function and the secondary channel negative direction to control some thing else Since PWM outputs are often used to control functions with one directio
177. eate the channel Math analog index B e Give the channel the following properties Name Max weight Unit ton e Click on Apply to store 90 of maximum weight mathematical analog e Create the channel Math analog index C e Give the channel the following properties Name 90 of max weight Unit ton User manual IQAN Software G3 60 Channels for conditional messages 4 Getting started e Click on Apply to store Overload mathematical digital A mathematical digital channel gives a result from a calculation as high low true or false depending on whether the mathematical condition is fulfilled or not Load weight gt Maximum weight gt Overload indication If the input signal Load weight is greater than the input signal Maximum weight the condition is true and an overload is indicated If the condition is not fulfilled the result is false We will now create the properties for a Mathematical digital channel The procedure is the same as for the other channels but we will take it step by step as it is a new channel type e Right click on the channel connection Math digital index A and select Add channel e Select View gt Show channel info e Click in the Name language 1 box and enter Overload e Click on Apply to store When we have created all channels we can use them in functions for the cur rent outputs Creating the function The conditions for blocking during overload are only applicable to
178. ects to turn false and thereafter true again to change the counter s value Resetting objects The resetting objects have the highest priority Every time the objects value switches from false to true the counter s value is reset to zero The counter s value remains zero until the objects value turns false again Several resetting objects You can use up to eight resetting objects for a counter If you have several resetting objects you use one of the following boolean equations OR The counter is reset to zero Reset 1 Reset 2 Reset 3 Reset 8 If one or more objects are true the counter is reset to zero AND The counter is reset to zero Reset 1 Reset 2 Reset 3 Reset 8 All objects have to be true to reset the counter s value to zero Below is an example of how the counter s objects affect the counter s value User manual IQAN Software G3 265 Event counter 9 Functions and objects T1 T2 gt 100ms A Increasing object Ruka m Decreasing object A G Resetting object AS A Counter s value ra The counter s objects NOTE The pulse times T1 and T2 must be longer than 100 ms See also section Stored values page 214 if you have Store value enabled Creating a function The function is created in the same way as you create a function for a digital output see section Creating a fu
179. ed Enter corresponding Out value for the two possible input val ues Outside range Freeze value The object s value will be frozen if the object s input signal is outside the range In 1 In 2 Return to zero The value for a controlling or limiting object will be Return to 100 0 or 100 if the object s input signal is outside the range In I In 2 Click OK to create the object To delete an object use the Delete button Can cel closes the dialog box without creating any objects User manual IQAN Software G3 217 Conditional objects Functions and objects 9 Functions and objects For a conditional object you can use one of the following conditions com parison between the object s input signal and another value or check if the object s input signal is inside or outside a defined interval xi Neches C Comparison EIRAN ON Input Operand Channel F ay SY Ve ss s N E Interval a ie ree ow limit Channel Input High limit Channel 55 00 gt Radius cm x gt 260 00 Object is True wher C input value is inside limits input value is outside limits Locking object interval definition Comparison Input The input signal for the object Operand Comparison value or channel Channel Check this box to select a channel as operand Input Operator Operand True n a The object s value is constantly True Digital I O channel equal to Constant Low High lt
180. ee ccd cams 211 Adjustable values 0 cece cece ence ene e nen ence een EEEE 213 Factory default adjustable cece cece e cece e ences 213 COPY properties view sesadaredawende ve eenia EEE e wee EEA 214 Stored Values 9 i0 cv sannir ver hinecnets dednstnyelaeodueisarseadengnee 214 9 Functions and objects cccec ccc e cece ee cceeecceescceees 215 Functions and objects sr eriirisrri riitt e ence eee eect ent eneeees 216 Properties and functions ccc cece cece eee e teen ene eeee 216 Linear ODjCCtS cerier airsean Earne E vere tants ves ERAN 216 Conditional objects cece cece eee ence eee ene ene eneaes 218 Mathematical objects cc cece cence cence ene n een eaes 219 CUIMENEOUL beds tis fs cndes Rete n os Spee babes moe eb E mde ete 223 Controlling objects ek cece cece cent ence eee ees 224 Limiting objects 2 0 cece cece eee e eee eect ene eeeaes 226 Controlling and limiting objects cece cece eee eee eee 228 Connected objects cece cee cece een e nee eee eaeenes 228 LOCKING objects ss cenicntsiee sand nar ENEA EAEEREN RREN 230 Creating afUNCTION ssrscissrisiruisrieieisitdriiviikokkov isi 231 Multiple functions 0 ccc e cece cece ence eee e cnet eeeee 234 Creating multiple functions cee cece e cence nee eens 234 Measuring multiple functions 0 cee cece eee eee eens 235 PWM OUT wiccc si cetece rin ee tasiri drin Ari
181. egative number If the command value for the engine speed increase or decrease faster than the diesel engine speed can be changed you may have to filter the output signal of this channel Engine load XT2 A0 Engine load A xi Properties Name language 1 Engine load Name language 2 Engine load Filter s 20 Properties for the channel Engine load User manual IQAN Software G3 183 Engine load 8 Channels Name Name language 1 The channel s name in two languages shown on the Name language 2 display Filtering the input signal Filter s To attain slower changes in the channel s signal The value is entered in s EXAMPLE If you enter the filter value 20 s and the command value for the engine speed increase 100 in one second the filtered signal will reach 100 after 5 seconds Signal User manual IQAN Software G3 184 E Gas out 8 Channels E Gas out With this channel you can control the position of an actuator The actuator controls the governor of the diesel engine s injection pump In this way the speed of the diesel engine can be controlled x Properties Function Name language 1 Engine speed channel Engine control l Engine speed x Name language 2 Min RPM Max RPM Engine contral e0000 2300 00 Value mY Setup mode C Manual setup P regulator Min mV Max mV fi 00 l regulator B Auto setup Enabling channel D regulator
182. el are used in the same way as for the digital outputs For further information see section Digital out page 237 The channel s value The channel value is not the same as the function value The function value is false or true as for all digital functions but the channel value is one of the fol lowing Inactive Active F1 F2 F3 or ESC If the channel is used in an ana log mathematical object the value is converted to a number 0 5 Channel Numerical Description value value Inactive 0 The channel is not visible function value is False Active 1 The channel is visible function value is True User manual IQAN Software G3 262 Interactive message 9 Functions and objects Fl 2 F1 has been pressed and function value is True F2 3 F2 has been pressed and function value is True F3 4 F3 has been pressed and function value is True ESC 5 ESC has been pressed and function value is True The channel must be Active before it can be acknowledged by one of the dis plays function buttons If one of the buttons F1 F2 F3 or ESC is pressed when the channel is Active the displayed message will be removed and the channel s value will change to the corresponding button value This value will be kept until the function value changes to False which sets the channel value to Inactive EXAMPLE In a machine with two fuel tanks we want the driver to control the refuel ing The machine has one ordinary fuel tank and one auxiliary f
183. elect the channel s destination module in the menu 1QANdevelop C Program Files IQAN software Applications DemoCraneade jol x Fie Edit System View Measure Help SES mm RED OG ETEF System overview Graph MDM Left Joystick Right Joystick XP2 Power XP2Lower HBC Radio Transmission g T IQAN XP2 A1 XP2 Lower B A2 Boom pressure Bar 3 Oil level Litre 4dd channel Ins 32 Edit channel Alt Enter __P Grapple O Delete channel Del O PvAGrapple E Select channel Space Cut channel Ctrl x Copy channel Ctrl C Paste channel Ctri y The modules with available channel connections Demo crane 3 00 Develop Pro ias comt offline yy Moving a channel to another module Confirming move of channel When you move a channel you receive a message to confirm that the channel will be moved Click Yes or No NOTE Consider that if you move a channel with a predefined name Channel type Channel connection number Module type CAN address this name goes with the channel User manual IQAN Software G3 122 You should be con sistent when defin ing the direction Naming channels 8 Channels Naming channels When you name channels it is important to keep to the same standard throughout the whole naming procedure In reality there is no right or wrong but it should be apparent from the name how the channel works a little rec
184. ell as functions to send or get an application from the master module Add module Shift Ins Adds a module to the application The program checks that the maximum number of modules is not exceeded Remove module Shift Del Deletes a module from the application To delete a module all defined channels on that module must first be deleted A warning message is displayed Module proper Shift To change a module s properties You need to ties Enter open the module s block diagram before you can select the command in the system menu Check applica F9 Checks if the application contains any errors or tion warnings Send applica F2 Sends the application to the IQAN master tion Get application F3 Gets the application from the IQAN master User manual IQAN Software G3 83 Drop down menus 5 Menu overview Get error event log Update vmAC Chat Display control Restart master Clear error event log Set clock Connect via Ctrl F3 Gets the error event log together with the appli cation from the IQAN master Updates the operating system in an IQAN module You can send text messages from IQAN develop to communicate with an IQAN user You can control and view the IQAN MDM dis play via this dialog box Restarts the IQAN master module without breaking the power Clearing the error and event log in the master Set date and time in the IQAN master The clock on the PC is used as a re
185. enabled when there is a log file open Stop playback The button is enabled when playback is in progress The status bar Traffic indicator Channel name Application description Status lamp Connection status Angle boom Reach stacker 1 00 Le E CAN OK 7 The status bar consists of five smaller fields where diverse information is shown In the first field from the left the name of the selected channel is shown The name of the present application is shown in the second field The third field indicates any traffic coming in on the CAN bus The fourth and fifth field show status for the connection to the master During connection the status lamp in the fourth field is green If no messages are received from the master module this lamp will turn yellow To close the con nection click on the status lamp By clicking it again the connection will reopen User manual IQAN Software G3 338 The module panels 14 IQANsimulate The module panels General Each expansion module in an IQAN system is represented by a panel in the main window The module panel contains controls for every input channel and indicators for every output channel on the module Power Module Status YPE Module Underline character index and name Channel index letter Module header ZAA IQAN XP AI Driver s Dash Yoltage inputs Current outputs Digital outputs i B i B A Bo C BD E F AB e D 1 i
186. ene e teen eaes 350 Error and status codes cece cece e cence cnet ence ence eneneee 351 Application Codes cc cece cece eee naene ene na 354 Application code ccc cece cece ence een ence ene eenenenee 354 Troubleshooting siirre cece cence eee erent nee cence ene eneeees 355 No contact with master cece cece cece e tence ee enees 355 Unstable contact with master cece eee e cece eee eeee 355 Application does not work as expected cece cece eee 355 Excel does not work as expected cece eee ence eee 356 File types IQANsimulate cece eee cece eee eect ene en cence 357 The settings file Liss 0 cece cece cece cece eee n eee een enee 357 The application and settings file List cece eee eee 357 SHOFLCUtS s fos ccs oa nad e e aa a acd a fide teeaneduy 358 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS ccccccscccccsscccsscccscccces 359 Introdu ON s espionner Oho da EEEE KEREN REONT 359 Installation seiere tia iinan SEKE AE bega E 360 Installing IQANdevelop for Palm OS cece eee eee eee 360 REGISTABION sessesrereureeidro baibhearere tidied nes eisai ad Gada eves de eae ainebrd 361 Accessing IQANdevelop conduit cece eee een eee ee 361 Registration Options cece esiri rie eee eee n eee 362 HOW tO registereren nrn enia nite a dine ees 364 ONIING y deau ava hes eedaed savage daned awa edad iaweviewdee eae 364 Nia registration fi
187. equency in index A in the block diagram for XP 0 and select Add channel e Select View gt Show channel info e Click in the Name language 1 box and enter the channel name Speed e Click in the upper Unit box and enter the unit km h As the input is a frequency Hz signal we need to rescale the signal to the unit km h to be able to use it in our calculations Scaling occurs as follows km h amp Speed km h Rt pwc eee ee ees The values are found in a data sheet for the frequency sensor L gt F 338 Hz requency Diagram for scaling the input signal Further information about the scaling and sensor type see properties fre quency in e Click in the Max Hz box and enter 338 e Click in the Scaled max box and enter 24 In this instance we use an inductive passive sensor to measure the speed To indicate the signal from the sensor we select Low trig level e Select the alternative Low trig level e Click on Apply User manual IQAN Software G3 32 Frequency input 4 Getting started xi Properties Name language 1 Unit Factory default Speed kmh Max Hz Name language 2 Unit E Speed kh agiustabie Max Hz Alternative buttons for Fey selection of trig level 2400 Tigeve amp el High trig level Simulated value Alarm low Alarm high Value Hz Filter 0 Properties for the frequency input Speed Creating the function We will now create the functio
188. er a Parameter Group Number PGN PGN is sometimes specified as two numbers PF PGN Format and PS PGN Specific PGN is calculated as follows PGN PF 255 PS Parameter group numbers 61184 to 61439 and 65280 to 65535 are reserved for proprietary messages and can be used for your specific J1939 outputs See SAE J1939 21 for more information Source Address SA The source address is the sender s address If the IQAN system is the sender the recommended address is 39 On the TOC8 module source address is always 39 J1939 Data In IQANdevelop the second part of the message is called J 939 Data A data field contains different kinds of data depending on the type of parameter You will find the data in the manufacturer or SAE J1939 specifications User manual IQAN Software G3 188 SAE J1939 8 Channels Transmit rate The transmit rate specifies how often a message for a specific parameter group will be sent on the SAE J1939 network If a defined incoming message for some reason is not transmitted on time the IQAN system indicates time out SAE J1939 Diagnostic If an ECU on the J1939 network wants to report an error it sends a diagnostic message The message contains a Suspect Parameter Number and a Failure Mode Identifier Suspect parameter number SPN The SPN is used to identify the parameter for which diagnostics are being reported The SPNs are assigned to each individual parameter in a Parameter Group SPN C
189. er the Properties tab you fill in the channel s name By using the Delay on off property it is possible to delay the on off transition of the signal Int Pressure delay MDM Internal digital B mM x4 Properties Function Name language 1 fit Pressure delay Name language 2 fit Pressure delay I Toggle Delay on ms 1500 Delay off ms 0 Properties for internal digital Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages shown on Name language 2 the display Delay on off Delay on ms The time delay is given in ms E g if you require a button to be pressed down for a certain time before a function starts If the function is activated shorter time than the speci fied delay on time the channel s state will not be affected User manual IQAN Software G3 141 Internal digital 8 Channels Delay off ms The time delay is given in ms E g if you want a function to continue a time after you have released the button the input signal has returned If the function is blocked shorter time than the speci fied delay off time the channel s state will not be affected For further information about the delay on off properties see section Digital out on page 178 Switch status for the output signal Toggle The channel s state will alternate between true and false for every activation of the channel Every other time the state is true every other time false
190. eral input signals and one output signal The out put signal s value is determined by the input signals and the box s function that is how the input signals are treated in the box The objects are divided into linear conditional and mathematical objects The linear object s value is proportional to the input signal we call it an ana log value The conditional object s value is either false or true we call it a digital value Mathematical objects are used to create advanced mathematical functions The object s output value can be either analog or digital NOTE When we talk about digital object values they can only be false or true Digi tal function or channel values however can be either false true or low high Low high is used for the physical digital channels i e digital in digital out and alarm out This is done to make it clear what the signal level is Analog values are all numbers within the range 32000 32000 For example 25 17 C 72 60 52 1 bar 1850 rpm etc Properties and functions Shown below is a diagram of how the channels properties and functions are treated Inputs Outputs Input signals Output signals _ Properties Function Properties gt mV mA Hz km h true 0 12V 0 5 V 1 bar false 0 24V Internal channels low high A 4 l L Properties Function km h km h
191. ernal channels are often used to group conditions for different situa tions EXAMPLE Several outputs should be blocked when an alarm situation is active The alarm situation can be caused by several input signals such as low hydrau lic pressure low brake pressure etc Instead of adding a lot of blocking limiting objects to every output in con cern you can put the blocking objects in an internal digital channel After that you use that internal digital channel as input signal to one blocking or limiting object for the channels to be blocked out at an alarm In this way you reduce the total number of objects and achieve faster pro cessing in the master You also get a structured application Cycle Start pos OK MDM Internal digital I i xi Properties Function Activating objects Locking objects Blocking objects Telescope pos lt Cyc Cycle Start pos OK Autocycle enable Fe Autocycle enable Tr and Co Cand o Cad Co Function page for an internal digital channel For more information see section Digital out on page 237 User manual IQAN Software G32 253 PID 9 Functions and objects PID With this channel type you can create feedback controls The purpose of a feedback control system is to follow a command value with as little control error as possible Command value _ Control error Control value Regulator Controlled object gt
192. ers Gutsiaelinits Locking object for Gearbox forward e Click OK to create the object We have now created the function for Gearbox forward Gearbox reverse Create the following for Gearbox reverse Switch reverse high AND Pressure parking brake lt 30 gt Activate the output Speed gt 1 00 km h gt Locks the output s state After creating the function for Gearbox reverse the whole function is done Navigating e Select the channel Gearbox forward e Select View gt Show Navigator SE ital out B1 Primary Pin C119 re parking brake Speed TT TE The navigator shows the connection between the inputs and the output From the navigator we see that the output Gearbox forward is affected by the inputs Switch forward Pressure parking brake and Speed Select the channel Gearbox reverse in the block diagram to see it s inputs User manual IQAN Software G3 41 Current outputs 4 Getting started Current outputs In this section we will look at how to use the analog current outputs A cur rent output is used for example to control proportional valves To look at this we have chosen to create a function to manoeuvre the boom and the tele scope on the Reach Stacker machine What do we want to happen The boom and the telescope will be controlled using a lever How will it work When the lever is in its centre position both the boom and the telescope will be s
193. es during a test For example you need to adapt the PID parameters during regulation or perhaps change a limit value for an object The best way to do this is by entering these values as function parameters If several functions refer to the same parameter for example number of revo lutions it is a good thing to use a function parameter for this value In this way the parameter s value only have to be changed in one place The number of revolutions will then be updated automatically in every referred function and you do not have to worry about missing a function The parameter values can be changed via the display or in IQANdevelop Cycle times MDM Function parameter 2 q x Properties Name language 1 Unit Cycle times pes Name language 2 Unit Cycle times Jess Min Max 0 fi 0 Factory default Value 2 IV Adjustable Value 3 Step size small Step size large 1 3 J Use decimals Properties for a function parameter Name and unit Name language 1 The function parameter s name in the two languages Name language 2 shown on the display Unit The unit to be presented on the display together with the value of the function parameter User manual IQAN Software G3 164 Function parameters 8 Channels Parameter values Min Minimum value for the parameter s adjustable range Max Maximum value for the parameter s adjustable range Factory default The factory default value for this function param
194. esios coiii eeri Ea EEEa E EEA 180 E GaS POSITION 2s cs 0e dessa de n iia EEA ESEE OENE EE EREE REE 182 Engineload isrrrisicrtin kesir ane whee GNA TOAT EOE NAATA 183 EGS OUT rasera a a RRE REEE ERA R 185 Auto setup casiicicaign tases E Ea EEEE ER EERE EEA 186 SAEJI939 i dasccaiededaaed saree weve nnie ie dindeta nema seaweed ene 188 J1939 Jd sis ecvis baie aiaeiend E a bheaweteeiadhnew nade 188 J1939 Data oi errei a Side ied vie aid nea hed scat auda e ealedas 188 SAE J1939 Diagnostic cece eee cece ene eee eens 189 a tip about creating an application for an engine 191 JTS T Analog I snsscmdscodanssesccceraineahss seas alee oeaunen eames 192 J1939 prop rti s 06 i sien voce dbdaaeades danse aeons eho eiw ones 195 J1939 DIQitAliN scoecesdgade setiad n EN A EE sees vacates 197 31939 pr p rti s 6c esis draies ce steal eng Galata deer ad wee Gaiew eats 198 J1939 throttle out 2 0 ce cence eee ence eee ee ence enee 200 User manual IQAN Software G3 Contents J1939 Properties ewceciissiekewe ds una en dean ee E ease 201 J1939 Lamp indicator cee cece ccc ce eee eee n eee e ences 203 JT939 DIAGNOSTIC vec cisc cei eees citadiere irer e noi eee seas eee be e 204 JTI ANOJ OUE cecsyedces ciees Pes dens cde ved EAEAN RAN 206 J1939 Properties 325 cscs rieri e ea cw nE EE ase see bo saan 208 J1939 Digital Ut cncveadesnduven pne ON EEEE NET 210 J1939 PIOPeMleS csc iscex tiekiesea ca Wess ee tea aaa ee e
195. esponds to the four different modes Mode selection MDM Mode selection A ma x Properties Function Name language 1 M ode selection Name language 2 Mode selection Enabling channel Enable mode selection x Properties for the mode select channel Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages Name language 2 Enabling channel Enabling channel Select a digital channel to enable auto mode To always use auto mode select True If enabling channel is false then the manually selected mode is used i e the mode selection channel value equals manually selected mode otherwise the func tion for this channel is used to select mode User manual IQAN Software G3 158 State selection 8 Channels State selection This channel type is used together with the multi function alternative for the output channels With this channel combined with one or more outputs it is possible to create state machines Tele Grapple State MDM State selection A Tele Grapple State Tele Grapple State Apply Properties for the State selection channel Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages Name language 2 For further information about the channel see section State selection on page 275 User manual IQAN Software G32 159 Module diagnostic 8 Channels Module diagnostic This channel type is mainly intended to make it possible to me
196. ess level is determined by a licence number that is entered at installa tion Previously a hardware key was used for this purpose You can exchange your hardware key for a licence number instead This is done by sending your hardware key to Parker and we will send you a licence number in return If you do not have a licence you will get the lowest access level Read The licence number is logged in the master module when an application is downloaded This way you can always see who did the last application down load in a particular master module Of course you must keep track of which person uses which licence number A typical licence number looks like this 4C7271 0841 05 365A Access level For IQANdevelop there are four different access levels Develop pro Develop Change and Read Develop pro and Develop are the highest levels in which you create the application for the machine Access level Develop pro have unlimited access to all functions in IQANdevelop plus IQANsimulate With the Develop level you don t have access IQANsimulate or to all internal channels The ones you don t have access to are marked with a red padlock symbol in the block diagram In the Change level you can edit applications to a certain extent and in the lowest level Read you can generally only read application parameters In all four levels you have access to IQANdevelop s measurement system to carry out fault finding on the system The access leve
197. eter Value It must be a value between Min and Max Adjustable Check if the value shall be adjustable from the display Value Enter the value for this function parameter This is the channel s value when it is adjustable otherwise the factory default value is used The operator can reset this value to the factory default value from the display For more information see section Adjustable values on page 213 Step size small When pressing the display button shortly to adjust the function parameter s value the value is adjusted with the value of the step size small Step size large If you hold the display button pressed down the func tion parameter s value is adjusted in large steps Use decimals For some function parameters decimals doesn t make sense e g counts etc In those cases leave this box unchecked When checked the parameter is presented with two decimals Entering a value outside given range If you enter a value in the Value field which is outside the specified value lim its min and max the following message is displayed IQANdevelop Error J xj eee os nnd Y 06 be within the range 0 00 5 00 a Error message when you have entered an illegal value Factory default Value is out of range Must User manual IQAN Software G3 165 SMS input 8 Channels SMS input This channel receives it s value from an external system GSM phone via SMS Short Message Service A
198. eze value Freeze value is default Below is an example of the purpose of freezing the output signal s value If the object s input signal is less than Jn J the object s output signal keeps the value Out 1 Also if the input signal s value is greater than Jn 2 the out put value will be frozen to Out 2 y Controlling object BN Limiting object Out 2 Out 1 Out 2 In1 In2 Input signal to the object Input signal to the object The objects output signal will be frozen if the input signal is outside the breakpoints Return to zero Return to 100 With the Return to zero and Return to 100 options you can connect up to eight objects in order to get a graph with several breakpoints If the object s input signal is less than Jn or greater than Jn 2 the object s output signal will be reset to zero for a controlling object and reset to 100 for a limiting object Controlling object 7 Limiting object Out 2 Out 1 In1 In2 Input signal to the object Input signal to the object The objects output signal will be reset to zero or 100 if the input signal is outside the breakpoints User manual IQAN Software G3 229 Current out 9 Functions and objects Locking objects The locking objects consist of conditions to lock the current output s value The locking objects have higher priority than the controlling objects The lim iting objects have the highest pr
199. f the current that will be output You enter the minimum and maximum current output under the properties tab EXAMPLE Min current 200 mA Max current 500 mA 50 output gives 0 5 500 200 200 350 mA 70 output gives 0 7 500 200 200 410 mA Locking objects are conditional they consists of conditions to lock the cur rent output s value User manual IQAN Software G3 223 Current out 9 Functions and objects Controlling objects The primary role of the controlling objects are to control the function for an output that is how much current will be output The value for a controlling object s output signal is between 0 100 The controlling objects are generally made up of signals that the operator can influence himself for example the signal from a lever or a pedal ce Value of the controlling object ha Value of the current output The current output s value is determined by a controlling object EXAMPLE The telescope on a crane will be controlled by a lever The speed of the telescope s movement shall be proportional to the lever stroke The functions will be as follows 10 lever stroke gives 0 speed on the telescope to create a dead band 100 lever stroke gives 100 speed on the telescope Value of the controlling object OO Reh ee a ge E 90 80 4 70 60 50 4 40 4 30 20 7 10 4 4 id 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Input signal from lever
200. f the application is protected with an application code you will be prompted to enter the code The program gets the application The main window If no application is loaded the icons are disabled The icons are enabled when you get an application The exception is that if you are connected to a TOC2 the Modes and the Error log will not be available The current application is identified by the filename in the top right corner The filename defaults to the application description and can be changed in the info window The main functions are accessed by tapping on the large icons Some less fre quently used functions are placed in the menu system Most functions require you to get the application from the master before doing anything else The other functions will be explained later in their own sections A se TF Errorlog Modules Channels The main window User manual IQAN Software G3 The real McCoy 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS The application slots By tapping in the top right corner you will bring down the application slots They are used to store the applications you get You can have up application description and optionally the ver g lt empty slot gt r g empty slot gt to 14 different applications in your PDA at the ar j lt empty siot same time They will be identified by their amp lt empty slot gt Get l zermnpty slot gt empty slot gt sion number and or the serial number of the lt empt
201. f the driver uses lever control at high speeds The operator may be unsure of whether the lever control is enabled or dis abled How can this be avoided With a neutral position switch in the lever or double inverted input signals from the lever we can detect electrical faults By measuring the orbitrol pressure we can detect when the steering wheel is being used and block the lever control By reducing the maximum current at the output with regard to the vehicle s speed the steering will be less sensitive at higher speeds User manual IQAN Software G3 395 Recommendation of work method Appendix E With a lamp you can indicate whether lever control is enabled or disabled What do we need to know The position of the lever The orbitrol pressure The speed of the vehicle Further safety actions can be needed depending on the vehicle steering s elec trical hydraulic and mechanical construction User manual IQAN Software G3 396 Optimizing the application Appendix F Appendix F Optimizing the application If you create a small application with just a few in and outputs together with some simple functions then you don t have to think about optimizing the application On the other hand if your functions are mathematically advanced and contain lots of objects then it is time to think about optimizing the func tions in your application NOTE If the utilization of the master is raising above 75 you shou
202. ference If you want to enter another time you must do this from the IQAN display By connecting a modem to an IQAN master it modem is possible to do remote communication You can send or get an application chat and mea sure channels Disconnect Disconnects the modem connection that was used for remote communication View Under this menu there are functions to show the properties for a channel the navigator and the multimeter Show channel info Show navigator Show multimeter Ctrl 1 Ctrl 2 Ctrl 3 User manual IQAN Software G3 Shows properties and functions for a channel Click a channel and select Show channel info or double click on the channel s name The navigator is a tool to get an overview of the connection between input and output channels Click a channel and select Show navigator With the function Show multimeter you get a view of all channels you measure on You can measure on several channels located on different modules at the same time 84 Drop down menus 5 Menu overview F11 F12 Next window Previous window If you have several windows dialog boxes open at the same time you can alter between them by selecting next window or previous window Measure In the measure menu you find functions to measure the different channels in the modules There are two types of measures the multi meter or you can have the measure presented in the form of a graph To activa
203. for IQAN XP Engine speed channel miss ing E Gas channel missing SMS input multiple match The IQAN XP module can t handle a system cycle time shorter than 50 ms valid range is 50 75 ms See section Other properties page 107 Feedback channel for E Gas out is not selected Channel type Engine load is defined but no E Gas out Two or more SMS inputs have the same Incoming message specified The master module cannot determine which channel to match with an incom ing message see section SMS input page 166 Warnings Warnings indicates problems in the application The application will probably work but maybe not as expected It is possible to send the application with all the warnings to the IQAN system Unused channel Unit mismatch Incomplete function Missing names and units Duplicate name Priority Delay time not divisible by system cycle time Transmit rate not divisi ble by system cycle time Defined channels that are not used in any function Channels don t have the correct unit For example command and feedback channels for a PID regula tor should have the unit The function for a current or digital output has no controlling or activating objects Missing parame ters in functions such as activating command or feedback channel Name and unit in one or both languages are missing Two or more channels have the same name If a channel with lower priority is used in a function
204. for a channel with a higher priority See section Pri ority order for the channels page 386 The delay time will be rounded towards zero to the nearest number divisible by the system cycle time Example System cycle time is 50 ms If delay time is 175 ms it will be rounded to 150 ms Same as above but for J1939 channels Statistics In the Statistics field the number of channels and objects are shown User manual IQAN Software G3 95 7 Modules 7 Modules This chapter deals with the following e IQAN modules e system overview e block diagram e module properties The IQAN system is based on adding necessary modules and thus designing your own control system IQANdevelop contains a system overview of the modules and their name and address in the application This provides a quick overview of how you have designed your IQAN system In IQANdevelop every module is presented as a block diagram where the different channels are represented With the block diagram as a base you can create functions and properties for each channel The channels used in an application are provided with a name tag In respective block diagram you can also connect internal measure functions to every channel see section Measuring and fault finding on page 311 All modules have properties like name and CAN address but also specific properties like dither frequency for IQAN XP2 User manual IQAN Software G3 96 IQAN modules IQAN
205. for the active channel only relevant when mea suring e Time resolution for the measurement window s grid User manual IQAN Software G3 320 Statistics Measuring with the graph 13 Measuring and fault finding Under the Stat tab the active channel s statistical values are shown These values are generated using markers which you position along on the curve see section Markers on page 324 E Engine press Value 1 935 Value 2 9813 Min 5645 Max 10339 Peak topeak 46 95 Mean 96 94 TueRMS 9707 z T1 382 T2 307 12 11 El Fall time Sea Time div 08 The Stat tab in the channel information section Value1 Value 2 Min Max Peak to peak Mean True RMS T1 T2 T2 T1 Rise time Fall time Time div The curve s value at the left marker position The curve s value at the right marker position The curve s lowest value between the markers The curve s highest value between the markers The difference between Min and Max Mean value between the markers Mean value between the markers Calculation carried out as per true RMS Left marker position on the X axis Right marker position on the X axis Time between the markers Time between Min and Max positions The headings alternate between Rise time and Fall time depending on which value is first Time resolution in the measurement window s grid User manual IQAN Software G3 321 Measuring
206. ften are found on the buttons in the tool bar gt 1QANdevelop NoName idt J O x Menu bar File Edit System Yiew Measure Help eo REA 0 0 2 Fear il Ly by Parkar Tool bar Develop Pro 2S Wh comi Onine lt Status bar Main window in IQANdevelop Depending on where in IQANdevelop you are certain menus commands and function buttons are not available These buttons and menus are shown in grey see screen illustration above User manual IQAN Software G3 81 Drop down menus Drop down menus 5 Menu overview In the menu bar the following menu headings are found File Edit System View Measure and Help The drop down menus are opened by clicking on respective menu heading You can also reach the menus by pressing Alt respective underlined letter key E g Alt F for the File menu Alt M for the Measure menu File Under the File menu there are the usual file functions such as New Open Save and Print There are also specific functions for IQANdevelop such as settings for communication languages preferences for the display s text mes sages as well as the manager for application codes New Ctrl N Open Ctrl O Save Ctrl S Save as Info Application code Print Ctrl P Properties Predefined Application code manager Create safe code Exit Creates a new application Opens an existing application Saves application
207. function on page 247 User manual IQAN Software G3 251 Internal analog 9 Functions and objects Internal analog The function for an internal analog channel resembles the function for a cur rent output The channel s function consists of three types of objects control ling limiting and locking The value of an internal analog channel is within the range 100 100 It is possible to use internal analog channels to extend the number of objects for a current output By creating a function for an internal analog channel and thereafter using the internal channel as input signal for an object for a current output you have access to more objects Command Boom MDM Internal analog F xj Properties Function J7 Multi function l z Select state z Controlling objects Limiting objects Boom pos 0 00 Locking objects Int Auto position mem x C MaxOf MinOf Controlling objects Limiting objects Boom pos 0 00 Cand Co OE C MaxDf Cx MinOf Function page for an internal analog channel For more information see section Current out on page 223 User manual IQAN Software G3 252 Internal digital 9 Functions and objects Internal digital The function for an internal digital channel is created in the same way as a digital output function with activating blocking and locking objects The value for an internal digital channel is digital i e false or true The int
208. g x The entire error log in the master module will be cleared This cannot be undone NOTE Make sure that the machine is not moving and the engine is shut down Do you want to continue Warning message before clearing the error log User manual IQAN Software G3 294 SB With regard to safety you can not upgrade the vmAC via modem connection Update vmAC 11 System communication Update vmAC When you update the vmAC virtual machine for Application Control you are updating the operating system in an IQAN module The vmAC files are distributed from our web site You start by downloading the file to your PC The vmAC file has the file extension ido IQAN operating system To upgrade a module with a new operating system Select System gt Update vmAC Select the file and click Open An information dialog box is displayed z l s ymAC type IQAN MDM Y 06 NZ ymAC version 302 my 7 Comment 2 Vi N A E Do you want to use this file for update No Information about the ido file vmAC type The module type that the file is intended for vmAC version The vmAC version Comments Information about important changes This mes sage shall always be read before the vmAC is downloaded to the IQAN module Select Yes to update the vmAC A control is done to ensure correct module type before the download starts If you try to download a vmAC designed for a
209. g overload 90 and Warning overload are affected by the mathematical channel Overload The mathematical digital channel Overload is affected by the input Load weight and the mathematical analog channel Max weight We will proceed to look at the channel Max weight e Click on the channel Max weight in the navigator Thereafter click on the channel COG User manual IQAN Software G3 67 Channels for conditional messages 4 Getting started COG IQAN MDM Math analog A The navigator shows the input signals to COG and also to the channels COG is connected In the mathematical analog channel Max weight we use the value from the mathematical analog channel COG We have created the channel COG in a previous section User manual IQAN Software G32 68 PID regulator 4 Getting started PID regulator We have now reached the last section in this chapter We will show you how to use a PID regulator We have chosen to construct a feed back wheel steering function for the Reach Stacker machine At high speed it shall not be possible to turn the machine too sharply We want to construct a speed dependant control where the wheel angle is limited as the speed increases What do we want to happen It will be possible to manoeuvre the vehicle using a lever The wheel steering will be speed dependant when you use the lever How will it work When the orbitrol is used the lever manoeuvring will not work i e when you are using
210. g started e Click in the Feedback channel s drop down list box and select Feedback wheel steering There are rules on how to dimension the PID parameters We refer to the Function chapter for more information Enter the following values for the PID parameters e P regulation 00 e regulation 20 e D regulation 0 x Properties Function Command channel eee ine A Command wheel steerin x C Unipolar 0 100 Feedback channel Bipolar 100 100 Feedback wheel steerin gt P regulator Channel 100 l regulator Channel 20 D regulator Channel a Enabling channel True x Function page for PID wheel steering We have now created the function for the PID regulation The next step is to define when the regulation will be activated i e start In this instance we want the regulation to begin when the orbitrol pressure is less than 40 bar then we know that the steering wheel is not used to manoeuvre the machine Orbitrol pressure internal digital To activate the PID regulator we use an internal digital channel as we want a time delay from when the orbitrol pressure drops below 40 bar until when the lever can be used the regulation starts e Add the channel Internal digital index A in the block diagram MDM User manual IQAN Software G3 75 PID regulator 4 Getting started e Open the dialog box Channel information and enter Orbitrol inactive in the Name language I b
211. gine idl File Edit System View Measure Help soa gae 2 FEEF by Parkar o x System overview Graph MDM XP A0 XP A1 LxAO Let any Engine speed RPM IV Engine press 1600 1600 1400 1200 J x y mode X axis Erre neea Pv Z Value Time div 0 8 1000 Demo crane 3 00 Develop Pro as a COMI Online The graph page The page consists of two parts e the measurement window where the curves are drawn e channel information window containing the channels names and data The measurement window The measurement window shows measured data in the form of curves You can present a maximum of ten curves at the same time The curves are color coded i e all curves have different colors so that you can tell them apart The measurement window s X axis shows the time for the measure You can zoom in on the window to view a smaller period of time see section Zooming in out on page 326 User manual IQAN Software G3 318 Measuring with the graph 13 Measuring and fault finding The measurement window s Y axis shows the amplitude for the curves The scale for one curve at a time is shown see section Active channel on page 319 The measurement window is equipped with a grid to facilitate reading The grid resolution in the X direction can be read in the channel information win dow under the Channels tab or the Stat tab see section Channels on page 320 or see section S
212. gle boom Controlling and limiting objects User manual IQAN Software G3 49 Out 1 Out 2 Using more than one object for the current output 4 Getting started The output s value is determined by the following equation Output value Minimum of Control 1 x Control 2 x Control 3 Control 8 Limiting 1 Limiting 2 Limiting 3 Limiting 8 From the diagram we get Input signal Lever boom 50 gt Controlling object 45 Input signal Angle boom 58 5 gt Limiting object 30 The objects output signals are compared and the least one gives the current output s value 45 gt 30 gt The output signal is limited to 30 From the diagram we get The lever s input value 50 gt Controlling object 45 The boom s angle 52 gt Limiting object 100 45 lt 100 gt The output signal will be 45 i e it is not limited by the limiting object Thus If there had been several controlling objects they would have been multiplied to one product and then compared with the limiting objects For further information see section Limiting objects on page 226 We will now create a function to get end reduction on the boom Proportional valve boom e Open the dialog box Channel information Function tab e Right click in Limiting objects and select Add object e Select Angle boom in the drop down list box Input e Enter 55 for In 1 an
213. grade of IQANdevelop from our home page www iqan com User manual IQAN Software G3 This is what a warning symbol looks like Warning symbol 3 Safety regulations 3 Safety regulations This chapter contains regulations to improve safety when you use IQANde velop It is important that you read this chapter before you start creating applications for machines Warning symbol Note that all warning symbols in the manual also refer to safety precautions Emergency stop Without exception every machine must have an emergency stop that can break the power supply to the IQAN system or stop the diesel engine It must be easily accessible from the operator s position IQANdevelop should not be adjusted from locations where the user cannot reach the emergency stop for example outside the driver s cabin Testing the application for machine A risk assessment should be carried out with regard to function and unpre dictable occurrences We refer to the standard for the Machine directives It is very important to test the program for the machine to check that nothing unexpected occurs IQANsimulate software is prepared for verification and fault finding of the application If the application is to be tested in machine people and other objects that can be injured or damaged must be out of range of the machine s working area User manual IQAN Software G3 Sending data to the IQAN system 3 Safety regulations Sending data to the
214. gt not equal to Error Digital internal channel Analog channel Interactive message User manual IQAN Software G3 Digital channel Constant False True Error Digital channel equal to lt gt not equal to equal to Analog constant 50 bar lt gt not equal to 0 lt less than Error gt greater than Analog channel Constant F1 F2 Error Analog channel Same as analog input 218 Functions and objects 9 Functions and objects Mode selection channel Same as analog input Constant mode state State selection channel Error Analog channel To compare the input signal with an error see section Fail safe functions on page 278 Interval Input The input signal for the object Low limit Define the interval for the object s input High limit signal Channel Check this box to select a channel as low or Object is True when channel value is inside limits channel value is outside limits high limit Select if the object shall be true when the object s input signal is inside or outside the interval Low limit Input High limit Analog constant 50 bar Analog channel Analog constant 50 bar 0 etc 0 etc Analog channel Analog channel Constant F1 F2 Interactive message Constant F1 F2 Analog channel Analog channel Constant mode state Mode selection Constant mode state Analog channel State selection Analog channel Click OK to create the ob
215. hat you can adjust the factory defaults value for that channel see section Allow adjust factory defaults on page 363 Resetting all adjustable channels of the selected type to factory defaults is done by tapping the Reset button User manual IQAN Software G3 374 Adjust When you tap Adjust or Calibrate depending on the channel type an integrity check is per formed to verify that the channel is actually present on the master that you are connected to If the properties of the master are PIN code The real McCoy 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS Pin code Enter PIN code protected you will be prompted to enter the PIN code in order to proceed Adjustable values If you have selected a channel that is adjustable QIES the channel is present and the PIN code is cor in Telescope pos i Property Value rect you will get to a window that looks like Min mY 156 this You will have a list of the properties that you can adjust and their current values Max mi How to adjust a value If you would like to adjust a property tap on Adjust that particular value which brings up the V in Telescope pos Property Value adjusting dialog Here you can read out the actual live sensor value both as a voltage and as a scaled value according to the application For a current output you will just have the actual live current value Now you can use your stylus pen to drag the slider or the lt up gt lt
216. have five graph slots that are available to you for measurement Select an empty slot unless you want to overwrite your current graph There is a menu alternative for deleting a graph The nfo button allows you to add a comment to the graph The comment can hold 255 characters The time is automatically captured when you start mea suring User manual IQAN Software G3 376 The real McCoy 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS NOTE Due to the limited power of the processor of the Palm the measurement is not performed at full speed with respect to the master cycle time Measurement is typically carried out with a 100ms sample interval on the Palm That means that glitches and spikes on the signal may not be registered User manual IQAN Software G3 377 Application codes 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS Application codes In this chapter we will be treating application codes QANdevelop for Palm OS leans on the applications made with IQANdevelop for Windows and is therefore supporting application codes Applications created with IQANdevelop for Windows may be protected with an application code to avoid unauthorized access of the application Managing application codes Under the Options menu in the Main window Applicationcodes you will find the Application codes manager T Code You can store application codes in your Palm Q so that you don t have to enter them repeatedly or to grant another person access to a certain app
217. hes of modems sporting a brand new feature often aren t as reliable as subsequent batches will be We recommend getting a modem with the features you need and no more In other words if you need a modem strictly for data commu nication why get a voice modem This is a cost saving recommendation for the most part but there s a certain less can go wrong issue also We recommend using well known brands It s tough to know for sure if the maker of your modem will still be around in a year or two in the event you need a new driver or support for your modem The odds seem to be a bit better if you stick to an established brand Buy from a store with a reasonable return policy This should allow you to test the modem in the environment you ll be using If you need to buy many modems for a project buy one or two first and test them thoroughly with the code you ll be using before committing the money for all of them This only makes sense If you re going to be buying a couple hundred modems make sure you re getting modems that will work well in your situation If nothing else works try using a GSM modem on the PC side as well Make sure that both modems have SIM cards from the same network operator User manual IQAN Software G3 391 iSMS syntax Appendix D Appendix D iSMS syntax There are several commands that can be sent to a remote IQAN system via SMS Short Message Service The command set is called iSMS This
218. his step depends on which master module is used and also module properties in some cases see section Auto answer on page 108 e Start communicating You have access to almost all the functions in IQANdevelop that you have when you use a direct connection Phone book To add a contact in the phone book click Add If you want to Edit or Delete a contact select the contact in the phone book before you click at the button Telephone number x ARLS Name LT f Ce Ta Nils Henriksson we d Telephone number R vA Ws 0709704927 Edit the phone book Export phone book You can save the phone book if you want to use it on another computer The file extension is reg Import phone book To import double click on the reg file in the file manager The names in the reg file will be added to the Windows registry If a name already exist in the register that record will be replaced No contact with the modem If the modem fails to contact it will automatically try again after 60 seconds Disconnect When you no longer are using the modem you should disconnect it e Select System gt Disconnect User manual IQAN Software G3 300 Modem 11 System communication Chat Through the modem you can chat with the IQAN user by sending short mes sages e Select System gt Chat to open the dialog box x Message row 1 Hello ye a Message row 2 0 si Is the machine OK x Timeout as A NG
219. ical digital channel you can carry out relational and logical operations on input signals from other channels The channel s value is either true or false EXAMPLE Performance of boolean operations PID regulator PID regulators are used to do closed loop control e g a straight lift function for a crane The channel s value is 100 100 Integrating limiting channel This channel will normally be used as a limiting object in an analog output e g Current out or E gas out It is similar to a PID with only the integrating part enabled The channel s range is 0 100 User manual IQAN Software G3 114 Internal channels 8 Channels Conditional message On the display you can show messages for different situations e g the oil pressure during operation or a warning message indicating overload The channel can display up to two messages at the same time Interactive message The message is shown when a certain condition is fulfilled The value for the channel can be active or inactive but also F1 F2 F3 or ESC depending on the state of the displays function buttons i e you can use the buttons on the display module as digital inputs Event counter With this channel type is it possible to count different events e g how many times a specific alarm condition has been fulfilled You can increase decrease or reset the channel s value The range is 0 32000 Memorizing channel This channel type is used to memorize or accum
220. ide whether you want to supply some application codes with the regis tration If you choose Include codes from list then you can manually add the application codes that you want to distribute e Put the Palm in registration mode Select Help gt About in the main win dow menu shortcut h in IQANdevelop for Palm OS Tap Register Tap Ok e Click the Register online button in IQANdevelop for Windows User manual IQAN Software G3 364 Registration 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS Via registration file Follow these instructions to activate IQANdevelop for Palm OS with a file e Access the Register PDA dialog as described earlier e Fill in the name of the user of the Palm e Extend the Palm functionality by checking any of the extra features e Decide whether you want to supply some application codes with the regis tration If you choose Include codes from list then you can manually add the application codes that you want to distribute e Click the Save button e Enter the serial number of the PDA you want to register in the dialog that appears The serial number is case sensitive See below how to get the serial number Enter PDA serial number i x gle Ves j i 4 PDA serial number Enter PDA serial number dialog e Click the Ok button to save the Palm database file e Now the saved Palm database file pdb will allow you to activate IQANdevelop for Palm OS Install this file to the PDA whose serial num ber
221. igator Parking brake free IQAN XP A0 Digital out A2 S Switch speed pedal Parking brake free Speed a h lL The Navigator From the navigator we see that the output Parking brake released is affected by the inputs Switch speed pedal and Speed User manual IQAN Software G32 35 Voltage input 4 Getting started Voltage input In this chapter we will look at how to use analog voltage inputs We will for example connect analog sensors with a signal range of 0 5 Vdc To demonstrate how to use a voltage input we have chosen to make a func tion for a forward reverse lock to prevent change of direction when this is not permitted We need to measure the oil pressure to the parking brake with a pressure sensor to get a voltage signal What do we want to happen Prevent switching between forward and reverse directions during operation and also when the parking brake is applied How will it work Forward and reverse locks when speed exceeds 1 km h Forward and reverse must not be active at the same time Forward or reverse must not be active if the parking brake pressure is low parking brake applied What do we need to know The vehicle speed The status of the forward and reverse switch The parking brake pressure To solve the above problems we need two digital outputs for the gearbox s forward and reverse two digital inputs for the switch status a frequency input for the speed and an analog
222. iicsdusecidiasens caus veteiwedwsnedvbessetasaees 90 Application information 000s cece cence cece eee n ene ee ences 90 Language preferences cece cece een tent e eet en tenes 91 FIR POS eseina Dap Sede ae bw o a a bated E TAE 92 Properties for an IQAN file 0 cece cece cece e cence eee ees 92 Print ear aE E rie dslpathwaieaieine tannins EE e eine E N E ben 93 Warnings and statistics ccc cece cece cence eee e ence enenees 94 7 sMOQUIES sccwcsiraccdcaseacacaiesearicduastiend Seasuuseantaesaveeanes 96 QAN MOdUIES tse cca ise cea cateaeswisacatsacs vereeetader sesame esas 97 Master modules cece cece e cece eee e eee ee eect en enenes 97 Expansion Modules cece cece cece ence e ence ene ennees 97 LOVOIS niinen a areca gna eatie aed dealachbodiaie EEE RN 98 SYSTEM OVEIVIEW cc cca cee eces cease bees eed EEEN eee eee EOS cae assed cee 99 Module information 0 cece cece cece eee e eect en ennees 99 Blockidiagram serana EEA iband sande ieaoeaad dbs 6 100 Channel connections 0 cece cece cece e cece ence eeeenees 100 Browsing between the different block diagrams 100 Creating a block diagram cece cece cnet eee nee e en eees 101 Adding a module cece eee e ence creer tent en eeees 101 Removing a module cece eee eee cece ene e eee eaes 101 Channel tabs ses cise ssc is iinan Scoied danas a eedsabes cod ER 103 M
223. iliary Gage Pressure Reading Cear Done Amberwaming J Protect Cael normal most sevg 1 Below normal most seve 2 Erratic or intermittent 3 Voltage above normal 4 Voltage below normal 5 Current below normal 6 Current above normal 7 Out of adjustment 8 Abnormal frequency Engine diagnostic window User manual IQAN Software G3 342 The module panels 14 IQANsimulate NOTE Not all engine manufacturer support all SPN numbers TOC8 IQAN TOCS has 10 voltage inputs 10 digital inputs 4 frequency inputs 2 current outputs 3 pulse width modulation outputs 6 digital outputs and one alarm output m IQAN TOCS TOCS8 layout User manual IQAN Software G3 343 The channels 14 IQANsimulate The channels Description of how to handle the different channel types in the program Con trols for channels that are undefined in the application are disabled They are greyed out and insensitive to all manipulation Inputs Voltage inputs A voltage input consists of a track bar and an edit box The track pris aM bar is scaled according to the corresponding channel s scaled min and scaled max values Set the value in one of the following ways e move the slider with the mouse e press lt Arrow Up gt lt Arrow Down gt keys or lt Page Up gt lt Page Down gt for larger steps e type a value and press Enter Simulate short circuit to VREF or VREF by right Short circuit to
224. indicates if the chair is turned forward or backward User manual IQAN Software G3 118 SAE J1939 8 Channels SAE J1939 There are some channel types used only during communication on the CAN bus dedicated for the protocol SAE J1939 You find these channels on the IQAN XT2 J1939 Analog input This channel type represents values from different analog sensors imple mented in the diesel engine For example fuel and oil temperature The prop erties for a channel are documented in the specification for SAE J1939 or are supplied from the engine manufacturer J1939 Digital input This channel type is used for on off sensors in the diesel engine J1939 Throttle out With this channel the IQAN system controls the speed of the diesel engine This channel represent the engine s command value The unscaled channel range is 0 32000 rpm and the scaled range is 0 100 J1939 Lamp indicator This channel is used to indicate an error situation The manufacturer has spec ified which lamp will be activated and when according to a specific error The value for the channel is either true or false J1939 Diagnostics The channels for diagnostic is aimed to show diagnostic messages on the dis play For example if there is some error in diesel engine information about it will be sent to the IQAN system and a corresponding message will be pre sented on the display J1939 Analog output Use this channel to send user defined analog information o
225. indow The error and event log will be retrieved auto matically when you get the application Switch between viewing the error and event log with the two buttons in the top right corner If you tap on the Module Name button you will alternate between showing module module name and module name alone or chan nel channel name and channel name alone If you tap on the Description Time button you will alternate between showing the date time Errors DEMA Name Description BE Lx A0 Left Joystick 03 2 14 10 58 Lx A1 Right Joystick 03 2 14 10 58 XP2 A0 xP2 ontop 03 2 14 10 58 XP2 A1 XP2 undernea 03 2 14 10 58 Error log d errors and 9 events in the log and the error event description The time format depends on your PDA for mats settings If you tap on one of the errors events you will get the description and the time at the bottom of the screen Error log update check Upon tapping the Error log icon on the main window a check is performed to see if the number of errors and events differ between the log in the Palm and the log in the master If the logs differ you will be advised to get the applica tion again User manual IQAN Software G3 373 The modules window This is where you can see all the modules that are present in your system Tap on one of the modules to get information about that particular module including serial number hardware and software versions and some additional diagnostics i
226. ion g T IQAN MDM System overview Grapl Channel tabs n IO TXT Radio Tat service time Inactive tut call service Inactive Txt menu Pumpitemp Tat menu Dillevel Txt menu Total time Be e eo ee 0 SS a oo Demo crane 3 00 Develop Pro las I com online yy The IQAN MDM module s channel tabs e Click on the desired tab to show the different channels in the block dia gram User manual IQAN Software G3 103 Module properties 7 Modules Module properties By right clicking on a module in the system overview or in its block diagram and selecting Properties a dialog box opens where you can change the mod ule s properties such as name and address Naming the module IQAN Lx A0 xi eee Name CAN address YO Name language 1 s Left Joystick 7 Name language 2 a ae J X Cee The tab for naming the module Name language 1 The module name in two different languages Name language 2 Function buttons To store the new properties click OK The Cancel button closes the dialog box without applying the changes The module name is shown above the block diagram and on the tab for respective module If you do not name the module the module s original name and address are shown instead User manual IQAN Software G3 104 Module properties 7 Modules K IQANdevelop C Program Files
227. ion Measuring and fault finding on page 311 User manual IQAN Software G3 79 5 Menu overview 5 Menu overview This chapter deals with the following e the menu bar e the tool bar e the status bar This section of the manual is intended as a reference to get information quickly on different commands and the tool bar s function buttons In the menu bar you find drop down menus with different commands There is everything from the usual commands Open Save Cut and Paste to those which are more program specific such as Add Remove module inixi File Edit System Yiew Measure Help sonas 23849 00 Ie by Parkar 7 Graph Develop Pro as Icom online 7 The main window in IQANdevelop Some commands are needed more often than others Therefore we have cre ated a tool bar with a number of function buttons On every button there is a figure to symbolize the button s function The status bar contains information which facilitates things for you during the programming For example there is a description of which application is loaded the current user level as well as the status of the connection to the IQAN system User manual IQAN Software G3 80 The main window 5 Menu overview The main window You create your application from the main window In the main window there is a menu bar a tool bar and a status bar The commands are found in drop down menus and the commands you need most o
228. iority in order to limit a locking function A ee The controlling object s value A t a The locking object s state it A ae L Value of the current output it The output s value is locked by a locking object EXAMPLE A typical locking function is the hold function for a hydraulic engine for example operation of a drill where the speed is controlled with a lever A button locks the speed of the drill so that it runs constantly even when you release the lever Several locking objects You can use up to eight locking objects for one function If you have several locking objects the output s state is determined by the following boolean equation OR The locking objects value Locking1 Locking2 Locking3 Locking8 Provided the state of at least one locking object is true i e the locking object s condition is fulfilled the output s value remains locked User manual IQAN Software G3 230 Current out 9 Functions and objects yo The activating object s value t BS t State of Locking object 1 State of Locking object 2 an Value of the analog output SSS a a t The output s value is locked by several locking objects AND The locking objects value Locking1 Locking2 Locking3 Locking8 To lock the output s value all locking objects have to be true Creating a function Under the Function tab in the dialog box Channel i
229. iper e Automatic parking brake e Forward and reverse lock e Manoeuvring of boom and telescope e End reduction function for boom and telescope e Limited lowering speed for the boom e Overload protection e Feedback wheel steering It is possible to work with the chapter at the speed you find appropriate as well as using it as a reference when you have gathered more facts NOTE The examples are not complete in point of safety The application must not be used on a machine User manual IQAN Software G3 19 Starting QANdevelop 4 Getting started Starting IQANdevelop To start the program click on the IQANdevelop icon or the exe file in the Explorer IQANdevelop s main window is displayed d IQANdevelop NoName idt 3 J Oj x File Edit System View Measure Help Soag Bo N lt aD 00 2 FERN by Parker Graph Develop Pro ES a COM1 Online 4 The main window in IQANdevelop In the main window you find all the commands in the drop down menus or as buttons in the tool bar At the bottom of the window there is a status bar which shows for example your access level User manual IQAN Software G3 20 Building an application in QANdevelop 4 Getting started Building an application in IQANdevelop To create our Reach Stacker application we will need the following modules e 1 IQAN MDM master module e 1 IQAN XP expansion module e 1 IQAN Lx lever The first thing we have to do to is t
230. is zero the bandwidth will also be zero When the signal change is larger than the window no bandwidth limitation will be used This function is particu larly good to use for signals that are nervous but where a normal filter would decrease the overall dynamics of the signal e g joystick control for a crane function Command Boom MDM Internal analog F x Properties Function Name language 1 Command Boom Name language 2 Command Boom Start slope ms Channel Stop slope ms Channel Start slope ms Channel Stop slope ms Channel es a BWL window Channel jo va Properties internal analog Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages Name language 2 User manual IQAN Software G3 139 Slope times Internal analog 8 Channels Start slope ms Stop slope ms Channel BWL window The values below are entered for positive and negative direction respectively Enter the time it should take for the value to rise from min to max and the time it should take for the value to fall from max to min Check the Channel box to select a channel as min and max for start or stop slopes Enter size of window for bandwidth limiting EXAMPLE By using a internal analog channel it is possible to calculate different slopes for different situations User manual IQAN Software G3 140 Internal digital 8 Channels Internal digital Und
231. istribu tors exceed an amount equal to the price paid for the Software license ATTENTION If you do not accept the terms and conditions of this license do not install or use the Software User manual IQAN Software G3 Contents Contents 1 Introduction 556 d2cccewetasecde tect vaudueiagenacenekelsmencediaes 15 2 IMStAMATION 6s cetinsictanniedasecdiaionsesinnkt son a a S 16 Installing IQANdevelop cece cece cece cnet ene e ence ee eneees 16 3 Safety regulations cece cece cece eee e cee e een ceeeeseeees 17 WaliningSyMDbOl ses ccc evaa de seaweeds aoneeroravaniorbeuos T TT 17 EMErQeNCy StOP icisces esse rinsi r esses budas EEEE ERTE EEEa 17 Testing the application for machine 0 c eee e cece eee ees 17 Sending data to the IQAN system cece eee eee een eee eee nes 18 Downloading via modem 0 cece cece een ete e teen teen eeees 18 Protecting the application ccc eee e cece teen e eee eee nee 18 A GOEGING SEALE 5 5 c2scs aia ersraracnstse pisiaceseolaaiaseinig aisiataiw ial tE Asrian 19 Starting IQANdevelop ccc eee cence eee e ene n tent enenes 20 Building an application in IQANdevelop eee e cece e eens 21 SYSTEM OVEIVIEW oi Sotelo bce di be pennaa VE DEO E RRA 22 Alternating between block diagrams e eee eee e eee 22 Naming and saving the application cece eee eee eee eee eee 23 Application information 0 0 cece cece
232. ition sensors and guards Frequency in Typical functions are speed measure or revolution measure The unscaled range is 0 32000 Hz and the scaled range is application dependent E gas Position Use this channel if you want to measure or show the value of e g the actuator positions The unscaled value is 0 5000 mV and the scaled value is 0 100 The E gas out use this channel as the feedback value during regulation User manual IQAN Software G3 113 Internal channels 8 Channels Internal channels Directional analog channel These channels are found on IQAN s lever modules There is one channel for each lever direction X Y and Z The value of each channel corresponds to 100 100 Internal analog channel The internal analog channels are used primarily as input signals for the regu lators but they can also be used for other purposes e g when you create a function for a current output The channel s value is 100 100 Internal digital channel With an internal digital channel you can e g delay a digital input signal or group objects that you use together in several channels when you create func tions The channel s state is either true or false EXAMPLE A button has to be pressed down for a certain time before the function starts Mathematical analog channel Using these channels you can carry out mathematical calculations e g sine cosine plus minus etc Mathematical digital channel Using a mathemat
233. itized as per table 4 In this way the master module works its way through all channels and then starts over from the beginning The conditional interactive message with the highest priority is shown first on the display User manual IQAN Software G3 386 Channel type table 1 Priority order for the channels Appendix B Priority 1 highest 2 3 D Oo N A MN 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 User manual IQAN Software G3 Channel type Voltage in Digital in Frequency in Directional analog E Gas position Function parameter J1939 Analog in J1939 Digital in Module diagnostic J1939 Diagnostic J1939 Lamp indicator SMS input Engine load Mathematical analog Mathematical digital Internal analog Internal digital PID regulator Event counter Timer Hour counter Integrating limiting State selection Mode selection Current output PWM output 387 Priority order for the channels Appendix B 27 Digital output 28 Conditional message 29 Interactive message 30 E Gas out 31 J1939 Throttle out 32 Alarm out 33 Event log 34 Memorizing 35 J1939 Analog output 36 J1939 Digital output 37 lowest SMS output Module type table 2 Priority Module type 1 highest MDM 2 MDL 3 XP 4 XS 5 Lx 6 XP2 7 XR 8 TOC8 9 lowest XT2 User manual IQAN Software G3 388 CAN address module number table 3 Priority order for the channels Appendix B Priorit
234. ivating locking and resetting objects These objects are of type conditional x Properties Function Activating objects Locking objects Resetting objects Button tare boom T Cad oF Cad Co C and o Function page for the memorizing channel type Activating and locking objects The activating and locking objects together defines the function for when to memorize the value for the input channel This is the same function as a digi tal output except it does not have any blocking objects When the value from the activating and locking objects switches from false to true the input channel is memorized The old value is either replaced by the input channel value or the input channel value is added to the old value see section Memorizing on page 153 Thus the channel value is the latest mem orized value or the sum of all memorized values Resetting objects The resetting objects are used in the same way as for the event counter chan nel They are mainly needed when you are using accumulative memorizing For further information see section Resetting objects on page 265 User manual IQAN Software G3 268 Memorizing 9 Functions and objects T1 T2 gt 100ms A Activating object TEP ETa ta A i j f i j 1 Locking object aris A i j j Resetting object A i i l Input channel value 1 it i Channel va
235. ize of the mod ules Ctrl E export the current settings to a file Ctrl I import settings from a file Ctrl N enables disables the active module Ctr1 O opens a new application file Ctrl R reset all simulated error values Ctrl S saves the current application settings Ctrl Space minimizes maximizes the active panel Ctrl Tab changes the active panel to the following panel Ctrl Shift Tab changes the active panel to the previous panel F2 focus IQANdevelop on the selected channel F4 starts playback Alt F4 exits IQANsimulate Ins adds a link to Excel User manual IQAN Software G3 358 Introduction 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS Introduction IQANdevelop for Palm OS is a production and service tool for the IQAN control systems IQANdevelop for Palm OS is designed to run on Palm OS version 3 5 and later The Palm Zire m100 m130 and Palm IIIe are not cur rently supported To use IQANdevelop for Palm OS you need IQANde velop for Windows a Parker PDA Diagnostics cable both supplied separately by Parker and a serial DB9 travellers kit fitting to your Palm OS device sold as an accessory in well sorted online and computer stores With IQANdevelop for Palm OS you can in an easy manner HotSync applications with your PC update a master unit with both application and vmAC adjust parameters read and save the error event log measure chan nels manage modes and view module status Before using
236. ject To delete an object use the Delete button Can cel closes the dialog box without creating any objects Mathematical objects A mathematical object is defined by an operator and one or two operands There are two types of mathematical objects digital and analog The main difference is the available operators and the resulting value User manual IQAN Software G3 219 Functions and objects 9 Functions and objects Analog math object A q xj Va WON OperandA Channel Operator OperandB Channel V a sin x Boom pos x Delete Cancel Mathematical expression for object A Operator List with mathematical operators Operand A Enter a constant or check the Channel box to select a chan Operand B nel in the list box as operand For some operators only operand B is used Channel Check this box to select a channel or a previous expression as operand Analog mathematical objects The resulting value is analog Below is a list of all the available analog math ematical operations Operator Number of operands 2 2 2 2 MaxOf 2 MinOf 2 abs 1 sqrt 1 sin 1 cos 1 asin 1 acos 1 tan 1 atan 1 Operation Addition Subtraction Multiplication Division The largest value of the two operands The smallest value of the two operands Absolute value Square root Sine argument in degrees Cosine argument in degrees Arc sine result in degrees Arc cosine result i
237. l f sii eL T Bo eRe ee ee XP module Module header At the top of the panel the module header indicates whether that panel has focus Module type and index are also shown To the left in the header field there are two lamps that display the module power and status The left lamp shows power status green equals on The right lamp can be either green yel low or red depending on module type and status see section Error and status codes page 351 Minimizing the panel You can minimize maximize a panel in two different ways e by double clicking on the header of the module e with lt Ctrl Space gt Disabling modules Enable disable a module by right clicking inside the v Enabled Chie module header and selecting Enabled in the popup menu Temperature error This is equivalent to turning the power on and off on a ee aie physical module as it stops responding to the system when it is disabled This can also be done with lt Ctrl N gt Navigating among the channels Select a channel by clicking on the desired channel with the mouse or by pressing Tab to move between them The name of the selected channel is dis played in the status bar User manual IQAN Software G3 339 The module panels 14 IQANsimulate If you want to go quickly to a certain group of input channels use lt Alt gt the underlined character in that certain group s name If you want to go quickly to a certain channel use lt Ct
238. lay will go off hook though NOTE If you have an IQAN XP module in your system the system cycle time must be set to 50 75 ms J1939 For information about the J1939 module properties see section SAE J1939 Diagnostic page 189 Module diagnostic In earlier versions of IQANdevelop there was something called Module diag nostic This has now been replaced by a new channel type called Module diagnostic For more information see section Module diagnostic on page 160 User manual IQAN Software G3 109 8 Channels 8 Channels This chapter deals with the following e channel types e how to name the channels e how to define the different channels properties The definition channels is a collective name for the inputs and outputs found on the different IQAN modules There are also channels internally in the sys tem to handle for example text processing and mathematical calculations The channels are used to collect and or send data In this chapter we will present IQAN s analog digital and internal channels The master unit s display can handle and present information in two different languages You decide which of the two languages you wish to use In this way the driver can get the information presented in one language while the service engineer can request the information in another language if so desired There may also be drivers of different nationalities on the same machine To facilitate for design an
239. ld try to opti mize your application For more information on utilization see section Mod ule diagnostic page 160 over 75 Utilization is high You should try to optimize your application The status lamp for the uti lization turns yellow over 85 Utilization is critical Application must be optimized or functionality removed The sta tus lamp for the utilization turns red User manual IQAN Software G3 397 Group objects Appendix F Group objects If you have multiple objects that have the same functionality you should group these objects For example use an internal digital channel for this EXAMPLE Blocking objects for a set of crane functions You should only be able to manoeuvre the crane if the following conditions are fulfilled Hydraulic oil temperature lt 70 C The door is closed The seat switch is activated Instead of adding these three objects to all our crane outputs swing boom telescope grapple etc we create an internal digital channel that we call Starting block The channels function will be created with the above condi tions as blocking objects Then we use the channel Starting block as limit ing object on the functions that control the crane outputs By grouping the objects the master will only have to calculate the objects for one channel instead of once for each channel that uses the objects The above also simplifies the traceability in the application when debugging and
240. le 0 0 eee cece eee cece nee e ene ees 365 Connecting the PDA to the master eee cece eee eee ee eee 366 HOUSING wis seis ceca ties dbp nne Oeadinner ceiites ane nasbaseemmege see 367 The synchronization process 0 eee e eee eee eee eee eens 368 The real MCCOY kerros ECE EREE ERE REEERE tre dbleednea 369 The main WINdOW ccc cece cence eee e een ene eeeenenes 369 User manual IQAN Software G3 Contents The application slots 0 cece cece eee cece eee eeeeenenes 370 The Menu system cece eee eee teen eee e ee rE e ences 370 The modes window sec e cece cece e eee e ene ee eee e ences 372 The info WINdOW 0 eee cece cee eect ete e teen eee e ences 373 The error log WINdOW cece eee cece eee dsriri dratada 373 The modules window e eee cece eee eee e tent ene enees 374 The channels Window cece eee e ence ence eee eeenenee 374 PoC dts es hath dled aad aden omnes ee adaeee DEES 375 MGASUIC siiras gegana AAS EEEE REIER ema caaleswae 376 Gaph eeen iraa nan A EE EE E E ES 376 Application codes cece cece cece cece ence eee n ee en en eenenees 378 Managing application codes cece eee e eee e ences 378 Application code lifetime 0 cece cece cece eee e eee ence 378 Getting a protected application cece eee cece eee eee 379 Opening a protected application cece cece e cece e ee
241. le will only work for the user that added the application codes in it This means that there is no risk of unauthorized personnel getting hold of the file and thereby access to your applications It is advisable to document the application code for different applications A lost application code means that you will not be able to get access to that application anymore Storing application codes in a file is a very safe way to distribute application codes to many persons You don t have to tell the application codes to anyone since they are stored in an encrypted file There is no way to read the actual application codes stored in a file not even for yourself User manual IQAN Software G3 306 Licence number 12 Access Add and delete application codes Open the dialog box for adding or deleting application codes by selecting File gt Application code manager see code manager x 7 Add delete Public key OJ N Delete Add safe Delete all ol i Cancel Add or delete application codes Count Number of application codes stored in the file For security reasons you can not see the actual codes Add Adds an application code to the file You must enter the new code twice dd code i New code Cancel Add safe Adds a safe application code to the file See next sec tion for more information on safe application codes Delete Deletes an application code You must enter the a
242. lected channel e as normal e as output to cell X e to get input from cell X Use as normal means that the selected channel will be disconnected from any Excel activity Use as output means that the value from the selected channel will be written to the Excel cell Use to get input means that the value from the Excel cell will be used as input to the selected channel Select the Excel cell you want to use by entering the cell reference in the edit box A cell reference is composed by a letter and a number e g A2 F13 etc You can also select a cell in the spreadsheet in Excel the cell reference in the edit box will then be updated to the selected one Output channels can only be used as output E g a current output channel can only be used as an output to Excel The last alternatives in the dialog window will then be unavailable User manual IQAN Software G3 349 Using IQANsimulate 14 IQANsimulate The Output as percent check box only applies to current outputs and makes the output scale in percentage instead of absolute values The output value then ranges from 100 to 100 The Integrating check box makes the output channel integrated over time instead of showing the actual current or digital output This option applies to digital and current outputs The Time to max edit box determines the time it will take for the output to assume the maximum output value when the output is driven fully IMPORTANT It is important
243. lication without revealing the application code Write the application code on the line Tap Add to add the application code or Delete to delete it if it exists Tap Delete all to delete all your application codes in store The number of application codes in store is seen in the top right corner TIP Take the opportunity to transfer application codes when you register IQANdevelop for Palm A registration file with application codes included can be sent via e mail Application code lifetime An application code that is not stored in the Application codes manager is remembered until the Palm is powered off After that you will have to enter the application code again whether you are opening or getting an application Pin code lifetime A PIN code can not be stored It is lost when the Palm is powered off User manual IQAN Software G3 378 Application codes 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS Getting a protected application To get a protected application in IQANdevelop for Palm OS you must have the correct application code If the code is not stored in the Application code manager you must enter the application code to be able to access the applica tion iena if Tap here to start 7U Rece Application code Enter application code Dialog box to enter the application code Enter the code and then tap on OK If you enter the wrong code you will be prompted to enter the code again If you don t know the code
244. lop conduit To access the IQANdevelop conduit you will need to have HotSync running Right click on the HotSync icon in the bottom right corner of your desktop and select Custom Custom File Link View Log About Help Exit HotSync icon This will bring up a list of the Conduits installed on your system Select the IQANdevelop conduit x Marcus Wictorsson 7 Conduit Action Do Nothing Date Book Do Nothing Address Book Do Nothing To Do List Do Nothing Memo Pad Do Nothing Note Pad Do Nothing AvantGo Connect Do Nothing IQANdevelop Synchronize the files Done Change Default Help ek Acrobat Reader Do Nothing E v Nanumanta Ta Ge Na lathina HotSync conduits dialog box Press the Change button to change the settings of the conduit See your Palm documentation for further information User manual IQAN Software G32 361 Registration 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS Change HotSync Action HotSyne Action for IQANdevelop We G 5 n gt N aa Syncronize the files Cancel COA 7 a ba C Desktop overwrites handheld J7 Set as default lt J as Enror Z Be A Handheld overwrites Desktop a Change dir Register QuE C Denothing i HotSync options for IQANdevelop for PalmOS The options in this dialog are explained later see section HotSyncing on page 367 For now w
245. ls are as follows Function Read Change Develop Develop pro Measure channels See channel module properties See application info e Print block diagram Get application from IQAN Open Save files Get error event log Clear error event log See function object e3 User manual IQAN Software G32 305 Remember to document the application code Licence number 12 Access Print channels warnings Change channel module properties eb Change application comment Change application languages Send application to IQAN Update vmAC Add and delete channels modules Change application info Change function object Set application code Access to all functions in e IQANdevelop Access to IQANsimulate a User defined see section Application information page 90 b Properties that affect application functionality can not be changed You can run IQANdevelop with a lower access level than your licence For further information see section Run IQANdevelop with lower access level on page 309 Storing application codes It is possible to store application codes in an encrypted file This enables you to open a protected application without entering the application code If the correct application code is stored in your application code file it will be used to open the protected application The fi
246. lue O iL Accumulating memorizing channel Action Add NOTE See also section Stored values page 214 if you have Store value enabled User manual IQAN Software G3 269 Timer 9 Functions and objects Timer A timer has activating locking and resetting objects like a memorizing chan nel but the function is a bit different Grapple timer open MDM Timer A F xl Properties Function Activating objects Locking objects Resetting objects P Grapple gt 0 00 Telescope pos lt 130 Cad Co Cand of Cand o Function page for a timer Activating objects When the value from the activating objects is true the timer is active It works just like a stop watch The value is 0 32000 seconds and the resolu tion is the same as the system cycle time pre set to 50 ms see section Other properties on page 107 Locking objects The locking objects have higher priority than the activating objects When the value from the locking objects is true the timer is stopped Resetting objects The resetting objects have highest priority When the value from the resetting objects is true the timer is reset to zero User manual IQAN Software G3 270 Hour counter 9 Functions and objects Hour counter The hour counter is used to e g measure a machine s operating time The channel can either be set to zero by a resetting object or by the driver via the display An hour counter can count up to 32000
247. m e Click OK to create the object We now carry out the same procedure to create the telescope s function Proportional valve telescope e Open the function page for the channel Prop valve telescope e Add a Limiting object e Select Input Overload e For Jn I false enter 100 for Out 1 e For In 2 true enter 0 for Out 2 User manual IQAN Software G3 62 Out 1 Out 2 In1 Channels for conditional messages 4 Getting started Limiting object Gherne P Feo Branne I Limiting object for the Prop valve telescope e Click OK to create the object We will now create the functions for the channels Conditional message Warning overload 90 e Open the function page for the channel Warning overload 90 The function for a conditional message is as for a digital output with its acti vating blocking and locking objects We will now define when the text for Warning overload 90 will be acti vated We create it as an activating object e Add an Activating object e Select Load weight as Input e Select gt greater than as operator character e Check the Channel box and select the channel 90 of max weight as Operand Activating object g M EN 9 oyinig Shannie E Anpu glieia rni Granne In Activating objects for Conditional message Warning overload 90 Click OK to create the object User manual IQAN Software G32 63 Channels for co
248. m Using the navigator we can see that for the function the output Prop valve boom is also affected by the input Angle boom Click on the output Prop valve telescope to see it s inputs User manual IQAN Software G32 52 Mathematical analog channel 4 Getting started Mathematical analog channel It is possible to set up mathematical functions to create advanced applica tions For this we need mathematical channels There are analog mathemati cal channels which give an analog value and digital mathematical channels which give the state true or false In this section we deal with analog mathematical channels We are going to create a function to limit the lowering speed of the boom if the load is too far out if the telescope is extended To look at the problem we will divide the section up into two parts What do we want to happen Lowering of the boom will be stopped if the load is too far out How will it work When COG Centre Of Gravity is greater than 300 cm the maximum output current for the boom lowering will be limited When COG is 650 cm or more the maximum current for the boom lowering will be 20 What do we need to know COG Centre Of Gravity the distance between the centre of the load and the front axle Maximum permitted lowering speed as function of COG Maximum current lowering of boom 100 20 gt 300 650 cm COG To solve the problem we need to calculate
249. manual IQAN Software G3 336 View Getting started 14 IQANsimulate Under the View menu there are functions concerning the visual layout Language 1 Select language 1 for presentation of channel names in module panels Language 2 Select language 2 View links Show the current links to Excel Adjust Win Ctrl A Adjusts the main window for a perfect fit to the dow modules Minimize Ctrl M Minimizes all the modules and adjusts the window Window to accommodate the new size Reset All Ctrl R Reset all simulated error values in IQAN simulate Errors see Automatic update page 348 Help Under the Help menu there are functions to get help in different ways Contents Fl About Launches the user manual as on line documenta tion in digital format Information box about IQANsimulate Shown here is e g information about the licence and the pro gram version User manual IQAN Software G3 337 The tool bar 14 IQANsimulate The tool bar The tool bar contains buttons for file managing and the playback function 2 B J OO eS Progress bar by Parker File functions The buttons for the file functions contain the usual Open Save functions Open an existing application a a m Save application Playback functions With these buttons you can start or stop the playback of a log file Use the Progress bar to manually change the playback position b Start playback The button is
250. matical analog channel Splitting up a mathematical expression into sub expressions You cannot write the whole expression on one line Instead you must split it up into sub expressions A line in the list can contain an expression with up to two operands VIN x VIN sin MAC 3 VIN User manual IQAN Software G3 246 Mathematical analog 9 Functions and objects From the expression above we create the following sub expressions Object Operation Comment A VIN x VIN The values of the voltage inputs VINa and VINB are multiplied B sin MAC Sine for the value of MACa MACa is a math ematical analog channel C A B The results of object A and object B are added VIN x VIN sin MAC D C 3 The result of object C is subtracted by 3 VIN x VINg sin MAC 3 E D VINc The result of object D is divided by the value of the voltage input VINc VIN x VINg sin MAC 3 VINc The value of object E is the channel s output value since object E is the last object NOTE The value for the last object must be in the range 32000 32000 Creating a function Under the Function tab in the dialog box Channel information you create the function e Select the name tag for the channel in the block diagram and select View gt Show channel info It is also possible to double click on the name tag to open the dialog box Channel information e Ifthe dialog box shows the page for the channel
251. mbered from to 8 J1939 standard formatting not checked Data length bit The length of the parameter s data 1 32 bits Data offset 1 64 bit The offset gives the actual parameter s position The data field is 64 bits in total Bits are numbered from 1 to 64 User manual IQAN Software G3 196 J1939 Digital in J1939 Digital in 8 Channels This channel type is used for digital J1939 parameters n E Wait to start lamp XT2 A0 31939 digital in A Properties for the channel J1939 Digital in Name Name language 1 Name language 2 The channel s name in two languages shown on the display Simulated value Simulated value Simulate a value on the channel Check the box and select a value in the field below This value will be used instead of the actual measured value User manual IQAN Software G32 197 J1939 Digital in 8 Channels J1939 properties Wait to start lamp ST 11939 digital in A Apply J1939 properties for the channel J1939 Digital in J1939 Id Priority The priority of the parameter s message Parameter group number The parameter s group identity number PGN Source Address SA The sender address Transmit rate Transmit rate ms How often the message will be sent If the message for some reason is not sent the channel s value will be set to False User manual IQAN Software G3 198 J1939 Digital in 8 Channels
252. mp indicator In the protocol SAE J1939 there are four different lamp indicators malfunc tion red stop amber warning and protect lamp In IQANdevelop there is a dedicated channel for each lamp Red stop XT2 A0 11939 lamp indicator BE Properties Name language 1 Red stop Name language 2 Red stop J7 Simulated value zi Properties for the channel J1939 Lamp indicator Name Name language 1 The channel s name in two languages shown on the Name language 2 display In IQANdevelop the names for the different channel s are predefined in accordance with the SAE J1939 protocol Index Name Description A Malfunction Emission related errors B Red stop Stop vehicle immediately C Amber warning Stop vehicle D Protect No warning just an indicator User manual IQAN Software G3 203 J1939 Diagnostic 8 Channels J1939 Diagnostic This channel type is used to report diagnostic information Sensor supply voltage XT2 A0 31939 diagnostic A E xl Properties Name language 1 Sensor supply voltage Name language 2 Sensor supply voltage Suspect parameter number SPN 620 Properties for a J1939 Diagnostic channel Name Name language 1 The channel s name in two languages shown on the Name language 2 display Identity Suspect parameter num Enter the SPN from the engine manufacturer specifi ber SPN cation The channel s value The channel s value r
253. ms Each expansion module is represented by a module panel For fur ther information about the module panels see section The module panels page 339 IQANsimulate is an excellent tool for testing and evaluating your application You are able to interact with the master unit in real time and can verify the response from the modules IQANsimulate G3 second edition C Program Files IQAN software Applications DemoUranelst File System View Help a o FR SSF by Parker IQAN Lz A0 Left Joystick Voltage inputs y Digital inputs y Direction y Digital outputs A B A B C B E x es 2 Bal EEEE ek Z 2 a ih A pss E ay i SEER RSE oe fia femal ae a IQAN Lz At Right Joystick p Yoltage inputs y Digital inputs y Direction y Digital outputs A B A B C D E x Y z A z ANE fei sl t it f fi i A a 1 1 accam el a ee e IQAN XP2 A0 XP2 Power Voltage inputs p Freq inputs y Current outputs p PWM out y Digital outputs A B c D A B A B c D Ar A B B ABCD l f l l L HN o TE I T I H L L mE Voltage inputs Freq inputs Current outputs A PWM out y Digital outputs A B c D A B A B c D Ae A B B ABCD i i l o J5 Stick Democrane amp state 3 00 _ IB cano ox 7 The main window in IQANsimulate In the main window you find all the commands in the drop down menus in the menu
254. n User manual IQAN Software G3 25 Digital inputs and outputs 4 Getting started Creating the channels with their properties Windshield wiper digital out e Click on the XP 0 tab to open the block diagram for the module 1QANdevelop C Program Files IQAN software Applications ReachStackeride loj xj File Edit System Yiew Measure Help sdas Pasay FEEF by Parkar System overview Graph MDM XP A0 LAD l g T IQAN XP A0 Channel connection Digital out index A1 Name tag DOUT A1 XP A0 Reach stacker 1 00 Develop Pro 2 I com online 7 Block diagram for XP 0 e To create the digital output right click on the channel connection Digital out index Al and select Add channel A name tag is created The channel has a pre set name Channel type Channel index Module type CAN address NOTE Every digital output has two channels One primary and one secondary We will use the upper one the primary To Delete a channel right click on the channel s connection and select Delete channel A dialog box to confirm the deletion is opened Click Yes User manual IQAN Software G3 26 Digital inputs and outputs 4 Getting started e Select the channel s name tag and select View gt Show channel info e The dialog box Channel information consists of two forms Click on the Properties tab e Click in the Name language 1 box and enter the name of the channel Windshield wiper
255. n SMS capable GSM modem must be connected to the master module for this functionality Speed limit high MDM SMS Input A xl Properties Name language 1 Speed limit high pe Name language 2 Speed limit high r _ IV Only allow incoming SMS from specified phone numbers Phone numbers froma foams s a Incoming message SMS Max speed Complete incoming message syntax H SVHMax speed lt Value gt Min Max 5 00 25 00 Adjustable value Factory default value fi 8 50 20 00 SMS input Max speed Name and unit Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages shown on Name language 2 the display Unit The unit to be presented on the display together with the value of the channel SMS properties Only allow incoming To accept incoming messages from approved phone SMS from specified numbers only check this box You can specify up to 5 phone numbers phone numbers If this box is not checked any phone number is allowed to set the value for this channel User manual IQAN Software G3 166 SMS input 8 Channels Phone numbers Incoming message SMS Complete incoming message syntax Phone numbers are matched backwards i e you can choose not to specify country code and or area code An incoming phone number is allowed if the last dig its in it matches the digits specified here You can also use wildcards at the end of the number Wildcards matches any digi
256. n at S The value of the input channel where the reduc tion will start Max error E Max increase speed s Y2 Maximum increase speed when input value exceeds Start reduction Max error Max decrease speed s Y1 Maximum decrease speed when input value exceeds Start reduction Max error The best way to explain the channel is with an example Lets say we control the diesel engine of a vehicle The maximum speed of the transmission User manual IQAN Software G32 259 Integrating limiting 9 Functions and objects should not exceed 4100 RPM If so we should decrease the position of the E Gas actuator With the input values shown below the output value of this channel will decrease when the vehicle speed exceeds 4100 RPM If it exceeds 4300 RPM the output value will decrease with the speed of 20 sec ond When the vehicle speed is exactly 4100 RPM the output value will be stable at its latest value And finally when the vehicle speed goes below 4100 RPM the output value will start to increase again Finally we will use this channel as a limiting object for the E Gas output to achieve the max speed function User manual IQAN Software G3 260 Conditional message 9 Functions and objects Conditional message The primary function for the conditional message channel is to present mes sages on the display The channel value is the same as the function value false or true The function is built exactly like a
257. n degrees Tangent argument in degrees Arc tangent result in degrees User manual IQAN Software G3 220 Functions and objects 9 Functions and objects As operand you can use any of the following e channel or constant e an expression earlier in the function When a digital channel is used in an analog mathematical object the chan nel s value is converted to an analog value False is converted to 0 and True is converted to 1 EXAMPLE If a button is activated and multiplied by 30 the result will be 30 1 30 If the button is not activated the result will be 0 0 30 A DINAx 30 Digital mathematical objects Digital mathematical objects have two operator types logical and relational The logical operators are not and or and xor The relational operators are lt gt lt and gt The resulting value is digital false or true Operator Number of operands Operand type Operation not 1 Digital channel Negation and 2 Digital channel And or 2 Digital channel Or xor 2 Digital channel Exclusive or 2 Any channel or constant Equal to lt gt 2 Any channel or constant Not equal to lt 2 Any channel or constant Less than gt 2 Any channel or constant Greater than NOTE For all operators it is also possible to use a previous operation as operand User manual IQAN Software G3 221 Functions and objects 9 Functions and objects Below is a list of how the logical operators are calculated
258. n e iee ra 236 Digital Otoes eraras e rrera KE rT O hove ARIS ELL EARTE RAE 237 Activating objects sssssesssererrsressseeerrereseseres 237 Blocking objeti vive cca sa thies sine dd imam esadeeemera are ARRAS 238 Activating and blocking objects cece eee eee eee 239 Locking objects 5 tics vied erett dee ERTER EEEE EKETE 240 E GIS OUt eraen a E AA EE E EE E TENES 242 E e EE E E E T E areee eine 244 Mathematical analog sssscrissrssiriccirssirsredrrsesersriderssi 246 Creating afUNCTION cece cece inti ennen TERE n een enes 247 Mathematical digital 0 cece cece cence eee e nee n een eee 250 Creating afUNCTION cece trs trni anen EREN Eku r NE 251 Internal analog serrcsiescerisiositsi tuir tenet tence tent Ebi ASen 252 Internal digital scsssrerikeri ss tatki krr se Reamer aida ARET eles ee 253 PID ssipiectiidas cadveaniaes die tid das aids tae T T 254 Different types of regulation ce eee cece eee ne eee ees 254 Creating the function cece cece cece nen eee eaes 257 Integrating limiting ieee cece cece eect een ene ene en tees 259 Conditional Message cece cece cence eee ene n tence eaes 261 User manual IQAN Software G3 Contents Interactive MESSAGE 2 cee eee cece ee eee reni dawka 262 EVENE COUNTED iicica cece cade lesteensaiee secre bates cates EEn a a 264 Increasing and decreasing objects cece eee eee eee es 264 Resetting objects
259. n for the digital output which is as follows When the speed is greater thanl km h the parking brake will be released off The status for the output will be High When the speed is less than 1 km h and the speed pedal is not pressed the parking brake will apply The output s status will be Low Parking brake released e Open the dialog box Channel information for the digital output Parking brake released XP 0 e Click on the Function tab We begin with the speed pedal s affect Switch speed pedal High gt Parking brake released We will create an activating object to activate the output if the speed pedal is pressed e Right click in Activating objects and select Add object e Select the Comparison alternative e Select Switch speed pedal as Input e IQANdevelop suggests a condition check that it is correct according to the above User manual IQAN Software G3 33 Frequency input 4 Getting started Activating object x eee Comparison Fass Operand Channel M 7 Input if Switch speed ped z f z High z A o C Interval a is Loy innit Channel F Input High innit Ghennel fe R is True when _ channel value is channel value ts Dialog box for activating objects e Click OK to create the object We have now created the following function Speed pedal pressed down gt Parking brake released Speed pedal not pressed down gt Pa
260. n it while holding down lt Ctrl gt Shortcut key to move the markers First select the marker Fil Move the marker in the graph to the left F12 Move the marker in the graph to the right User manual IQAN Software G3 324 Measuring with the graph 13 Measuring and fault finding Shift F11 Moves both of the markers to the left and the right respec Shift F12 tively It is sufficient that you mark one of them Locking the markers The markers can be locked in their positions Right click in the measurement window and select Lock left right cursor d IQANdevelop C Program Files IQAN software Applications DemoCrane_Engine idl p File Edit System View Measure Help suas pa Neu gt 2 FEIEN by Parkar 5 x System overview Graph MDM XP A0 XP A1 Lean Leat a gt Engine press Value 1 96 35 Value 2 98 13 Min 56 45 Max 103 39 Peak topeak 46 95 Mean 96 94 True RMS 97 07 100 T1 392 T2 9 07 T2 T1 5 25 Fall time IEE Time div 08 25 IN com online Demo crane 3 00 Develop Pro The markers in the measurement window Keeping track of the markers when zooming When only a limited part of the diagram is presented the markers can fall outside the displayed area The markers handles show in which direction each marker lies The marker s position z Both markers are to the left on the X axis
261. n only like hydraulic motors or single solenoid valves this feature will save outputs in your application d 1QANdevelop C Program Files IQAN software Applications DemoCranedde File Edit System Yiew Measure Help sdai RBREea gt 2 a System overview Graph MDM Left Joystick Right Joystick Lx A2 XP2 Power o x Primary E m IQAN XP2 A1 XP2 Lower channel Secondary channel Telescope pos Tem JENA O A Froo E PYR Rotator 1 Ll Boom pos 32 PYR B il level Litre c PY Grapple 1 2 PYR Grapple 14 MY Support leg A2 MVR Working lamp 3 MY Warninglamp Warning lamp Demo crane 3 00 Develop Pro 2S I com online Primary and secondary channel Current out A Primary and secondary channel can be used when you want to control the same output from two different places on a machine control an output manu User manual IQAN Software G32 281 Primary and secondary channel 9 Functions and objects ally via a feedback control PID regulator or when you want to control two different functions with one output the functions can of course not be used at the same time EXAMPLE A crane can be controlled from the cabin or from a radio control IQAN XR We use the primary crane outputs for cabin control and the secondary crane outputs for radio control A switch for cabin radio control is used to make sure that the primary and sec
262. n respective delay off The delay on off properties works as a debouncing filter A ON lt gt lt off Function value lt t A off on P Channel value a gt t Debounce filter for digital out Soft start Peak and hold Soft start ms To get a softer activation of an on off valve function you can use soft start Check the box and enter the time for the output to rise from zero to full output Peak and hold During Peak time the output functions as a normal digital output i e high Peak time ms Thereafter the output will function as a PWM output Hold value with pulse width Hold value Both Soft start and Peak and hold use PWM to achieve their functionality The frequency used is the same as the one used for the PWM outputs For more information see section PWM out on page 176 With Peak and hold you increase the magnet s life time The valve may be equipped with a weaker cabling as you reduce the constant voltage on the magnet which also reduces the heat release User manual IQAN Software G3 179 Alarm out 8 Channels Alarm out Under the Properties tab you can enter the channel s name and also define the output s pulse time to create a pulse train as long as the condition for the alarm is fulfilled Error Alarm MDM Alarm out A1 Primary xi Properties Function Name language 1 Eror Alarm Name language 2 Eror Ala
263. n the CAN bus e g sending load weight to an external weight logging system J1939 Digital output This is the same as J1939 Analog output but digital information instead User manual IQAN Software G3 119 Creating a new channel 8 Channels Creating a new channel Adding a channel To create an application you need to add all the channels that shall be included in the application e Right click on the channel connection to be used Select Add channel IQANdevelop C Program Files IQAN software Applications DemoCrane i1de File Edit System Yiew Measure Help SOS fw REDO 2 FREE a arker System overview Graph MDM Left Joystick Right Joystick XP2 Power XP2Lower HBC Radio Transmission g T IQAN XP2 A1 XP2 Lower 42 PYR Rotator Boom pressure Bar C 3 PY Boom Oil level Litre Telescope pos cm A Boom pos PY Grapple 2 PYR Grapple a MY Working lamp A2 MYR Working lamp 3 MY Warning lamp Name tag Channel connection Democrane 3 00 DevelopPro COM offie Z Creating a channel in the block diagram When a channel is created its corresponding name tag is shown The channel name is predefined as follows Channel type Channel connection number Module type CAN address Example COUT A1 XP AO The channel can now be given properties see section Defining properties on page 124 User manual IQAN Software G32 120 Creating a new chan
264. nction on page 231 For more information on conditional objects and how to create them see section Conditional objects on page 218 User manual IQAN Software G3 266 Event log 9 Functions and objects Event log When the event log channel is activated the specified input channel s value will be stored in the event log Every event will be stored with channel name value date and time zj Properties Function Activating objects Locking objects Blocking objects Txt service time F3 Cad Co C and o Cad Co Function page for an event log channel The function is the same as a digital output function see section Digital out on page 237 The channel value is the same as the function value false or true The function also decides when to log the value of the input channel in the event log This is done when the function value switches from false to true i e on the rising edge To be able to log the value again the function value must go false first Events are logged in the same memory area as the error log The maximum number of errors and events are 8000 For more information see section Error event log on page 292 NOTE For modules that do not have any real time clock e g IQAN TOC8 the date and time is not logged User manual IQAN Software G3 267 Memorizing 9 Functions and objects Memorizing A memorizing channel is similar to the memory function for a pocket calcula tor It has act
265. nditional messages 4 Getting started When an overload indication occurs the above condition Load weight gt 90 of max weight also applies Therefore we need to create a blocking object to remove the text Warning Close to Overload at overload indication e Add a Blocking object e Select the channel Overload as Input e Select True as Operand Blocking object x S Comparison ee a Ta Input Operand Ghennel E cr Overload z j zl True z 7 A Pd f Interval es Lov limit Chame F poni Higani Channel F gt z gt Object is True when gt channel value is inside limits charme value is outside limits Blocking object for Conditional message Warning overload 90 e Click OK to create the object For the channel Warning overload we only need to create one activating function to light the message on the display Warning overload e Open the function page for the channel Warning overload e Add an Activating object e Select the channel Overload as Input e Select True for Operand e Click on Apply to store Now the functions for the Conditional message channels are created User manual IQAN Software G3 64 Channels for conditional messages 4 Getting started Calculations with mathematical channels What do we want to happen The maximum weight will be calculated as a function of COG How will it work ton 4 Maximum weight 45 10
266. ne Supply voltage Should be 5 0 V Difference between VIN A and VIN B scaled values Increases when the encoder is rotated clockwise and decreases when the encoder is rotated coun terclockwise Indicates whether the encoder push button is pressed or not 0 Not pressed 1 Pressed See MDM Internal temperature 162 Module diagnostic 8 Channels Module Index Name B Supply voltage V C Reference voltage V XS A Reference voltage V Lx A Temperature C Supply voltage V C Ref voltage ext V D Ref volt handle V XP2 A Temperature C B Supply voltage V C Ref voltage A V D Ref voltage B V XT2 A Temperature C B Supply voltage V C Ref voltage A V D Ref voltage B V E CAN 2 activity Description Supply voltage Should be 5 0 V Should be 5 0 V Internal temperature Supply voltage External reference voltage Should be 5 0 V Internal reference voltage in han dle Should be 5 0 V Internal temperature Supply voltage Should be 5 0 V Should be 5 0 V Internal temperature Supply voltage Should be 5 0 V Should be 5 0 V Indicates number of incoming CAN packages per cycle on the second CAN bus J1939 Range is 0 15 Actual value can be higher than 15 if 15 is indicated User manual IQAN Software G3 163 Function parameters 8 Channels Function parameters When you develop an application for a machine you often need to change or adapt a lot of valu
267. nel 500 Command channel utput range regulator Channel fo D tegulator Channel J Enabling channel Int Auto pressure v Function page for a PID channel Enabling channel Select the channel which will activate the regulation It must be a digital channel If you select True the regulator function will always be active Command channel Select the channel that will be the command value Feedback channel Select the channel that will be the feedback value Most analog channels can be used as command and feedback value User manual IQAN Software G3 257 PID 9 Functions and objects NOTE Do not use slopes and delays for the input channels that will be used as the PID regulator s Command value and Feedback value The value for command and feedback value must be in the range 100 100 Output value range Unipolar 0 100 If the regulation only will be used in positive direc tion e g a hydraulic engine Bipolar 100 100 If the regulation will be used in both negative and pos itive direction e g a crane swing PID parameters The P I and D parameters can be a constant or a channel The value 0 gives no control action P regulator The value of the constant which gives proportional regulation I regulator The value of the constant which gives integrating reg ulation D regulator The value of the constant which gives derivative regu lation
268. nel 8 Channels Deleting a channel e Right click on the channel s connection and select Delete channel IQANdevelop Confirmation xj Channel Fuel level will be removed This cannot be undone Do you want to proceed Dialog box to delete a channel e Click Yes to delete the channel or No to leave it there If a channel cannot be deleted It is not possible to delete a channel that is used in an object The following message box is shown x Channel Pump pressure Bar is used by Nal T ere one or more channels and can not be removed Please use Navigator to see a A where it is used y Message box that the channel cannot be deleted Moving a channel It is possible to move channels between modules In order to move a channel there must be a channel of the same channel type available on the destination module Moving a channel within the same module To move a channel within the same module click on the channel to be moved and drag it to another channel connection If the new connection is already occupied these channels simply change places Moving a channel to another module e Click on the channel to be moved and select Edit gt Move channel to or right click on the channel connection and select Move channel to The modules with available channel connections are shown in a menu User manual IQAN Software G3 121 Creating a new channel 8 Channels e S
269. nels are grey Each is marked with a channel index in alphabetical order and 1 or 2 for primary or secondary con nection Browsing between the different block diagrams Every block diagram is presented in a page To alternate between the different block diagrams click on one of the tabs at the top of the window or click on the module image in the System overview System overview Graph MDM XP A0 Lx A0 Tabs for activating the different block diagrams User manual IQAN Software G32 100 Creating a block diagram 7 Modules Creating a block diagram Adding a module To add a new module select Edit gt Add module x Nee Module type gg List box with modules j 7 The CAN bus identit po 4 y A CAN address information on the module s address Cancel Adding a module to the application Module type A list of modules that can be added to the application The first module to add to a new application has to be a master module which is also the only module possi ble to select CAN bus The existing CAN bus is identified with an A Future master modules with support for multiple CAN buses will offer CAN bus B C etc CAN address CAN address shows the module s corresponding address on the CAN bus The CAN address is auto matically incremented but can be manually altered It can also be changed later on Limitation of number of modules IQANdevelop checks that there are no more modules than the maximum n
270. nent eee eneeneee 316 Measuring with the graph eee eee cee e eee eee eee eens 318 The measurement window 0 cece cece eect eee ee enes 318 Channel information section cece cece cece ence eee ees 319 Starting and stopping measuring ce eee eee ee eee ees 324 Mark rSicccsedicateh cesdadddicelene dade EE ET EE des E 324 ZOOMING IN OUE sci sien tive heehee takanaeawed isda na awee dee aoe 326 Glitch GeteCt siicccccsceaiaseseas dean tanri DE ceed eand 326 Print tags es cccssicehusudeenesteckeareeed EE AAE ERES 327 Adding a comment ssssesssssssssrerrsresesreerrerersseees 328 Print measured data cece cece cece eee e eee e ee eeenees 328 Copy measured data to another program 0e cece eee 328 Save measured data cee cece cece ete e eee ence eee enees 329 Settings of graph properties 0c cece eee e eee eee ees 329 Channel properties cece cece cence eee een e nee enees 330 14 JQANSIMUlAtE css cicdienslotssusdeeeeseaeewwsinateomecnemeesinaes 331 INStANGtON arenorna a staan O REDE aerate ect 332 Installing IQANsimulate 0 eee cece eee eect ence n eens 332 Connecting the CAN cable cece eee eee eee eee nes 333 Safety TeQulations viaateiccacdidadvees ved edseesig EAEE vasterts 334 Warning symbol cece eee cece eee cece tent en eee eaees 334 Testing the application for machine cece cece eee 334 Getting started
271. nformation If you tap on the status in the right column you will get a full description of the module status at the bottom The channels window You can calibrate inputs and adjust outputs you can reset adjustable channels and you can measure on individual channels either numeri cally or graphically You can also see the pin assignment of channels that have a physical input or output When you have selected channel type in the drop down menu all the channels are listed below In the parenthesis next to the channel type is the total amount of channels of that The real McCoy 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS Modules i Module Status MDM OK Lx A0 Left Joystick mM Lx A1 Right Joystick HL XP2 A0 XP2 on top mM P2 A1 XP2 underneath mM XR A0 HBC Radio Ml Lx A0 Left Joystick Mo contact Channels 2 channels selected Pin 1 3 w Voltage In 16 E Yin Swing pos O Yin Stick pos O vin Purnppressure o ar O vin Oiltemperature Eg Min Talescope pos O in Boorm pos O in Boompressure o O Yin Oillevel r O JSR Stick Or type You select channels for measurement with the check boxes next to the channels max 8 channels Otherwise you select a channel by tapping at the channel name If there is a lock next to a channel of adjustable type that means that the channel is not adjustable If there is an open lock with a key in it it means that the channels is not adjustable but t
272. nformation you create the current output s function Open function page e Select the name tag for the channel in the block diagram and select View gt Show channel info It is also possible to double click on the name tag to open the dialog box Channel information e If the dialog box shows the page for the channel s Properties click on the tab marked Function to activate the function page Symbols The following symbols are shown for linear objects on the function page f Freeze value the input signal is an analog channel eal Return to zero controlling object The input signal is an analog channel ile Return to 100 limiting object The input signal is an analog channel B Input signal from a digital channel Create a new object e Right click in the desired object box User manual IQAN Software G3 231 Current out 9 Functions and objects e A list with editing commands is opened Select Add object E Properties Function J7 Multi function l z Select state z Controlling objects Limiting objects JS Boom 0 00 gt 0 01 Boom pos 35 00 T SW Radio Low gt 10 Add object Edit object AlEFEnter Delete object Del Goto input channel Gbri Right Pi Gut object Ctrl v MinOf Controlli C0py object Ctrl C IAESTE Paste object Ctrl y Boom pos 5 00 T SW Radio Low gt 10 Radius em 100 00 SU PID Pressure 5 0
273. nother module type you will get an error message The version is also checked If the version in the master is the same or newer than the one being downloaded you will get a warning message that needs to be confirmed The vmAC you have selected must also be compatible with your IQANdevelop version If it isn t an error message is displayed Thereafter the download starts Follow the instructions as displayed in the dialog box i e restart your IQAN system and then click OK User manual IQAN Software G3 295 Update vmAC 11 System communication IQANdevelop Information j x SN i Please turn you master module off and then SA fee N back on The display will remain blank after YY ___ this operation When ready press OK An Xx Cancel Confirm restart of master module NOTE If you are updating an MDM the display will be black until the download is completed If there is an application in the master when updating vmAC IQANdevelop starts to get the application and ends with sending it back to the master Adjustable parameters are restored to the values they had before the update All stored values such as hour counters event counters etc are also restored User manual IQAN Software G3 296 Restart master 11 System communication Restart master Via the System menu you can restart the master unit without breaking the supply voltage e To restart select System gt Restart master
274. nual IQAN Software G3 Select operator mode When multi mode is selected there are four tabs otherwise only one Select the values you want to see adjust For further information see section Adjustable values on page 213 Positive and negative direction For more information see section Direction of motion on page 123 Current range for the channel Min current minimum current that will be output on the channel equals 0 output Max current maximum current that will be output on the channel equals 100 output 173 Current out 8 Channels Start slope ms States how long it should take for the current to rise Stop slope ms from minimum to maximum and fall from maximum to minimum Fine control Use fine control to get higher resolution of the out put s low values Adjustable Check this box if you want the selected mode to be Consider that slope adjustable from the display In this way the values for times that are too long can affect safety each operator mode may be adjusted Current mA Max current Min current 1 Stop a tims slope Currents and slope times 4 Current out value after fine control Max current Fine control value for respective curve 1 0 2 50 3 75 1 4 100 Min current 14 a 0 50 100 Input value How a curve is affected by fine control With fine control the value of
275. o enter desired settings Communication The communication between the PC and the IQAN system is serial and the communication interface is RS 232 When you have connected the PC with the IQAN system a green status lamp lights up in IQANdevelop s status bar to indicate that the connection is OK If the lamp does not light up you may have selected the wrong communica tion port x z Modem Dialog Language LE A 66 cn nest aw Communication port oS com x N 4 vA WZ S I Low speed Select communication port and speed Communication port You can choose between eight different COM ports Select the communication port that you use to con nect to the master module Low speed On older computers high communication speed can cause problems If you suspect this is the case for your computer check the Low speed box to use a lower communication speed User manual IQAN Software G3 284 Modem Modem 10 Properties IQANdevelop If you want to communicate with a remote IQAN system via a modem you need to specify what modem you will use Properties V1 Communication EE gt ae b A Configure device Select your modem in the list Device for remote connection A A lasat Websetgo 56 Voice x Device for remote connection Configure device Select the modem you want to use for com munication with a remote IQAN system If the modem you want
276. o build up the module system in IQANde velop Every module is represented by a block diagram where we get access to all channel types Add a master An IQAN system must always contain a master module Therefore we start by adding this module e Select System gt Add module The following dialog box is opened Add master module 2 x lL Module type sar Z OO 10AN MDM a Wn E _ m 7 GAN bus Dialog box Add master module e Click OK to add the module IQAN MDM Add IQAN XP The next module we need is an IQAN XP eXpansion Power module to get access to inputs and outputs e Select System gt Add module e Click in the drop down list box Module type and select IQAN XP Check that the CAN address is 0 and click OK Add IQAN Lx e Add IQAN Lx CAN address 0 We have now added the three modules that we will need to create our Reach Stacker application User manual IQAN Software G3 21 Building an application in QANdevelop 4 Getting started System overview All added modules are represented in the system overview To see the mod ules block diagrams click on respective module iol File Edit System Yiew Measure Help SHS Ph NEU 2 Feat byParker Tabs Graph MDM xP A0 Leao 4 IQAN MDM Serial number 0 Hardware version 0 00 Software version 0 00 Status IQAN XP AO Serial number 0 Hardware version 0 00 Software version 0 00 Status
277. o ground Current output Error low condition Open load Other channel types Does not support this operator 278 Fail safe functions 9 Functions and objects Channel gt Error Voltage input Error high condition e g short circuit to battery Current output Error high condition Overload Other channel types Does not support this operator If you want to create a function for a channel that doesn t use conditional objects for example analog or mathematical channels you have to use an internal digital channel where you create the function to take care of the actual error Thereafter the internal digital channel can be used as input to a linear or mathematical object User manual IQAN Software G3 279 Fail safe functions 9 Functions and objects EXAMPLE A lever is used to control the current output for a boom If an error is indi cated for the lever signal the function for the current output will be lim ited To solve this we use an internal digital channel called Lever error indication to handle the error An activating object is added to the internal digital channel Activating object J xj gt ee Comparison Input Operand Channel V C Interval Low limit Channel Input High limit Channel ae is True when input value is inside limits input value is outside limits ie Delete Cancel Activating object for an error on the lever JS Boom We will then us
278. odule properties 0 ccc e cece cece ence eee e teen en eeeenees 104 Naming the module cece eee nent ene e eee eeeenes 104 Changing the module s CAN address sees eee eee 105 FYEQUCNCY 4 ios thats iei ee aus Gomenniagield 4 enamels sawec casts 106 PIN CO0GS tocaran EE an EEEE set van swans vate nas yaad eae 106 Other properties cece eee e cece ence e ence ence eeeenees 107 WHOS 9 oeae arora ste Seances asad ane aed alate stole epee ee 109 Module diagnostic cece cece cece tra rankar pE iraki 109 User manual IQAN Software G3 Contents 8 Channels ssererisocriss desea cnsnn es son seewelnedewngesisioneasions 110 MPU ena Ravens etree an E ne aon RN EEEE Wargame Mie ted ates 113 Voltage IN soriireirscidri oSiateb ees iediaaeb ens EENAA aE 113 Digital ins ccovec cauaacdasek eens wane dd Geen tee teeaiae a hee ae eben 113 FREQUENCY IN se erer cadena tease darania E EOT ERETNA 113 E GaS POSILION 0 ci ceieewtdines dank dee nes Ris shone eer deena ees 113 Internal channels cece eee cece een ene e eee en een eeeee 114 Directional analog channel cece eee eee eee e eee ees 114 Internal analog channel cece cece e eee e eee ee eaes 114 Internal digital channel cece eee eee ee eee en eee ees 114 Mathematical analog channel cece sense ee eee ees 114 Mathematical digital channel cee cece eee eee eee 114 PID
279. og Internal digital IDC Internal Digital J1939 Analog input JAIN J1939 Analog J1939 Analog output JAOUT J1939 Analog J1939 Diagnostic JDGN J1939 Analog J1939 Digital input JDIN J1939 Digital J1939 Digital output JDOUT J1939 Digital J1939 E Gas JGAS J1939 Analog J1939 Lamp indicator JLIC J1939 Digital User manual IQAN Software G3 8 Channels Name Math analog Math digital Memorizing Mode Selection Module diagnostic PID regulator Pulse width modulated output SMS input SMS output State selection Timer Voltage input Short MAC MDC MEM MSC MDGN PID PWM SMSIN SMSOUT SSC TMR VIN Input Output Internal J1939 Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Output Internal Internal Internal Internal Input Analog Digital value Analog Digital Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog User manual IQAN Software G3 112 Inputs 8 Channels Inputs A short presentation of the different physical input channels For more infor mation about the physical data for the inputs see separate data sheet or instruction books for the modules Voltage in The input signal at these inputs comes primarily from analog sensors and levers The unscaled range is dependant on which module you use but is nor mally 0 5000mV the scaled range is application dependent Digital in Physical inputs with value low or high They are mostly used for buttons pos
280. oltage input Frequency input Function parameter Current output PWM output and SMS input Leave values in master Leaves the factory default values in the mas unchanged ter unchanged Use values from IQANde Replaces the factory default values in the velop application master with the ones specified in the applica tion you are about to send This is the default option Adjustable values Voltage input Frequency input Function parameter Current output PWM output and SMS input Leave values in master Leaves the adjustable values in the master unchanged unchanged This is the default option Use values from IQANde Replaces the adjustable values in the master velop application with the ones specified in the application you are about to send Stored values Hour counter Event counter Memorizing and SMS output Leave values in master Leaves the stored values in the master unchanged unchanged This is the default option Use this option when you are updating an application Use values from IQANde Replaces the stored values in the master with velop application the ones specified in the application you are about to send You cannot set stored values manually in IQANdevelop but you can get them from another master module by getting the application Use this option to move stored values from one master to another e g when you have to exchange the master module in a machine Reset all values in master to Reset
281. ommendation when selecting names For digital inputs and outputs a good naming standard is to name the input and output after its active state EXAMPLE A stop button should get the name Stop because the name applies when the input for the stop button is activated For a parking brake it is often appropriate that you activate the output when you want it to release Therefore the name of the output should be Parking brake free For analog inputs and outputs we normally give names after function for example Oil pressure Telescope or Angle sensor boom Direction of motion Before you create an application for a machine it is important to define the directions of movement for all moving components such as levers lifting crane turns etc Every movement has a positive direction and a negative direction The most important thing is to be consistent with the direction selection when you create an application partly to facilitate things when documenting the application and partly when troubleshooting or rebuilding a small recommendation when selecting direction Up Positive Down Negative Forward Positive Reverse Negative Right Positive Left Negative Right turn Positive Left turn Negative Out Positive In Negative User manual IQAN Software G3 123 Defining properties 8 Channels Defining properties To use the inputs and outputs in an application respective channel must be configured You do this by pro
282. on Dual function Division by zero Calculation overflow Negative square root Multiple modules with same address Undefined channel Undefined module Internal checksum error User manual IQAN Software G3 The error message is shown if the input value falls below the low alarm limit The error message is shown if the input value rises above the high alarm limit Applies to Voltage in Short circuit to ground is the probable cause Applies to Voltage in Short circuit to VBAT is the probable cause Applies to Frequency in The frequency is too high and cannot be measured Applies to Current out Assumed that current check is chosen this message is shown if the return current is lower than the set value Applies to Current out Assumed that current check is chosen this message is shown if the return current is higher than the set value Applies to Current out Both the positive and the neg ative direction is activated at the same time Applies to all outputs Activation of both the primary and the secondary output happen at the same time Applies to Mathematical analog The error message is shown if division by zero occurs Applies to Mathematical analog The error message is shown if the final result for the channel is too big Applies to Mathematical analog The error message is shown if the square root of a negative number is requested Two or more modules on the same CAN bus have the same address
283. on We do however need an additional two analog voltage inputs for the boom angle and the telescope s position User manual IQAN Software G3 48 Using more than one object for the current output 4 Getting started Creating the channels and their properties As we have already gone through how to create properties for the voltage inputs we will just give a few short instructions Angle boom voltage in e Add the channel Voltage in index B in the block diagram XP 0 e Enter the following channel properties Name Angle boom Unit degrees To write the symbol press Alt 248 Minimum Voltage mV 500 Maximum Voltage mV 4500 Scaled min 0 Scaled max 60 e Click on Apply to store Position telescope voltage in e Add the channel Voltage in index C e Enter the following channel properties Name Position telescope Unit cm Minimum Voltage mV 500 Maximum Voltage mV 4500 Scaled minimum cm 0 Scaled maximum cm 700 e Click on Apply to store Creating the function Before we begin to create the functions we will look at how IQANdevelop handles controlling and limiting objects We will demonstrate this with a mathematical example The function is appli cable for the output Prop valve boom Limiting object 1 Controlling object 1 via 100 80 60 40 20 Wee lt W4 20 40 60 80100 52 54 56 5860 Input signal Lever boom Input signal An
284. on code select File gt Create safe code e Select File gt Create safe code Create safe application code x Noel GN Step 1 of 3 Enter other user s public key JDSSKCKot 2540KT sxrOfb43osTiqfc aj o gt ia N Back Close Enter public key e Enter the other user s public key that you have received and click Next User manual IQAN Software G3 308 Licence number 12 Access Create safe application code x ul v Step 2 of 3 Oe Vee Enter application code twice e Enter the real application code twice and click Next Create safe application code Step 3 of 3 Nee SY CN 5 Naf Generated safe application code 23 id5T eQSQ1 K1657onl 2 Lop N Send mail The safe application code e Send the safe application code via email by clicking Send mail or copy it to the clipboard by clicking Copy e Close the dialog box or go back and create another one by clicking Back Run IQANdevelop with lower access level Sometimes you may want to run IQANdevelop with a lower access level than your licence This is possible to do with the help of command line parame ters Command line parameter read change develop Description Starts IQANdevelop with access level read Starts IQANdevelop with access level change Starts IQANdevelop with access level develop User manual IQAN Software G3 309 Licence number 12 Access
285. on to find the error When you have found and corrected the error save and download the applica tion to the master unit again Reopen the newly saved application in IQAN simulate again It is important that you save the changed application in IQANdevelop in order to reopen it with IQANsimulate ATTENTION It is very important that you have the same application in the master unit as you have open in IQANsimulate If you don t have the same application in the master unit as you have in IQANsimulate IQANsimulate will behave in an unpredictable manner Functions Switch between the different panels by clicking on the panels headers This is also done by using lt Ctrl Tab gt in the forward direction and lt Ctrl Shift Tab gt in the backward direction Import and export settings These functions will help you to save and open settings that you have done in your application during your work with IQANsimulate These functions oper ate on a settings file type For more information on this file type see page 357 Typical use will be exporting settings before correcting errors in the application with IQANdevelop and later use import settings to quickly go ahead with testing again The settings file also contains any Excel links that you might have User manual IQAN Software G3 347 Using IQANsimulate 14 IQANsimulate Automatic update IQANsimulate is capable of synchronizing its current application to IQANde velop when they
286. ondary channels are not active simulta neously We show the function page for the secondary telescope output as an exam ple This function have two limiting objects in each direction the first is for end damping and the second is for determining if we are in radio con trol mode PYR Telescope XP2 A0 Current out C2 Secondary Pin C2313 0E Properties Function J7 Multi function z Select state z Controlling objects Limiting objects Telescope pos cm T SW Radio Low gt 0 JSR Telescope Locking objects x C MaxOf Cx MinOf Controlling objects Limiting objects JSR Telescope Telescope pos cm T SW Radio Low gt 0 Cad Co x C MaxOF Cx MinOF coe NOTE Make sure that there are no situations where both the primary and secondary functions are active except for PWM outputs see above User manual IQAN Software G32 282 Using the navigator 9 Functions and objects Using the navigator The navigator is a tool to help you navigate within your application It shows the selected channel all used channels and all channels that use the selected channel You get an overview of the channel structure in the functions like a flow chart Select a desired channel in the block diagram and select View gt Show Navigator PY Telescope 0 XP2 A0 Current out C1 Primary Pin 1 23 37 xf Mode selection Tele Grapple State JS Telescope
287. onversion method For further information about the different Conversions methods we refer to SAE J1939 73 or the specification from the manufacturer The TOC8 module will always use conversion method 4 IQAN XT2 40 q x NS Name CAN address Frequency J1939 a DA Sender address 33 N N A o SPN conversion method 1 gt IGS BAM priority 7 DTM priority 7 DM1 priority 6 OK Cancel J1939 module properties Failure Mode Identifier FMI The FMI defines the type of failure detected on the ECU identified by an SPN Note that the failure may not be an electrical failure but may instead be a subsystem failure or condition needing to be reported to the service engi User manual IQAN Software G3 189 SAE J1939 8 Channels neer and maybe also to the operator Each FMI is represented by a message that is presented on the display EXAMPLE Engine oil pressure is too low This is reported from the ECU with a SPN identifying the parameter Engine oil pressure and an FMI identifying the problem below normal In this case SPN is 100 and FMI is 17 The following error message is shown on the display Engine oil pressure Below normal Change the FMI texts The texts are by default in English for both language 1 and language 2 e Right click on the IQAN XT2 module and select Properties and click on the tab J1939 e To open the dialog box for the FMI texts click on the button named FMI tex
288. op valve telescope urent out B1 Primary Pin C1 3 The navigator shows that Lever telescope is connected to the output Prop valve telescope In the navigator we see that the output Prop valve telescope is affected by the input Lever telescope User manual IQAN Software G3 47 Using more than one object for the current output 4 Getting started Using more than one object for the current output We will now describe another object type for the analog current outputs We have already looked at controlling objects In this section we will introduce limiting objects We have therefore chosen to extend the function for the boom and telescope with a function for end position attenuation What do we want to happen Boom and telescope will brake before mechanical stop How will it work When the boom is 5 from its end position the speed will be limited 2 from the mechanical end position the speed must not exceed 20 of the maximum speed When the telescope is 40 cm from its end position the speed will be limited 20 cm from the mechanical end position the speed must not exceed 20 of the maximum speed Horizontal position for the boom 0 maximum angle for the boom 60 Minimum extended telescope 0 cm maximum extended telescope 700 cm What do we need to know The boom angle The telescope s position 700 cm To solve the above problems we continue to build upon the previous applica ti
289. or Max current will be Min current Max max current Min start slope ms Maximum and minimum values for the start slope Max start slope ms Min stop slope ms Maximum and minimum values for the stop slope Max stop slope ms User manual IQAN Software G32 175 PWM out 8 Channels PWM out The properties for a PWM output is similar to a current output but instead of current the PWM output has pulse width modulation ratio called MR Lift up XT2 A0 PWM out C1 Primary Pin 1 6 7 xj Properties Function Name language 1 T Auto Lit up Et Limits IV Multi mode Name language 2 Lit up J7 Auto mode je eee Min MR Max MR PWM frequency f33 85 fi o0 Hz Start slope ms Stop slope ms 250 250 Fine control BWL window Channel J fo Min MR Max MR E 85 Start slope ms Stop slope ms 250 250 Fine control a I Adjustable Factory default Adjustable Properties PWM out PWM frequency PWM frequency Hz The PWM frequency This value is common for all PWM outputs on one module To change this value see section Frequency on page 106 For information on the other properties see section Current out on page 171 MR is the value for the pulse width and is stated as of the PWM pulse time User manual IQAN Software G3 176 PWM out 8 Channels MR max MR min Function value A l Resulting output signal
290. or digital values False True which means that is the same as and Activating and blocking objects Normally you have both activating and blocking objects to create a function In practice this means that you always have to have at least one activating object to be able to block the output s function The digital output s value is determined by the following boolean equation Output value Value of the activating objects Value of the blocking objects The activating objects affect the output s state until a blocking object s condi tion start to apply NOTE In boolean algebra Value is the same as not Value User manual IQAN Software G3 239 Digital out 9 Functions and objects Locking objects The locking objects are used to lock the digital output s value EXAMPLE Start and stop function for a digital output with non locking push buttons You have to press the start button to activate the digital output To avoid having to keep the button pressed we need to create a hold function We use a locking object where we select the digital output itself as input see below When the digital output is activated the locking object becomes true and the digital output stays activated Engine on XP2 A0 Digital out D1 Primary Pin Ciz36 Properties Function J7 Multi function Activating objects Locking objects Blocking objects Start button High pe on High Stop button High Hold fun
291. or example e The host computer is forced to donate resources in support of the commu nications session not only the CPU but also memory data bus power and so on e Shifting these duties to software results in an overall loss of efficiency custom hardware is better suited to handle this type of processing e They seldom work well with GSM modems e g with Wavecom WMODZB that we use with IQAN How can you tell if a modem is a software modem Usually you ll see Win modem or RPI somewhere on the box We recommend using external modems This is simply the best way to ensure you get a modem with all its brains intact As far as we know it s not practical to produce an external modem that uses drivers to handle things like error correction and compression An exter nal modem is also easier to monitor and troubleshoot most have status indi cator lights on the front panel User manual IQAN Software G3 390 Choosing amodem Appendix C We recommend using direct lines and not going through the company switchboard If you have to go through the company switchboard use an analog line Also make sure the switch board doesn t do any noise reduction on the line you will be using We recommend against chasing the latest technology Modem makers often race to hit the market first with a new feature in order to gain market share It often takes a little while to get new features reliable though so the first few batc
292. order for the channels Appendix B Appendix B Priority order for the channels All channels in an IQAN system are arranged in a certain order of treatment First the master unit reads the values of all input channels thereafter all channels are treated and finally the values are sent out via the output chan nels Priority for the channels can cause race conditions i e a channel can use an old value for a calculation These problems particularly concerns digital channels It is best to avoid using a channel with a lower priority to e g calculate a value for a channel with higher priority It is the responsibility of the devel oper of the application to consider the priority order Please use the Naviga tor or the Check application command to check your application for priority problems The channels are prioritized in the following order Priority 1 highest Channel type 2 Module type 3 Module CAN address 4 lowest Channel index The treatment order for the channels is determined from the four tables on the following pages e The master begins by checking and prioritizing the channel types table 1 e Thereafter the module type where the channel type is located is checked The master module follows the priority ordering in table 2 e If there are several modules of the same type these are distinguished as per table 3 by their CAN address e The last thing to be checked is the channel index which is prior
293. ortcut to its input channel e Right click on the object and select Goto input channel The channel will be selected in the block diagram and the channel informa tion dialog box will be updated with that channel Cut and paste An object can be cut and then pasted in another object box e Right click on the object and select Cut object e Click in the object list box where the object will be moved e Right click and select Paste object Copy An object can be copied from one object list box to another e Right click on the object and select Copy object e Click in the object list box where the object will be pasted e Right click and select Paste object User manual IQAN Software G3 233 Current out 9 Functions and objects Drag and drop to move an object It is also possible to click on an object hold the mouse button down and drag it to another object list box You drop the object by releasing the mouse but ton by The cursor symbol for dropping the object in another box 2 The cursor symbol shows that you cannot drop the object The cursor symbol for copy By pressing Ctrl when you drop the object a copy is created NOTE To move or copy an object the object type needs to be the same as the type where it is pasted or dropped You can of course move or copy an object to another channel if you want to Multiple functions Each channel can have up to eight functions Only one function is active at
294. ou will find similar information as in the dialog box for Warnings and statistics For further information see section Warnings and statistics on page 94 NOTE Errors must be corrected before the application can be sent To communicate with the master the lamp in the status field has to give a green light For further information see section The status bar on page 89 Send the application to the master e Select System gt Send application or click on the Send button in the tool bar The shortcut key for sending data is F2 x Ja Errors Factory default values C Leave values in master unchanged Use values from IGANdevelop application Adjustable values T Wamings Leave values in master unchanged Unused channel 6 Missing unit language 1 2 Missing unit language 2 2 Priority 1 Stored values Leave values in master unchanged Use values from IQANdevelop application HAARE Statistics shay s C Use values from IQANdevelop application Modules 2 Channels 10 C Reset all values in master to zero Objects 2 i Le The master module will be stopped ae 06 during download Make sure that the machine is not moving and the engine is shut down Click Send to start download Dialog box Send application User manual IQAN Software G3 288 Send application 11 System communication Factory default values V
295. ow channel info Show navigator The navigator gives an overview of included channels for one function Show multimeter Gives an overview of all the channels you are mea suring on After having activated desired channels for measurement click on Show multimeter to show a window with all channels at the same time In this way you can measure on several channels located on different modules at the same time lh A Measure functions With the buttons you can start or stop a measure b Start measure The button is enabled when the measure can start Stop measure The button is enabled when measurement is in progress Help functions If you need help you can use the button below 9 Help for IQANdevelop The module tool bar Each module has two buttons at the top left corner of the module page Mod ule properties and Remove module ey Shows the properties dialog box for a module Removes current module from the application You have to delete all T channels from the module before it can be deleted User manual IQAN Software G3 88 The tool bars 5 Menu overview The status bar Display the help file Demo crane 3 00 Develop Pro gt com onine 7 The status bar The status bar consists of six smaller fields where the following information is shown 1 In the first field from the left there is a short description of the button or the field that the mouse is pointing to
296. ox To make the transition between using the steering wheel and using the lever more stable we want an operation delay of 1000 ms before the lever will work e Enter 7000 ms in the Delay on box Orbitrol inactive As we want the regulation to start when the orbitrol pressure is less than 40 bar we create an activating object for the internal digital channel Orbitrol inactive e Open the function page for the channel Orbitrol inactive e Add an Activating object e Select Orbitrol pressure as Input e Select lt less than as operator character e Enter 40 as Operand Neer Comparison 7 5 ae Input Operand Channel fw Orbitrol pressure B z k z fa0 00 7 A y 4 Sig Interval oyali Charmel F Input Highnlinnt Channel F Object is True when gt channe value ts treide limits channel value is outside limits Delete Cancel Activating object for the Internal digital channel Orbitrol inactive e Click OK to create the object PID wheel steering Define the activating channel for the PID regulator e Open the function page for the channel PID wheel steering e Select the channel Orbitrol inactive in the drop down list box Enabling channel We have now created the complete function for the PID regulator with Com mand value Feedback value and activation of the regulation All that remains to do for everything to work is to connect the PID regulator as a controlling object
297. pen the dialog box Channel information Function tab e Right click in Limiting objects and select Add object e Select Input Position telescope Enter 660 cm for In 1 and 100 for Out 1 Enter 680 cm for In 2 and 20 for Out 2 Limiting object Ea Noe ees Input Outside range oy Vo Position telescope em Freeze value E C Retum to 100 za p w 5 N Int Channel Out1 Channel T eco 00 cm 100 00 z ouT oti 4 In2 Channel T Out 2 Channel Lets 80 00 cm 20 00 x a Delete Cancel Limiting object for the output Prop valve telescope User manual IQAN Software G3 51 Using more than one object for the current output 4 Getting started e Click OK to create the object e Right click in Limiting objects and select Add object e Select Input Position telescope e Enter 20 cm for In 1 and 20 for Out 1 e Enter 40 cm for In 2 and 100 for Out 2 Limiting object Position telescope cm Q E x n x x EOR peee Cancel Out 1 Out 2 Controlling object for the output Prop valve telescope e Click OK to create the object We have now created a function for boom and telescope with end reduction Navigating e Select the output Prop valve boom e Select View gt Show Navigator 40 Current out 41 Primary Pin C1 8 Prop valve boom Angle boom OoOO Two channels affect the output Prop valve boo
298. placement of the Software or hardware that does not meet Licensor s limited warranty and that is returned to the Licensor with a copy of your receipt The limited warranty is void if failure of the Software or hardware has resulted from accident abuse or misapplication of the original hardware and Software only and in no case shall the limited warranty apply to any copies of the original Software Any replacement Soft ware shall be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or for thirty 30 days whichever is longer No other warranties Licensor disclaims all other warranties either express or implied including but not limited to implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose with respect to the Software any accompanying written material any accompanying hardware and any services for any of the foregoing No other liability In no event will Licensor or its agents or suppliers or Distributors be liable for any direct or indirect damages whatsoever including without limitation damages for negligence strict lia bility breach of contract loss of business profits business interruption loss of business infor mation or pecuniary loss arising out of the use of or inability to use or failure to deliver the Software or any defects therein even if the Licensor has been advised of the possibility of such damages In no event shall the aggregate liability of Licensor its agents suppliers and d
299. plication information modules channels and objects Application information Select File gt Info to open the dialog box for application information Application information a Application description Version Demo crane 3 00 Comment x Version history Version 3 00 Improved with state machine functionality Version 2 50 Language 1 English v Default Language 2 German v Default V Allow Change level to see channel functions Date of change 2004 08 03 15 44 17 Changed by 4C72 5F04 1 9BF F311 HHHH HHHH Ulrik Sandstrom Cancel Application information Application description Description of the application normally the machine type or name Max 19 characters Version Version of the application Helps you to do version control of your applications Comment Comment on the application for example how it functions etc Max 255 characters Language and 2 Select which languages this application uses The Default default language is the one used the first time you send an application to a master module Allow Change levelto Check this to allow users at the Change level to see see channel functions the function tab in the channel information dialog box User manual IQAN Software G3 90 Application information 6 Application Date of change The date when the latest change of the application was carried out Cannot be changed Changed by Licence id and name of the last
300. ppli cation code that you want to delete Delete code x Application code Delete all Delete all application codes in the file OK Saves your changes and closes this dialog box Cancel Close this dialog box without saving any changes Safe application codes A safe application code is an application code that is encrypted with your public key This means that it can only be used by yourself and can therefor User manual IQAN Software G32 307 Licence number 12 Access be safely sent via e g email No one can read the actual application code from a safe application code not even yourself To get a safe application code you must first give your public key to the per son who knows the real application code That person then encrypts the real application code with your public key and gets a safe application code which he she can send back to you You must then add it to your application code file to be able to use See the previous section for a description of how to do that Your public key can be accessed from File gt Application code manager gt Public key Application code manager xj Ca Add delete Public key o Your public key at DSSKCKo1 2540KT s lt r0tb43 re Your public key Send the public key via email by clicking Send as mail which will start your email program or copy it to the clipboard by clicking Copy Creating safe application codes To create a safe applicati
301. r 8 Channels Event counter This channel is used to count events The range is 0 32000 The counter stops when it reaches 0 or 32000 x Properties Function Name language 1 Cycle counter Name language 2 Cycle counter I Store value J Allow reset to zero Properties for the channel event counter Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages shown on Name language 2 the display Store the counter s value Store value The channel value is stored in non volatile memory In this way the value is stored even if you break the supply voltage to the system Otherwise the value will be reset to zero at startup See also section Stored val ues page 214 Allow reset to zero The channel value can be reset to zero from the dis play or via iSMS see Appendix D page 392 User manual IQAN Software G3 152 Memorizing 8 Channels Memorizing This channel type is used to memorize a channel s value at certain conditions The memorized value can either be replaced or added up by a new one If you select to store the memorized value in the master s memory it will remain unaffected when you break the supply voltage Tara boom weigth MDM Memorizing A x Properties Function Name language 1 Tara boom weigth Name language 2 Tara boom weigth Memorize channel l Boom pressure Bar x Action Replace Add IV Store value IV Allow reset to zero
302. r different thicknesses Channel properties To change a channel s properties click on desired channel tab in the channel information and select Measure gt Channel properties or right click on desired channel name in the channel list The following dialog box is shown Channel properties xi Channel properties Color The color which the curve is drawn with If you click on Select the dialog box for color selection is shown Min The lower value for the scale on the Y axis Max The higher value for the scale on the Y axis User manual IQAN Software G3 330 14 IQANsimulate 14 IQANsimulate IQANsimulate is a tool for simulating expansion modules for IQAN con trol systems IQANsimulate is a Windows based program that uses CAN to communi cate with the master module IQAN MDM The master module cannot tell any difference between IQANsimulate and real expansion modules You use the same application file as the one that is downloaded into the mas ter module If you don t have the application as a file you can get it from the master with IQANdevelop User manual IQAN Software G3 331 Install the CAN card before IQANsimulate Installation 14 IQANsimulate Installation Before you install IQANsimulate please install a National Instruments CAN card in your computer IQANsimulate will not work without the CAN card Follow the instructions in National Instruments installation guide
303. r hour counters they are stored once every second minute The memories used in IQAN modules have a maximum number of memory writes of approximately one million times for each channel With a channel value changing ten times per second the channel would only work for about 30 hours User manual IQAN Software G3 214 9 Functions and objects 9 Functions and objects This chapter deals with the following e the functions for different channels e how to create functions e safety in functions e how to use the navigator The function for a channel defines the output signal s value in different situa tions e g how much current that will be output on a current output or the sta tus for a digital output With the internal channels you can create advanced mathematical functions regulation functions and alarm functions It is possible to handle module or channel errors that occur in a function With the navigator you get an overview of the channels used in a function User manual IQAN Software G3 215 Functions and objects 9 Functions and objects Functions and objects All movements in a machine is defined with a positive and a negative direction This applies to control of proportional magnet valves on off valves as well as engines For further information see section Direction of motion on page 123 A function is created by so called objects An object can be compared to a black box with one or sev
304. ram does not detect a faulty application it offers you to delete all your applications If you decline it will try to open the first application User manual IQAN Software G3 380 Appendix A Status warning and error messages Appendix A Status warning and error messages In IQANdevelop many status warning and error messages are shown to give the most possible information about the situation The messages are color coded with respect to the seriousness of the message If 1QANdevelop shows an error message the actual indicators such as mea sure flags and status lamps turns red Status messages Ok messages Warning messages Error messages Grey Green Yellow Red Grey status messages Not evaluated Status unknown Not all objects are calculated due to the fact that the master uses lazy evaluation For more information see Appendix F on page 397 Applies to Diagnostic for the module Upon detection of an error on one of the diagnosed values status unknown is shown on the remaining values Green OK messages OK Everything is Ok User manual IQAN Software G3 381 Yellow warning messages Status warning and error messages Appendix A Simulated Locked Halted Low temperature High temperature Critical temperature Low supply voltage High supply voltage Critical supply RTC not connected Radio battery low X axis error Y axis error Z axis error Zero
305. re are any pending SMS output messages they will be handled first User manual IQAN Software G3 168 SMS output 8 Channels SMS output This channel sends messages to external systems GSM phones via SMS Short Message Service An SMS capable GSM modem must be connected to the master module for this functionality The message is sent when function value goes from False to True see section SMS output on page 272 x Properties Function Name language 1 Service reminder Name language 2 Service reminder IV Store value Phone number 46709474491 Outgoing message SMS Time for service Outgoing channel value l Service time h RE Apply SMS output Service reminder Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages shown on Name language 2 the display Store value Store value The channel value is stored in non volatile memory In this way the value is stored even if you break the sup ply voltage to the system Otherwise the value will be reset to zero at startup See also section Stored values page 214 User manual IQAN Software G3 169 SMS output 8 Channels SMS properties Phone number Enter the phone number that should receive the mes sage Phone number can consist of and digits 0 9 is only allowed as the first character Please check that your network operator supports as a prefix for inter national calls before using this syntax
306. regulator wississceccs tds oreesa ariere a iaa savacddace 114 Integrating limiting channel cece eee eee eee eee nes 114 Conditional Message 0 cece cece cnet e eee e nee e en eees 115 Interactiv MESSAGE ss sec eier eee daee seed cue sewed eee see eeu 115 Event COUNTED oscce cscs ieias cee dea caedensd sama eas ood ERES 115 Memorizing channel cece eee eee cece tent ENa 115 Event log channel cece cece e cece eee e eee ee ee eeenees 115 TUMOR so scdeitedats steed Sas didetdersiadiaseue ede dies tau es 115 Hour COUNTED ics cecinece coewecd eases eels aed bas ab eas ood oud eae 115 Mode selection channel cece eee cece tent ene eeeaes 115 State selection channel cece eee eee nent ene e ne ees 116 Module diagnostic channel e eee cece eee e eee ees 116 FUNCTION parameters eee eee eee eee eee eee ees 116 ENGINE lOAG bs ce vieceandachy ere wine veer AE aw deeeesad creel Re 116 SMS INDUC adsasdactesetades Madawaidas fade ciate ies E ees 116 SIMS OUTPUT 44 65 248s Sek lee ase id held edlaae i gan oe a Cee tae 116 OUTPUTS 4s cas aniiasioncsmand dades Weed Reo adds Moe alee leds 117 Current OUt ae postarnir a eera tae ne yee eedy aera tose es EEEE 117 PWN OUT erine einas NE EAEE EATE NASEER 117 Brais EEA A E E TE 117 Alarm OUE e a EE E RERO 117 Egas OUPUT eirsirese reditus Ea E AEE Da 117 Primary and secondary outputs cece eee eee ee eee 117 SA
307. requency For example frequency sensor with high signal ampli tude should use high trig level 2 5 V Passive inductive sensors with a low signal amplitude should use low trig level 0 25 V The IQAN system measures the time period between two flanks which are positive to one another The fre quency is then calculated from this High trig level is pre set Measure and simulate Value Hz Simulated value Consider personal Shows the current value for the channel Can be used when calibrating the channel for a unique sensor Simulate a value on the channel Check the box and enter a value in the field below The channel will use this value instead of the actual mea sured value on the input safety when simu A 3 Alarm lating Appropriate safety precautions Alarm low should be taken Alarm high If the alarm is to be activated when the input signal passes a defined alarm limit Select type of alarm by checking the boxes In the field below you enter the level for the alarm limit The alarm limit considers the scaled value Alarm low when the signal drops below the lower alarm limit the alarm is activated Alarm high when the signal exceeds the upper alarm limit the alarm is activated For further information see section Alarm on page 128 User manual IQAN Software G3 136 Frequency in 8 Channels Filtering the input signal Filter Use a filter to attain greater st
308. requires a GSM modem with SMS capabilities connected to the remote master module iSMS is supported by all master modules To activate iSMS see section iSMS commands page 108 In the tables below text and number values are indicated by lt Value description gt Optional values are within The value lt Channel id gt is entered as lt Channel type gt lt Channel index gt lt Module type gt lt Module index gt i e Module index can be left out if there can only be one module of that type e g MDM The syntax is not case sensitive which means you can enter all commands in lower case letters also Interactive message Displays a message on the driver display The driver can have the option to reply by clicking one of the buttons specified If no buttons are specified the message will only be displayed no reply is sent back to the sender Command IM lt Text message gt F1 lt F1 button text gt F2 lt F2 button text gt F3 lt F3 button text gt Reply button s speci IM lt Text message gt fied Reply lt Button gt lt Button text gt or IM lt Text message gt Reply Timeout Reply no buttons speci No reply is sent fied Example IM How are you F1 Fine F2 Bad Reply IM How are you Reply F1 Fine User manual IQAN Software G3 392 iSMS syntax Appendix D Application info Get application info Command AL Reply AL lt Application description
309. ries within the voltage range 500 mV 4500 mV e Click in the Min mV box and enter 500 e Click in the Max mV box and enter 4500 To be able to use the pressure sensor s signal we need to rescale it to the unit Bar In the data sheet for the sensor we see that the above voltage range cor responds to 0 35 bar e Click in the Scaled Min box and enter 0 00 e Click in the Scaled Max box and enter 35 00 User manual IQAN Software G3 37 Voltage input 4 Getting started Pressure parking brake XP A0 oltage in A Pin CEZ x Properties Name language 1 Unit Factory default Pressure parking brake Bar Min m Max mV Name language 2 Unit 500 4500 Presure parking brake Bar Set min Select predefined sensor J Adjustable Set mar Min mV Max mV Error value jooo Scaled min Scaled max 0 00 35 00 J Simulated value I Alarm low Alarm high Value mY Filter 0 Properties for the voltage input Pressure parking brake e Click Apply to store Creating the function The functions for the channels Gearbox forward and Gearbox reverse will in general be similar The only thing that will separate them is that the inter locking devices forward and reverse cannot apply at the same time Gearbox forward We begin by creating the main function the switch function Switch forward high gt Gearbox forward will be activated When the switch is in its forward position Gear
310. rking brake on We will now extend the function for the output with an object for the speed Speed gt 1 km h gt Parking brake released Speed lt 1 km h and Speed pedal not pressed down gt Parking brake on We will use a Locking object A locking object has higher priority than an activating object which means that as soon as the conditions for the locking object are true the output s value is locked In practice as long as the speed is gt 1 km h the system disregards the signal from the switch in the speed pedal However if the speed is lt 1 km h the conditions for the locking object do not apply any longer and instead the con ditions for the speed pedal that we created as an activating object will apply We create the following comparison Speed gt 1 00 gt Locks the output s value e Add a Locking object e Select Speed km h as Input e Click in the drop down list box for operation characters and select gt greater than e Click in the drop down list box for Operand and enter 1 00 User manual IQAN Software G3 34 Frequency input 4 Getting started Locking object ed m o o o y Eoi Benne fa Input niin enal i Dialog box for Locking objects e Click OK to create the object e Close the dialog box Channel information Navigating We have now created the function for an automatic parking brake e Select the channel Parking brake released e Select View gt Show Nav
311. rl Shift gt the channel index letter Appearance The panels are modelled with all the capabilities of the real modules XP IQAN XP has 8 voltage inputs 2 frequency inputs 6 current outputs and 8 digital outputs Undefined channels Co IGAN XP A0 Voltage inputs Current outputs A B c D E F atiii 236 392 245 O 753 120 IQAN XS has 10 voltage inputs 16 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs Undefined channels IQAN Lx has 2 voltage inputs 10 digital inputs 3 directional inputs and 1 digital output IQAN Lz A0 Digital output A Lx layout User manual IQAN Software G3 340 The module panels 14 IQANsimulate XP2 IQAN XP72 has 4 voltage inputs 2 frequency inputs 4 current outputs 2 pulse width modulation outputs and 4 digital outputs J IQAN XP2 A0 DUEREI XP2 layout XR IQAN XR has 10 voltage inputs and 16 digital inputs 5 IQAN XR fo E et E Joe J Fe ft fo Fe XR layout XT2 IQAN XT2 has 10 voltage inputs 3 frequency inputs 2 current outputs 3 pulse width modulation outputs 6 digital outputs and 1 EGAS output 1m IQAN XT2 A0 Engine XT2 layout User manual IQAN Software G3 341 The module panels 14 IQANsimulate J1939 The J1939 module is not a physical module but a part of the IQAN XT72 It is automatically created if any of the following J1939 channels are present The J1939 module has 24 analog inputs
312. rm Active time ms 300 Passive time ms 300 Properties alarm out Name Name language 1 The channel s name in the two languages shown on Name language 2 the display Alarm properties Active time ms Pulse times for the alarm signal Passive time ms When the condition for the alarm is fulfilled the output will be alternating active passive If you do not want an oscillating function for the alarm enter a value for active time and 0 for passive time User manual IQAN Software G3 180 Alarm out 8 Channels NOTE The active passive time properties only affect the physical output not the channel value The channel value is always the same as the function value If you do not create a function for the channel only internal alarms will be indicated Internal alarms use the properties for the primary alarm out if it exists If it does not exist the internal alarms use pre set properties User manual IQAN Software G3 181 E Gas position 8 Channels E Gas position This channel is used to measure the actuator s position when controlling the E gas for a diesel engine The channel has a dedicated pin on the IQAN XT2 module For further information see instructions book for IQAN XT2 E Gas position XT2 A0 E Gas position A Pin Ci 21 Properties Name language 1 EG as positior Name language 2 JEG as position Value mY Properties for the channel E gas position
313. s This is the same for all J1939 out puts and is specified in the module properties see sec tion Sender address on page 191 Transmit rate Transmit rate ms How often the message will be sent This is only used when Trigger channel is set to Transmit continuously See the properties tab for the channel User manual IQAN Software G32 208 J1939 Analog out 8 Channels J1939 Data You can choose to use SAE J1939 standard data types or you can specify your data using bit length and offset J1939 standard formatting checked Data length Byte The length of the parameter s data 1 2 or 4 bytes Data offset 1 8 Byte The offset gives the actual parameter s position The data field is 8 bytes in total Bytes are numbered from to 8 J1939 standard formatting not checked Data length bit The length of the parameter s data 1 32 bits Data offset 1 64 bit The offset gives the actual parameter s position The data field is 64 bits in total Bits are numbered from 1 to 64 User manual IQAN Software G3 209 J1939 Digital out 8 Channels J1939 Digital out This channel type is used for sending digital values to external systems via CAN x Properties s1339 Name language 1 Engine started Name language 2 Engine started Input channel J Engine running X Trigger channel edge triggered Engine running X Properties for the channel J1939 Digital out Name Nam
314. s all stored values to zero Zero For further information about the factory default and adjustable parameters see section Adjustable values on page 213 and for information on stored val ues see section Stored values on page 214 User manual IQAN Software G3 289 Send application 11 System communication Sending data To send the application click on Send A message box will show the down load progress Sending channels JS Swing Download progress Abort transmission If the transmission has to be stopped click Abort transmission NOTE When cancelling the transmission there is no application in the master User manual IQAN Software G3 290 Get application 11 System communication Get application To view measure or change an application in a master you need to get it from the master to IQANdevelop first All application information such as mod ules channels and objects are uploaded To get an application e Select System gt Get or click on the Get button in the tool bar The short cut key for getting data is F3 Receiving channels Feedback pressure h ua an mooo The application is received a recommendation Always get the application before you start measure to be certain that the measure occurs at the correct channel Factory default and adjustable parameters When you get the application from the master you will get both the factory
315. s for conditional messages eee eee eee eee eee eee nes 58 Creating the channels and their properties 005 59 Creating the function cece cece cece eee eee e eee ee eee 61 Calculations with mathematical channels 00005 65 Creating the function cece eee eee cee eee nent eee eeeee 66 User manual IQAN Software G3 Contents Carrying out calculations with a mathematical digital channel 66 PID rEQUIALOR wascasoveccns ad anera E end pais E EE EA 69 Creating the channels and their properties 065 70 Using internal analog channels eee eee eee ences 72 Creating the regulator s function cece eee eee eens 72 SUMIMALY ys erreren cad vieee patie nna wade hd sataew abe TEE E elated 79 Verify the application cece ccc e eee e eee e eee n ee eeees 79 Trouble shooting 0c cece cece ence eee eee en en eeeeeeeees 79 5 MeCnwWOverview sccicisvicvss scnsce stoke seiinedcdiseseiies E an 80 The main window eee cece eect eee eee eee enn teen en enee 81 Drop down Menus cece cece cence cece ence eee ene ee eeeeenee 82 The tool bars icc atte a tideee tea deat ewes eddie ENUE aAA 87 The main window tool bar cece eee e cece ene e ee eeees 87 The module tool bar cc cece cence cece cnet eee eeenenees 88 THE Status Das ovens aces annoar Ea E orton ceca tora ngeante tes 89 G Application cx ius
316. sage function 262 properties 150 Internal analog function 252 properties 139 Internal channels 114 Internal digital function 253 properties 141 Internet 332 Interval 219 IQANdevelop 331 354 automatic update 348 updating IQANdevelop 348 IQAN MDM 333 IQANsimulate 335 using 347 J1939 188 342 J1939 Analog in properties 192 206 J1939 channels 119 J1939 Diagnostic properties 204 J1939 Digital in properties 197 210 J1939 Lamp indicator properties 203 J1939 messages 385 J1939 throttle out properties 200 L Language properties 287 Languages 91 Lazy evaluation 399 Levers 98 Limiting objects 226 Linear objects 216 Locking objects 230 240 Logical operators 221 Low speed 284 Lx 340 M Machine directives 334 Main window 81 Markers 324 Master modules 97 Mathematical analog function 246 properties 143 Mathematical digital function 250 properties 144 Mathematical objects 219 MaxOf 220 Measure 376 start measure 338 stop measure 338 Measuring 311 Memorizing function 268 properties 153 Menu bar 336 User manual IQAN Software G32 Menu overview 80 Messages 381 Minimize Window 337 MinOf 220 Mode selection function 274 properties 158 Modem 18 299 Modem properties 285 Modes 173 Module header 339 index 339 minimizing 339 status 339 type 339 Module diagnostic 109 properties 160 Module properties 104 Modules 97 Momentary button 344 Move channel 12
317. sages can be set in the J1939 module properties see picture on page 189 The default val ues are set to the recommended default values in SAE J1939 User manual IQAN Software G3 190 SAE J1939 8 Channels Sender address The sender address is used by the module when J1939 messages are sent to other system This identifies the IQAN module on the CAN bus and should be unique The recommended address to use is 39 which corresponds to Man agement computer 1 according to SAE J1939 Issued APR2000 The TOC8 module will always use sender address 39 a tip about creating an application for an engine If you only create the channels for a specific diesel engine and then save the idt file you can use that file as a template next time you need to create an application for that specific engine User manual IQAN Software G3 191 J1939 Analog in J1939 Analog in 8 Channels This channel type is used for analog parameters in the SAE J1939 x Properties 11939 Name language 1 Unit Min bit Manx bit Engine oil temperature fic fo 64256 Name 2 Unit 7 ele ae i Calculate min and max Engine oil temperature fic E i Scaled min Scaled max rror value 273 00 1735 00 joo J Simulated value Alarm low JV Alarm high l 90 00 Apply a Properties for the channel J1939 Analog in Name and unit Name language 1 Name language 2 The channel s name in two languages shown on the display
318. se two controlling objects for the function one for the lever actuation and one for the potentiometer s input signal Controlling object 1 Controlling object 2 100 80 7 60 gt 40 20 40 60 80 100 20 40 60 80100 Input signal from potentiometer Input signal from lever telescope With the potentiometer set to 60 object 1 60 With a lever stroke of 55 object 2 50 The controlling objects 0 6 0 5 0 3 gt 30 This means that the speed of the telescope s movement will be 30 of the maximum speed User manual IQAN Software G3 225 Current out 9 Functions and objects MaxOf With MaxOf the objects output signals are compared to each other The object with the highest output signal controls the output according to The controlling objects value MaxOf Control 1 Control 2 Control 3 Control 8 EXAMPLE Sometimes a machine can be equipped with two levers which makes it pos sible to control the same function from two different spots from the cabin and from some place outside the machine In order to make this work you have to define the input signal from each lever as a controlling object in the function and activate MaxOf In this way the two objects will be com pared Thus if you are inside the cabin that lever will control the function and if you are outside the machine cabin that lever will control the func tion In addition to this you will need another function
319. sed For safety reasons following will apply for the digital output for the brake High output signal gt Parking brake released Low output signal gt Parking brake on What do we need to know The vehicles speed If the speed pedal is pressed To solve the above problem we need a digital output for the parking brake a digital input for the speed pedal s safety switch as well as a frequency input for the vehicle speed Creating the channels and their properties We begin by creating the digital channels and their properties Parking brake released digital out e Open the block diagram for XP 0 e Create the digital output by right clicking on the channel connection Digi tal out index B1 and select Add channel e Select View gt Show channel info e Enter the following name on the channel Parking brake released e The parking brake s output signal shall be activated after 0 5 s Click in the box Delay off and enter 500 ms e Click on Apply to store Switch speed pedal digital in e Open the block diagram for Lx 0 e Right click on Digital in index B and select Add channel e Select View gt Show channel info User manual IQAN Software G3 31 Frequency input 4 Getting started e Enter the following name for the channel Switch speed pedal e Click on Apply to store Speed frequency in We will now create the frequency input and define the channel s properties e Right click on Fr
320. smission IQAN XT2 40 No contact The error event log in IQANdevelop Columns Date and time The date and time of the alarm error or event is displayed in the left column Note For modules that do not have any real time clock e g IQAN TOC8 the date and time is not logged Name The name of the channel module that the alarm error or event refers to Channel Module Information about the channel connection or module Status Only for errors alarms Type of alarm error Value Only for events Channel value when logged Saving the error event log You can choose to save the error event log as an ide file Click on Save to do this The whole list will be saved together with the complete application It is also possible to save the logs as a txt file Select text file in the save dia log box Save as type The file extension must be txt Opening the error log You open the error event log by selecting File gt Open After that you select the file that you want to open User manual IQAN Software G3 293 Error event log 11 System communication Copying the error event log The entire error log or event log can be copied to the Windows clipboard and thereafter pasted into e g Excel or Word Click on Copy Only the currently displayed log is copied Clear the error event log To clear the error log or event log in the master select System gt Clear error log or System gt Clear event log IQANdevelop Warnin
321. stant When the boom angle increases the tele scope is extended so that the COG will be constant For this you use a PI regulator to regulate the telescope User manual IQAN Software G3 255 PID 9 Functions and objects The command value COG just before the start of the regulation Command value o Control error Control value gt PI Regulator gt Telescope gt j Feedback value COG Block diagram of the control system for the straight lift function On the lever used to manoeuvre the boom there is a button to press when you want to use the straight lift function When the button is pressed the value of COG is stored so that it can be used as the command value for the regulator When the straight lift function is activated you cannot manoeu vre the telescope with the lever instead the regulator controls the telescope in and out To get COG constant we use a PI regulator where the integrating action is required so an error does not remain when the boom reaches its upper end Derivative regulation D The derivative regulation is not used often It is used to prevent fast changes disturbances in the regulation for example if the wheels in a feedback con trol are loaded less than normal which makes the control of the wheel angle faster The feedback value is suddenly changed which the regulator must compensate for Urt Dx At Ac 1
322. t 0 9 This can be useful if you want to allow a series of number Example 7094744 matches 0709474451 46709474478 and 0046709474485 This is the user definable text that has to match the incoming message It can be used as a variable name descriptive command and or password The text is case sensitive See also below for complete message syntax To the text specified above prefix and suffix are added The prefix is SV and the suffix is After the suffix the value should be entered The value must be an integer or floating point number As decimal delimiter both and is supported The channel s value will be assigned this value if the incoming mes sage is valid and matches the complete text Example Max speed matches incoming messages SV Max speed 15 0 SV Max speed 12 sv Max speed 18 67 but does not match SV max speed 15 0 SV Max speed 12 Parameter values Min Max Adjustable value Factory default value Minimum value for the channel s adjustable range Maximum value for the channel s adjustable range The channel value This is the value set via SMS The factory default value This value is used when you reset the master to factory defaults It must be a value between Min and Max Changing the channel s value The channel s value can be changed in two ways One way is to reset the mas ter to factory defaults which will set the value to the specified factory default value
323. t We connect this to an analog current input To calculate Maximum load and 90 of the maxi mum load we use two mathematical analog channels and to indicate Over load we use a mathematical digital channel User manual IQAN Software G3 58 Channels for conditional messages 4 Getting started Creating the channels and their properties The messages we want to be shown on the display are Conditional messages For example we want the operator to be warned with a message when 90 of the maximum weight is exceeded and when Overload is indicated We will now create two channels for conditional messages Warning overload 90 conditional message Right click on the channel connection Conditional message index A in the block diagram MDM and select Add channel Select View gt Show channel info User manual IQAN Software G3 Enter the channel name Warning overload 90 in the box Name lan guage l Select the alternative Text only which makes it possible to show three text rows on the display Remove the selection Show always Click on the first row for Left display text language I and enter Warning Thereafter click on the second row and enter Close to overload Warning overload 90 MDM Conditional message A xf Properties Function Name language 1 warming overload 90 Name language 2 warning overload 90 Delay on fo ms Delay off 0 ms Layout Text only Text and channel I
324. t Outside range a 4 aa COG cm z Freeze value jem C Betum to 100 Ye a gt s INA m Channel I Out1 Channel J oo O x joo z ouT2 r In2 Channel Out 2 Channel Lee fes50 00 oe 20 00 A rn OK 3 Delete Cancel Limiting object for the output Prop valve boom e Click OK to create the object We now have to create the function for COG to make the application work User manual IQAN Software G3 54 Mathematical analog channel 4 Getting started Calculations with a mathematical analog channel We will now demonstrate how to create a mathematical function using a mathematical analog channel The function gives an analog value What do we want to happen The distance between the centre of the load and the front axle will be calcu lated COG How will it work COG cosa L1 t L2 L1 860 cm L2 580 cm What do we need to know Angle boom a Position telescope t L1 and L2 see illustration From the illustration we get aay f cosa COG L2 L1 t A5 gt cosa L1 t COG L2 Lc gt COG cosa L1 t L2 COG L2 i Previously in our application we have created the analog voltage inputs Angle boom and Position telescope The distances L and L2 are set distances on the machine We need to create the function with a mathematical channel to calculate COG The properties for the mathematical analog channel COG have already been
325. t every curve is marked with a number which corresponds to the channel s position in the channel list Create print tags Print tags are created by right clicking in the measurement window and selecting Create print tags or select Measure gt Create print tags The print tag for active channel can be positioned anywhere on the curve Position the marker on desired position in the X direction hold the lt Ctrl gt key down and click Remove print tags Remove print tags by right clicking in the measurement window and select Remove print tags or select Measure gt Remove print tags User manual IQAN Software G3 327 Measuring with the graph 13 Measuring and fault finding Adding a comment You can add comments for a specific measurement This will then be printed out with the measurement data I x NE Header YO Engine load A Appl description Demo crane i N Appl version 3 00 N ppl i INIS Start time 2001 01 19 13 46 41 Total time 9 95 seconds Comment Measurement shows engine load Caoa Dialog box for input of your own comments The dialog box for comments contains the following Header Identifies the measurement The header can consist of a maximum of 25 characters Appl description Application description This is entered via File gt Info see section Application information on page 90 Version Application version This is entered via File gt Info Date time D
326. tationary When the lever is in its maximum position the boom and the telescope will have maximum speed To get a more stabilized signal from the lever there shall be a dead band of 10 around the central position of the lever What do we need to know The lever s position in X direction The lever s position in Y direction To solve the above problem we need one analog current output for the boom and one for the telescope We need one channel for the lever s position in X direction and one channel for the lever s position in Y direction The following directions are defined for the machine Up Positive direction Down Negative direction Out Positive direction In Negative direction Right Positive direction Left Negative direction Creating the channels and their properties We begin by creating the analog current outputs for the proportional valves Proportional valve boom current out e Open the block diagram for XP 0 e Right click on the channel connection Current out index Al and select Add channel As with the digital outputs each channel connection has two outputs We will use the upper one User manual IQAN Software G3 42 Current outputs 4 Getting started e Select View gt Show channel info e Click in the Name language 1 box and enter Prop valve boom We now need to enter the current range for the valve We enter minimum and maximum current which correspond to
327. tatistics on page 321 The curves are drawn from left to right When the curve has reached the right edge the window is cleared and the continuation of the curve is drawn from the left again After the measurement has finished the complete measurement is presented Clear log If you have made a log you first have to reset all measured values before you can select new channels for measure from the block diagram Select Measure gt Clear log Active channel You can select to have access to more specific measuring data for one channel at a time the active channel This means that the scale on the Y axis is adapted to the active channel s values and that the channel s data is shown in the channel information section The name of the active channel is presented above the channel information section The curve for the active channel is drawn with a thicker line in the window You select which channel will be active by clicking on its curve in the mea surement window or on its color coded tab in the channel information win dow Channel information section The channel information section consists of three tabs with different informa tion e Channels e Statistics e Trig User manual IQAN Software G3 319 Measuring with the graph 13 Measuring and fault finding Channels Under the channels tab there is a list with the channels you have selected to measure on The channel types are shown as per IQANdevelop s priorit
328. te the graph win dow click on the Graph tab in the upper left corner of the main window For further information see section Measuring and fault finding on page 311 Start measure F4 Stop measure Start automatically Reset selected Clear log Ctrl L Zoom out Ctrl M Graph properties Channel properties Comment Create Remove print tags Open settings Save settings Start stop the measuring procedure When you activate a channel for measurement in the block diagram i e click on its measure flag the measure starts automatically without you having to select Start measure The block diagrams are reset so no measure flags are activated for measure If you have used the graph during measuring you must clear the measure log before you can select to measure on other channels Restores window after you have zoomed in i e zoom out to normal measure window You can setup your measure window with regard to colors and if you want a grid to be shown or not You can change scaling of the Y axis for one channel and change the color of its curve You can create comments for your measure ments Tags to identify the curves during print out Opens measurement settings Saves measurement settings User manual IQAN Software G3 85 Drop down menus 5 Menu overview Help Under the Help menu there are functions to get help in different ways Contents F1 View the user manual
329. tem The size of the ac dc converter is determined by your system configuration If you are connecting a master solely see the corresponding data sheet for the correct power rating The publication number for the IQAN MDM data sheet is HY17 8317 UK NOTE The ac dc converter must have a dce plug 2 1mm with the following con figuration Preto wat A o e o Configuration for dc plug User manual IQAN Software G3 333 Safety regulations 14 IQANsimulate Safety regulations This chapter contains regulations to improve safety when you use IQANsim ulate Warning symbol Note that all warning symbols in the manual also refer to safety precautions This is what a Testing the application for machine warning symbol looks like Although IQANsimulate is used to verify the functionality on IQAN applica tions running the application in IQANsimulate does not guarantee a fault free application A risk assessment should be carried out with regard to function and unpre dictable occurrences We refer to the standard for the Machine directives ATTENTION IQANsimulate shall NOT be used in conjunction with real expansion units mounted in a machine ALWAYS CONSIDER SAFETY WHEN DEVELOPING AND TESTING THE APPLICATION User manual IQAN Software G3 334 Getting started 14 IQANsimulate Getting started The main window IQANsimulate is a tool for simulating expansion modules for IQAN control syste
330. ter the new application code Retype code Enter the new code again to verify it e Click OK to save Cancel closes the dialog box without saving changes If you enter an illegal code in the Old code field or the Retype code field an error message is displayed giving information on what is wrong If the application is protected with an application code a locked padlock sym bol will indicate this in the status bar Bemo crane 3 00 Develop Pro las Icom online 7 Application is protected by an application code Deleting an application code You can delete a code in the Application code dialog box Enter the old code in the field Old code but do not enter any code in the New code and Retype code fields Click OK to save User manual IQAN Software G32 303 Application code 12 Access Opening a protected application When you open or upload a protected application you must enter the code to be able to access the application You only need to enter the code the first time you open the application after IQANdevelop has started Enter code S Exi Enter application code Incorrect code If you enter an incorrect code an error message is displayed IQANdevelop Error a x ya a Application code is not correct Please try again A vO Incorrect application code 2 A Click OK and try again User manual IQAN Software G3 304 Licence number 12 Access Licence number The acc
331. that you have an equation in the spreadsheet that calculates the value that is used as input to a channel in order to make it work properly A channel that is used as output can contribute to many calculation in the Excel spreadsheet but a channel that is used as input can only obtain its value from one Excel cell You can only use 20 channels as inputs If you want to remove all your Excel links select System gt Reset all links Simulating a TOC8 In order to simulate a TOC8 module you will of course need to have a TOCS8 application But you will also need to have a TOC8 hardware module connected to the CAN bus instead of an MDM When the TOCS is connected to the CAN bus and the TOC8 is powered and running in normal operation indicated by a yellow blinking you will need to reacquire the TOC8 To do this select System gt Reacquire TOC8 The TOC8 should now be blinking with a red light instead indicating that the TOC8 is in simulate mode Pro ceed as normal User manual IQAN Software G3 350 Error and status codes 14 IQANsimulate Error and status codes The right lamp in the module header shows the status of the module with a flashing light Not all codes listed apply to all modules for example the XS module does not have a temperature error see table below Error availability based on module type Error type XP XS Lx XP2 XR XT2 TOC8 Temperature error e VREF error BAT error e
332. this product you are supposed to have basic knowledge of IQANdevelop for Windows and the IQAN system NOTE The travellers kit should be of standard 9 pin d sub serial type not a USB User manual IQAN Software G3 359 Installation 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS Installation Installing IQANdevelop for Palm OS IQANdevelop for Palm OS and IQANdevelop conduit is provided with the IQANdevelop software installation In order for the IQANdevelop conduit to run you will need to have HotSync installed on your computer IQANdevelop conduit is a plug in to HotSync that manages file transfer to and from IQANdevelop for Palm and your PC via HotSync Run the IQANdevelop software installation and install IQANdevelop for Palm OS Then select Install IQANdevelop for Palm OS from Start gt Pro grams gt IQAN software Now all you have to do is to sync your PDA to your computer Please refer to your Palm OS manual After having installed the program to your Palm you will have to register it User manual IQAN Software G3 360 Registration 15 IQANdevelop for Palm OS Registration To be able to use IQANdevelop for Palm OS you need to register it This can be done in two ways Either you do it directly online or you do it with a regis tration file both ways through IQANdevelop conduit for Palm NOTE You need to have IQANdevelop for Windows Change version or higher installed in order to register IQANdevelop for Palm OS Accessing IQANdeve
333. ting User manual IQAN Software G3 356 File types IQANsimulate 14 IQANsimulate File types IQANsimulate The settings file iss The settings file is used to save settings in IQANsimulate These settings are saved for all of the channels on all of the modules The settings file iss contains e application description e module enabled e module state normal or minimized e temperature error e VREF error e BAT error e voltage input states normal or short circuit e digital input states normal or momentary e current output states normal overload or open load e directional input states normal or springing e channel values e Excel links The application and settings file ist The application and settings file is used to save the application and its settings in one file Then you will have a set of settings that automatically always will apply when you open the application The application and settings file ist contains e application data same as an idt file see IQANdevelop manual e settings same as an iss file see above ATTENTION If you have opened an idt file in IQANsimulate and saved it as an ist file and then update the original idt file with IQANdevelop the idt part in your ist file will not be updated Consider the export settings function as an alterna tive User manual IQAN Software G3 357 Shortcuts 14 IQANsimulate Shortcuts Ctrl A adjusts the window to the current s
334. tinue Confirm object removal e Click Yes to delete the object and No to keep it If the object cannot be deleted the following message box is shown IQANde velop Information x Nuke p A Object can not be deleted This object is referenced by another object It cannot be removed User manual IQAN Software G3 248 Mathematical analog 9 Functions and objects e Click OK Unused objects If an object is not being used to affect the end result in the list the corre sponding row is marked with red COG MDM Math analog H An unused object in the function User manual IQAN Software G3 249 Mathematical digital 9 Functions and objects Mathematical digital With a mathematical digital channel you can create functions to carry out relational or logical operations Relational operations can be carried out between channels objects or constants Logical operations can be carried out between digital channels or objects The function contains a number of mathematical expressions objects maxi mum 16 which are written in a list The value of the output is determined by the last expression in the list For available operations see section Digital mathematical objects on page 221 The result from a mathematical digital channel is true or false and can be used to create functions for other channels Overload MDM Math digital A xi Properties Function EE eight load ton gt
335. tion for Prop valve boom We will now per form the same procedure for Prop valve telescope Proportional valve telescope e Open the dialog box Channel information the Function tab for Prop valve telescope e Right click in Controlling objects and select Add object e Select Lever telescope as Input e Enter 10 for In 1 and 0 for Out 1 e Enter 00 for In 2 and 100 for Out 2 Controlling object Lever telescope E pow m EOK oee cence Controlling object for the output Prop valve telescope e Click OK to create the object Now create the function for the proportional valve s negative direction e Input Lever telescope e Inl 10 Out 1 0 e In2 100 Out 2 100 User manual IQAN Software G3 46 Ouz Out 1 In2 In1 Current outputs 4 Getting started Controlling object Controlling object for the output Prop valve telescope e Click OK to create the object We have now created functions to be able to control the boom and the tele scope with a lever Navigating e Select the channel Prop valve boom e Select View gt Show Navigator Current out 41 Primary Pin C1 8 Lever boom OOO The navigator shows that Lever boom is connected to the output Prop valve boom In the navigator we see that the output Prop valve boom is affected by the input Lever boom e Click on the output Pr
336. to use isn t in the list it is probably not installed correctly See Windows help for more information on installing modems For further information about remote com munication see section Modem on page 299 Click this button to go to Windows settings for the selected mode User manual IQAN Software G3 285 Dialog 10 Properties IQANdevelop Dialog The dialog tab contains properties regarding dialog boxes Properties N Communication Modem IV Warn if data not sent IV Use sound effects for messages IV Show IQ hints in dialog boxes IV Satellite windows always on top J Don t show splash screen at startup The dialog tab Warn if data not sent With this checked you will get a warning if you close a changed application that has not been sent to IQAN IQANde velop Confirmation Xx ya Your changes have not been sent to your IQAN system Do you want to send your changes now Use sound effects for Removed messages Show IQ hints in dialog Check this box to get help in the dialog boxes To see boxes the help text for a specific dialog box position the mouse over IQ and he will try to help you Properties ga va i E KD 2 my CY Device for remote connection is lasat Websetgo 56 Voice x ae x AD Configure device Select which modem you want to use for connection to a remote IQAN system If the wanted modem isn t in the list it is probably not installed correctl
337. ts e Change the texts and click on OK You will always see the original IQAN text in the grey part to the left xj Sy td Error description Language 1 Language 2 a RIRAN 4 amp 0 7 0 Above nomal most severe Above normal most severe Above normal most severe 1 Below normal most severe Below normal most severe Below normal most severe 2 Erratic or intermittent Erratic or intermittent Erratic or intermittent N ra iW 3 Voltage above normal Voltage above normal Voltage above normal 4 Voltage below normal Voltage below normal Voltage below normal 5 Current below normal Current below normal Current below normal 6 Current above normal Current above normal Current above normal Out of adjustment Out of adjustment Abnormal frequency Abnormal frequency Abnormal update rate Abnormal update rate Abnormal rate of change Abnormal rate of change 11 Root cause not known Root cause not known Root cause not known 12 Bad component Bad component Bad component 13 Out of calibration Out of calibration Out of calibration 14 Special instructions Special instructions Special instructions 15 Above normal Above normal Above normal id Cancel Change the FMI texts Diagnostic messages priorities There are three diagnostic messages specified by SAE J1939 These are BAM Broadcast Announcement Message DTM Data Transfer Message and DM1 Diagnostic Message 1 The priority for each of these mes
338. u can measure on all channels You can measure in all block diagrams by clicking on a measure flag where the measured value is shown when you have started the measuring You can also measure with the multimeter function or have the measured val ues presented in the form of a graph It is possible to measure on all channels both external and internal If you want to measure on several channels on different modules at the same time it is advisable to use the multimeter where all selected channels are shown in a list For more of an overview you can get the channel s measured values drawn up in a graph In this way you can also save a measure to study it later If you use the graph when measuring you can trigger on a channel i e you can enter when you want to start and stop a measure and have statistics car ried out on a logged measure curve When troubleshooting sometimes you need to take a closer look at the output signals Then you can measure on the different objects Before you start to measure get the application from the IQAN system User manual IQAN Software G3 311 Before you measure you should get the application from IQAN Measuring in a block diagram 13 Measuring and fault finding Measuring in a block diagram Before you measure get the application from IQAN Measuring channels from the block diagram In every block diagram you can measure the different channels values The channels nam
339. ual IQAN Software G3 147 Conditional message 8 Channels Layout Text only Text and channel There is room for three rows of text on the display There is room for one text row and one row showing the value of a selected channel If you choose to show only one channel the name of the channel is also shown Channel Select the channel to be shown with the text message Check the Layout alternative Text and channel Bar graph Bar graph left Bar graph right The channel s value is presented as a bar graph on the display Graph min Specify the limits for the bar graph Graph max Graph min lt Graph max Graph min Graph max Graph min gt Graph max Graph min aa max Graph min Graph max Graph min aah max _ Graph min x Graph min 0 Graph max Graph max x The bar graph will act different dependent on how the limits are specified Display text left and right Display text language 1 Display text language 2 Dual channels The text message which is displayed when a certain condition has been fulfilled The message can be shown in two languages By checking the box Show always the message will always be shown when the display is in operating mode By checking this box two messages will be shown One to the left and one to the right User manual IQAN Software G3 148 Text option Conditional message 8 Channels Bold te
340. uel tank When the ordinary tank is almost empty we want to refuel it from the aux iliary tank We want to start the refueling pump We use the fuel level in the ordinary tank as an activating object for the interactive message Activating object Fuel level ordinary tank liter lt 10 When the ordinary tank is almost empty the following message is shown Fuel tank is almost empty ZN Do you Want to refuel The driver can now decide if he wants to refuel by pressing YES F1 or if he want to do it later by pressing NO F2 In the function for the refuel pump we use the interactive message channel as an input to an activating object Activating object Interactive message channel A F1 YES You need to lock the refuel pump with a locking object Otherwise it will stop as soon as the fuel level in the ordinary tank is over 10 liters You should also block the fuel pump when the ordinary tank is full or the auxil iary is empty NOTE If F1 F2 or F3 are not enabled they will not affect the channel value but the ESC button is always enabled and will remove the displayed message and change the channel s value Your functions should be able to handle this User manual IQAN Software G3 263 Event counter 9 Functions and objects Event counter The event counter s function is to count events The function is created with increasing decreasing and resetting objects These objects are of type condi tional Cycle
341. ulate the value of a defined input signal The range is 0 32000 EXAMPLE On a wheel loader you need to control the total weight of the load Use a memorizing channel to accumulate the weight of the load Event log channel Use this channel type to log data for a channel at certain conditions The data is stored in the errors events log in the master and can be shown in IQANde velop Timer A timer channel can be used for timekeeping delays etc The time range for a channel is 0 32000 s with a resolution of 50 ms To lengthen this time the timer channels can be connected sequentially Hour counter The hour counter channels are used for time keeping at low time resolution e g to measure a machine s operation time before service The time range is 0 32000 hours with a resolution of two minutes Mode selection channel With this channel type you can automatically change driver mode when certain conditions are met The value of the channel is 1 4 User manual IQAN Software G3 115 Internal channels 8 Channels State selection channel This channel is used to control the states conditions in a state machine There can be up to eight states for a channel Module diagnostic channel This channel is used to measure module diagnostics such as Supply voltage Temperature and Utilization Function parameters Function parameters are used as adjustable constants in functions You can adjust the function parameter values via the
342. umber allowed of each type in the application When the alternative disap pears in the list box no more modules of that type can be added Removing a module One condition for removing a module is that it contains no channels in the block diagram To delete channels see section Deleting a channel page 121 e Open the block diagram for the module to be removed User manual IQAN Software G3 101 Creating a block diagram 7 Modules e Select Edit gt Remove module The following dialog box is displayed IQANde velop Confirmation x wil Module IQAN XP A0 will be removed This cannot be undone Do you want to proceed Dialog box Remove module e Click Yes to remove the module or No to leave it there An information message is displayed if you try to delete a block diagram con taining channels IQANdevelop Information E Siy All channels on this module must be removed before you can remove the module itself User manual IQAN Software G3 102 Channel tabs 7 Modules Channel tabs All the module s block diagram has channel tabs that sort the channels into groups This will facilitate when you want to find a specific channel type in a block diagram amp IQANdevelop C Program Files IQAN software Applications DemoCraneidt File Edit System View Measure Help sosi AEJ FEIF arkar A Left Joystick Right Joystick XP2 Power XP2 Lower HBC Radio Transmiss
343. us lamp twice Especially if the XP2 or the XT2 is offline try to restart the MDM by selecting System gt Restart master Unstable contact with master Make sure that e no other programs are running on your computer e your computer is fast enough at least Pentium 100MHz for normal use and at least Pentium III class for use with Excel e you have enough memory installed at least 32 MByte e you are not running on batteries if you have a laptop can slow down the computer e if you have to run on batteries power management is off e the CAN bus is properly terminated see National Instruments documen tation Application does not work as expected Make sure that e both IQANsimulate and the master unit use the same application file e every input has a valid value User manual IQAN Software G3 355 Troubleshooting 14 IQANsimulate e all modules are enabled e you are not simulating errors such as low high temperature Excel does not work as expected Make sure that e you are using MS Excel 97 e previous excel instances are not running in the background This is done via the task manager Quit IQANsimulate then terminate all processes called excel via the task manager Restart IQANsimulate e your computer is fast enough A Pentium III class computer is recom mended for successful use with Excel in all cases e you are referencing the correct cell e you are not editing excel while integra
344. uspect parameter number 189 System overview 99 T tan 220 Testing 17 Testing the application for machine 334 Timer function 270 properties 156 TOC 343 Simulating a TOC 350 Tool bar 87 Traffic indicator 338 Travellers kit 359 Trigonometry 220 Trouble shooting 311 U Update operating system 295 Update vmAC 295 Vv vmAC 295 Voltage in properties 125 WwW Warning messages 382 Warning symbol 17 334 Warnings 95 Windows channels 374 error log 373 info 373 main 369 modes 372 modules 374 X x y mode 320 XP 340 XP2 341 XR 341 XS 340 XT2 341 Y Y axis 319 Z Zooming 326 User manual IQAN Software G32
345. ustable If you wish to be able to adjust the value for Max Max Hz Hz from the display check the Adjustable box For further information about the adjustable value see section Adjustable values on page 213 Scaled max The input signal should be converted to a readable value for the operator The value is presented on the display together with the defined unit For example if the input signal is a speed you present the value in km h instead of the frequency value found on the channel EXAMPLE To rescale frequency Hz to revolutions rpm for Scaled a diesel engine Assume max diesel engine revolution 3000 rpm Assume the number of cogs engine rev 135 Frequency 3000 60 135 6750 Hz Set max value Max Hz Set max Set the maximum value for the frequency input Let the sensor which is connected to the input gener ate the frequency which will correspond to the scaled value Click on Set max The frequency value is measured and entered in the Max Hz box For this function you must first activate the channel for measure Click on the channel s measure flag User manual IQAN Software G3 135 Frequency in 8 Channels Trig level frequency signal IQAN XP Low trig level High trig level pre set As the frequency signal has different amplitudes depending on different types of sensors you must define on which level the IQAN system will detect the signal to calculate the f
346. viding the channel with properties To define properties open the dialog box for channel information The dialog box looks different depending on which type of channel you select For example prop erties are name calibration of signals such as voltage and current values and alarm limits Opening the dialog box channel information e Select the channel s name tag in the block diagram and select View gt Show channel info xf Properties Name language 1 Unit Factory default Telescope pos Jem Min mV Max mv Name language 2 Unit fi 56 5o00 Telescope pos fem Set min Set mar Select predefined sensor IV Adjustable Min mV Max mv Error value fi 56 5000 fi 10 00 Scaled min Scaled max e200 140 00 Simulated value I Alarm low J Alarm high Value mY Filter 0 Properties for voltage in It is also possible to double click on the name tag to open the dialog box Function buttons To store the new properties click Apply The Close button closes the dialog box Ensure that the properties have been stored before the dialog box is closed User manual IQAN Software G3 124 Voltage in 8 Channels Voltage in Under the Properties tab you fill in the channel s name and calibration val ues The calibration adapts the IQAN system to the sensor s zero level Prop erties also define what will happen if the channel takes on an invalid value or if an alarm will be activated when the value of the signal
347. when you need to make changes to an object you only need to do that in one place User manual IQAN Software G3 398 Lazy evaluation Appendix F Lazy evaluation The master uses so called lazy evaluation It is a method to minimize the exe cution time the time it takes to calculate all the functions Lazy evaluation means that the master only calculates the objects that are necessary Objects that are not calculated can be detected by measuring the objects see section Measuring objects on page 316 Sort linear objects Linear objects require more computational power than any other object Therefore these objects need to be optimized the most If you have several objects of one type you can reduce the computational time for the master by sorting them in a certain order The following apply to multiplication of objects within the controlling and limiting object groups The objects value Object 1 Object 2 Object 3 Object 8 If one of the objects above has the value 0 the whole expression evaluates to 0 Lazy evaluation implies that the result is set to 0 once the master encounters an object whose value is 0 In this way computational power is saved in the master unit as the rest of the expression does not need to be eval uated Put into practice this means that when you create functions sort the objects so that the objects that evaluate to 0 most often are put at the top of the list When it comes to
348. with the graph 13 Measuring and fault finding Left marker Right marker Peak to peak ee Explanation of statistical values under the Stat tab Trig With the trigger functionality it is possible to start and stop the measure at certain predetermined conditions E Engine press IV Trigger on this channel M Start conditiorr Slope 1 Negative Level foo Offset 500 s Stop condition Slope None gt Level jooo Offset joo s IV Stop after The Trig tab in the channel information section In the example picture above the measuring starts automatically when the value for Engine press drops below 100 Measured data before this occurs is also saved in this case 5 seconds before The measuring will then continue for 3 minutes and after that stopped automatically The start trigger will only work once after it has been fulfilled it has to be activated again by starting the measurement User manual IQAN Software G3 322 Measuring with the graph 13 Measuring and fault finding Trigger on this channel Trigger on this channel Select a channel and check this box to enable the trig ger functionality You can only trigger on one channel Start condition The settings for start condition are only available when Trigger on this chan nel is checked Slope Select slope type for the start condition Positive slope the measuring starts when the signal exceeds
349. xt The text will be written with bold font Show always Show always By checking the Show always box you get an extra menu page in the display s operation mode where the specified messages will be shown Browse with the display buttons to manually select a page If you also create a function for the channel the menu page can be shown automatically when a cer tain condition is fulfilled Delay on off Delay on ms Delay off ms Delay on is entered in ms If the function is activated shorter time than the specified delay on time the channel s state will not be affected Delay off is entered in ms If the function is blocked shorter time than the spec ified delay off time the channel s state will not be affected For further information about the Delay on off see section Digital out on page 178 User manual IQAN Software G3 149 Interactive message 8 Channels Interactive message This channel type is used to present messages that can be acknowledged with the function buttons on the IQAN display This will give you an opportunity to create functions that depends on which button is pressed when the message is shown On the properties page you can enter the text message and the text for the function buttons Txt service time MDM Interactive message A 2 E x Properties Function Name language 1 Tat service time Name language 2 Tat service time La
350. y See Windows help for more information on installing modems User manual IQAN Software G3 286 Language 10 Properties IQANdevelop Satellite windows always Check if you want the channel information dialog on top box the navigator and the multimeter to always be on top of the main window If you do not check this box these windows will only be on top when they are active They are hidden behind the main window until you activate them By pressing FJ 1 F12 you can browse between the open windows Don t show splash screen When IQANdevelop starts a splash screen is shown at startup Check this box to disable the splash screen T Dor show agar Copyrigreo 2002 Fara Harntn AR Sweden Language Under the Language tab you select if you want Language 1 Language 2 or Default channel name to be shown in IQANdevelop s block diagrams naviga tor multimeter and graph xi I Communication Modem Dialog ommuNIC ion Mo jem Dialog i ey ON Nos _ Language 1 English x C Language 2 Swedish 4 WZ Default channel name iSMS Select language to show in IQANdevelop Default channel name can be useful to see the names used by iSMS see Appendix D page 392 User manual IQAN Software G3 287 Send application 11 System communication 11 System communication Send application Before sending an application to the master the dialog box Send application is shown In the dialog box y
351. y ordering see Appendix B on page 386 There is space for a maximum of 10 channels in the list Every channel has its color which is shown on a tab after respective channel name J Engine press lt Active channel Color coded tabs for respective channel Select to show curve in the measurement window Select x y mode and channel for X axis J s y mode X axis The last measured value for active channel Time per division grid resolution in the measurement window The channel tab in the channel information section By clicking on one of the color coded tabs the channel information section and the measurement window are adapted to show information on this chan nel This channel will then become the active channel In the window the scale on the Y axis is changed so that it fits the channel s values By checking the boxes before the channels names you select which channels you want to be visible in the measurement window A visible channel is also shown with an x in the color coded tab All channels in the list are measured and logged even if they are not visible In this way you can select them and study them at a later occasion If you want to view your measured data in a x y diagram i e use one of the measured channels as the X axis check the box x y mode Select the X axis channel in the drop down list below At the bottom on the Channels tab there is information on e The last measured value
352. y CAN address highest AO Al BO Bl lowest Channel index table 4 Priority Channel index 1 highest A 2 B 3 C 4 Channel index for the outputs Priority Channel index 1 highest A Primary 2 A Secondary 3 B Primary 4 B Secondary 5 User manual IQAN Software G32 389 Choosing amodem Appendix C Appendix C Choosing a modem Here are some general guidelines we can offer Remember these are only general guidelines We have several modems in our lab that break one or more of these guidelines and still work fine We also have a couple modems that follow all the rules and are problematic The guidelines presented here concerns the modems you connect on your PC side not the modems you connect to the IQAN master module For IQAN modem recommendations see Remote diagnostics Catalogue HY 17 8372 UK We recommend avoiding Winmodems and RPI modems These modems otherwise known as software modems offload some of the smarts of the modem to the host computer They use software drivers to handle things like compression and error correction that are normally handled by the hardware firmware in the modem To be fair these modems have a couple advantages the drivers are easy to update and the overall cost of the modem is lowered the whole concept of a software modem probably came about as a result of the competition in the modem market In our view software modems have several disadvantages f
353. y for your Use or for archival or back up and no other purposes No right to Use print copy of display the Software in whole or in part is granted except as expressly provided in this agreement You will not reverse engineer disassemble or decompile the Software You agree to reproduce and include any and all copyright notices software user agreements notices and terms and conditions trademarks and other legends in and on every Copy of the Software User manual IQAN Software G3 Ownership Title and ownership of the Software and Copies thereof shall at all times exclusively remain in Licensor or its designee You will obtain no greater right in and to the Software than a right in the nature of the License limited to the Use of any such Software and subject to compliance with all of the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement To the extent that the Soft ware becomes deliverable under any U S Government funded prime contract or subcontract i you acknowledge and agree that this Software represent commercial computer software as defined in the DoD Federal Acquisitions Regulation Supplement DFARS 525 227 7014 a 1 and ii the Goverment s right in connection with the Software will be limited in accor dance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement consistent with the policies stated in DFARS Subpart 227 7202 Modifications Modifications or enhancements made by Licensor to any Software from time to time may be mad
354. y slot gt master unit This option is set in the prefer gj lt empty slot ences The name can be changed in the Info window Tap on the application that you want to activate or an empty slot to use for getting a new application The menu system Send current Preferences Update application Application codes Update vmAC Restart Reset to factory defaults Clear error log The main window menus empty slot gt Errorlog MM zempty slot This section will explain some of the menu alternatives Not all will be explained as some of them are quite self explanatory Send current Allows you to send an application that you have Send application in your application slots in the same way as Factory default values Updat licati Bef di ill b w Use values from application file pdate application Before sending you will be pgjustable values asked how the send will performed See the w Leave values in master unchanged IQANdevelop for windows manual for further Stored values information User manual IQAN Software G3 w Leave values in master unchanged 370 Update application Here you have all the applications that you have sent to the Palm You can have up to 11 applica tions here These applications are used to update a master unit Applications marked with a lock are protected by an application code that must be entered upon selecting the application Send see section Send current on p
355. yout C Text only Text and channel IV Bold text Display text language 1 Info Do service FA F2 F3 YES CANCEL Display text language 2 Info Do service Mo m FA F2 F3 YES CANCEL Channel Service time X To create interactive messages on the display Name Name language 1 Name language 2 The channel s name in the two languages Layout Text only Text and channel There is room for three rows of text on the display There is room for one text row and one row showing the value of a selected channel If you choose to show only one channel the name of the channel is also shown User manual IQAN Software G3 150 Interactive message 8 Channels Bold text The text will be written with bold font Display text Display text language 1 The text message which is displayed when a certain Display text language 2 condition has been fulfilled The message can be shown in two languages Channel Select the channel to be shown with the text message Check the Layout alternative Text and channel Function button text To be able to use a function button from the display you need to supply the button with a text If a button doesn t have a text the message can t be acknowledged by that button i e the button is disabled NOTE You must always take into consideration that the ESC button can be pressed User manual IQAN Software G3 151 Event counte

User manual, IQANdevelop G3 Second edition

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents